Therapeutic Waves

i
Therapeutic Waves

ii
 Therapeutic Waves

M. Allegretti

THERAPEUTIC

WAVES
Electromagnetic Technologies
from diagnosis to cancer research

Copyright © 2020 Ing. Marcello Allegretti

All rights reserved.
ISBN: 9781656158918

iii
Therapeutic Waves

iv
Therapeutic Waves

To my mother

v
Therapeutic Waves

vi
 Therapeutic Waves

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
There are many events, stimuli and friends, which have led me to write this
book.

Therefore, I wish to thank the following people:

Professor Piergiorgio Spaggiari, physician and physicist, for the support and
encouragement to study and research,

My friend Dr Natale Petti, Director of the Aron Schools (Bari, Italy), for his
teachings, his support, his suggestions and his generosity,

John White, a great scientist, who is revolutionizing the world of Rifing and a
friend who intrigued me and compelled me to conquer the world of frequencies and
my research",

Leonardo Righini, who, with his experience and technical preparation, has
helped me dissolve doubts and provided information and helpful ideas in electro-
therapy and magnetotherapy,

Dr Domenico Cantatore, for his invaluable contribution in the medical-

scientific revision of the text,

Stefano Marcuzzo, for his contribution in the notions of neuroacoustics,

Dr Marzia Romano, physicist and mathematician, for her experience and for
the scientific revision of the English text,

All those who supported me and encouraged me in my studies and research,

All the Friends, who with their suggestions and indications, helped me make
this book better,

And finally… my son Marco, who inspires and stimulates me every day in my
studies and research.

vii
 Therapeutic Waves

Legal Notice & Disclaimer

This book is a work to be considered as a notional aid for the knowledge of
techniques and application methods of electronic devices, which use electromagnet-
ic fields for various purposes (especially in the field of research). The information
contained herein is not intended as, and should not be used for, therapeutic, diagnos-
tic or prescriptive purposes, nor to prevent, treat or cure disease, but for education
and responsible experimentation only.
The information this book contains can in no way replace the work of a medi-
cally trained professional. Please consult a licensed health practitioner for medical
advice.
The author cannot guarantee the reliability of the information contained herein
and there are no errors and/or omissions. The information and concepts within this
guide must not be considered or construed in any way to be medical advice or treat-
ment.
The author of this book cannot be held liable for any consequences, harmful or
otherwise, that may occur by using the information contained in this book.

viii
 Therapeutic Waves

CONTENTS

Introduction ................................................................................................... 13

1. The electrical properties of cells and water ................................................ 17

- The electrical properties of cells and organic tissues ....................................... 31
- The water’s role in the formation and transmission of electromagnetic fields.. 36
Water Coherence Domains ........................................................................... 37

2. Measurements and diagnostic applications .................................................. 43

- Electroacupuncture according to Voll (EAV) ................................................. 43
- Bioelectrical Impedance Analysis .................................................................. 45
- Bioelectricity .................................................................................................. 49
- Biomagnetism .................................................................................................. 52
- Bio Scanner ..................................................................................................... 55
- Other Diagnostic Applications ....................................................................... 59

3. Effects of electro-magnetic fields ................................................................... 69

- Effects of electromagnetic waves at low frequencies .................................... 71
- Effects of electromagnetic waves at high frequencies .................................... 72
- The harmful effects of electromagnetic waves .............................................. 73
The risks of mobile phones and 5G .............................................................. 77

4. Application technologies for electromagnetic waves ..................................... 85

- Therapies with light radiation .......................................................................... 85
- Electrostatic therapy ......................................................................................... 91
- Electrotherapy or Electrostimulation .............................................................. 92
Micro Current Electrical Stimulation (MET) ............................................... 92
Neuromuscular Electrical Stimulation (NMES) ........................................... 95
Functional Electrical Stimulation (FES) ...................................................... 96
Transcutaneous Electrical Nerve Stimulation (TENS) ................................. 97
H-wave .......................................................................................................... 97
Percutaneous Electrical Nerve Stimulation (PENS) .................................... 97
Percutaneous Neuromodulation Therapy (PNT) ......................................... 98

9
 Therapeutic Waves

High Voltage Galvanic Stimulation (HVGS) ................................................ 98

Electroacupuncture (EAP) ............................................................................ 98
Electrostimulation of acupuncture points ..................................................... 101
Transcranial Direct Current Stimulation (tDCS) ......................................... 102
Cranial electrotherapy stimulation (CES) ..................................................... 103
- Thermotherapy ................................................................................................. 105
Infrared rays ................................................................................................. 106
Radar or Microwave therapy ........................................................................ 107
Marconitherapy ............................................................................................. 108
Tecar-Therapy ............................................................................................... 109
- Ultrasound therapy ........................................................................................... 111
- Extracorporeal Shockwave Therapy (ESWT) .................................................. 112
- Neuroacoustics .................................................................................................. 114
- Magnetotherapy ................................................................................................ 117
Repetitive Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation (rTMS) ................................ 118
High-frequency magnetotherapy ................................................................... 118
Low-frequency magnetic therapy ................................................................. 119
Pulsed Electro-Magnetic Fields (PEMF) ..................................................... 119
- Rifing ................................................................................................................ 121

5. Pulsed Electro-Magnetic Fields (PEMF) ........................................................ 123

- Effects on cells ................................................................................................. 124
- Therapeutic applications ................................................................................. 126
- Pain .................................................................................................................. 128
- The regeneration of tissues ............................................................................... 129
Musculoskeletal disorders.............................................................................. 129
Bone healing ................................................................................................. 130
Nervous tissues .............................................................................................. 132
- Papimi .............................................................................................................. 133

6. Other studies, research, technologies and equipment ................................... 137

- REAC technology ............................................................................................ 137
- Ion Cyclotron Resonance (ICR) ...................................................................... 139
- Plasma medicine ............................................................................................ 146
- Vacuum Ultraviolet Radiation (VUV) ........................................................... 150
- The water memory .......................................................................................... 152

10
 Therapeutic Waves

7. NASA's research on electromagnetic waves ................................................... 167

8. Rifing .................................................................................................................. 175

- Dr Royal Raymond Rife .................................................................................. 176
- How Rifing works.............................................................................................. 182
- Healing .............................................................................................................. 183
- Detox ................................................................................................................ 188
- Killing ............................................................................................................... 189
- The Herxheimer reaction ................................................................................. 200
- The frequencies of Rifing ................................................................................. 202
- Waveforms ..................................................................................................... 205
- When the frequencies do not work ................................................................. 212
- The methods of application .............................................................................. 214

9. Considerations on the technologies examined ................................................ 225

- The emission power........................................................................................... 226
- Biological and therapeutic effects..................................................................... 228
- Conclusions ..................................................................................................... 233

10. Cancer research .............................................................................................. 235

- The pioneers ................................................................................................... 237
- The alternatives to surgery .............................................................................. 242
Radiotherapy ................................................................................................. 242
Photodynamic therapy or Photochemotherapy ............................................ 245
Oncological hyperthermia ............................................................................ 246
Thermal Ablation .......................................................................................... 249
- Pulsed electromagnetic fields in cancer therapies ......................................... 254
Electrochemotherapy (ETC) ......................................................................... 256
Irreversible electroporation (IRE) ................................................................ 257
Nano-Pulse Stimulation (NPS) ..................................................................... 258
- The methods of care ......................................................................................... 260
The electrical properties of cancer cells ...................................................... 261
TTFields ........................................................................................................ 268
The devices of Novocure ............................................................................... 273
TheraBionic .................................................................................................. 276
Anthony Holand's research .......................................................................... 278

11
 Therapeutic Waves

Rotational Field Narrow Focused Quantum Magnetic Resonance

(RFQMR)…................................................................................................... 281
- Other studies and research in the world ......................................................... 284
- Summary of the techniques used or usable for the destruction and treatment
of cancer .......................................................................................................... 291
- Final reflections ............................................................................................... 295

12
 Therapeutic Waves

Introduction

As soon as I finished writing the book "The Therapeutic Properties of Elec-

tromagnetic Waves", I was aware many topics of scientific interest were not dis-
cussed, such as the apparatus for diagnosis, the Coherence Domains of water, the
research of Dr Luc Montagnier, various relevant technologies and, above all, the
research works and the medical equipments for the care and / or destruction of can-
cer. In the first place, I was concerned this last subject was to complicated to deal
with but, later, I realized the immense material available and so it was absolutely
essential to gather it in a specific chapter being, indeed, the fruit of the many re-
searchers who have always dedicated themselves to the search for treatments or ef-
fective technologies for the removal or destruction of these cancer cells. Basically,
this book incorporates the previous one but, in addition to the latter, it includes the
interesting chapter about cancer. In my opinion, this is the most important chapter
because, for the first time, all the discoveries and theories in the technical and bio-
logical field of the last century can be found. Even if during the reading it is possi-
ble to deal with non-trivial arguments, I invite everyone to move forward without
worries, because, in the end, the most important thing is to know all the possibili-
ties that medicine is currently able to provide us and the possible scientific devel-
opments to treat cancer.

The growing interest and use of technologies that utilize electromagnetic

waves for diagnostic and therapeutic purposes and the exponential increase of sci-
entific publications on this subject, have pushed me to try to gather all the infor-

13
 Therapeutic Waves

mation possible, in order to clarify which methods can be used to achieve the most
benefits and with the quickest solutions, as this is necessary when you are afflicted
by a health problem.

Embracing and explaining, at least in a summary way, such a wide range of

applications with electromagnetic waves has not been easy, since the technologies
used are from the beginning of the last century to date, and are many. Besides what
is currently used, in the future more and more devices using electromagnetic waves
will be applied for diagnostic and therapeutic purposes. Therefore, gaining deeper
knowledge of how cells and tissues generate, transmit, receive and react to elec-
tromagnetic signals can lead us to more and more effective breakthroughs.

These notions are therefore addressed to a very large audience, which includes
researchers, doctors, holistic operators, electronic technicians or specialists in bio-
engineering, but also any person who has an interest in deepening or learning more
about these topics and can then decide if and how to use them in the most targeted
way. For this reason I have tried to use a language that everyone can understand
and maybe I have elaborated on explanations that for some may seem completely
superfluous or trivial.

Another of the fundamental purposes of this book is to try to offer all the most
reliable scientific explanations concerning the mechanisms of interaction between
electromagnetic fields and organic tissues. It is absolutely normal for every re-
searcher to try to demonstrate and illustrate how a series of electrical, chemical and
biological reactions can take place and then produce certain results. Many of them
have given comprehensive explanations, others have stopped at plausible hypothe-
ses waiting to carry out further research and analysis. Finally, when all the possible
interpretations provided so far are not exhaustive to explain certain phenomena, all
that remains is to understand the importance of the content of information carried
by electromagnetic signal. In this case only quantum physics can help us and even
if understanding a phenomenon that can be explained by such theories can be quite
complicated, we can all at least verify the practical effects, the empirical results.

Lastly, I think it is important to point out that some of the topics discussed, in
particular those concerning Rifing and the devitalization of pathogens, can be con-
sidered by most of the scientific community as having no solid foundation and clin-
ical trials to prove its effectiveness. Some theories encountered, have been and still

14
 Therapeutic Waves

are opposed by the medical and scientific community, despite the surprising results
obtained. However, since these technologies are officially used in many countries,
I thought it useful to provide all the latest concepts for your review. It will take
some time and technical evolution to establish its truthfulness and effectiveness.

Each doctrine passes through three phases:

It is attacked and declared absurd.
Then it is admitted that it is true and evident, but irrelevant.
In the end, its real importance is recognized
and his detractors claim the honor of having discovered it.

William Jones

15
Therapeutic Waves

16
 Therapeutic Waves

1. The electrical properties of

cells and water

Many people are currently thinking that a satisfactory explanation for using
electromagnetic fields on the cells of living organisms with different frequencies
and waveforms is still lacking. This depends first of all on the incomplete
knowledge of of the phenomena that occur at the genetic level, of the cellular
membrane, of the organelles contained within it, of the extracellular matrix and in
general of the structural complexity of the biological tissues and their inhomogene-
ity. Nevertheless, we will try to expose the most accredited hypotheses, which the
research carried out in this sector offers us.
To understand how normal and then pulsed electromagnetic waves can act on
an organism and in particular on cells and tissues, it is first necessary to recall
some simple concepts of physics.

Electromagnetic wave: the definition of electromagnetic wave goes through the

definition of electromagnetic field. The electromagnetic field is a combination of
electric field and magnetic field. The electric field is generated by stationary elec-
tric charges, whereas magnetic field is generated by moving electric charges (elec-
tric currents).
In classical mechanics, the electromagnetic field is regarded as a continuum
field. It propagates in space as energy in a wavelike way, that is as an electromag-
netic wave.
In quantum mechanics, energy is transferred via packets named photon. In
such a case, we will say that the field is quantized or discretized: radiation do not
propagate in continuous fashion anymore and it is, instead, packed.
Both the electromagnetic wave and the corresponding photon have the same

17
 Therapeutic Waves

wavelength associated. The limit between classic mechanics and quantum mechan-
ics is provided by the thermal de Broglie wavelength. If the thermal wavelength of
photons, or of electromagnetic waves, emitted by a black body1 is equal or bigger
than the thermal de Broglie wavelength, then phenomena must be described by
classic mechanics laws. Otherwise, quantum mechanics effects come into play, and
we need to study the system via quantum mechanics laws.
Thus, although the nature of the electromagnetic energy can be regarded as
both, continuous (as electromagnetic wave) or discretized (as a photon), the laws
by which we shall describe the physical phenomena are dictated by the de Broglie
wavelength.
The existence of electromagnetic waves was discovered, theoretically, by J.
C. Maxwell around 1861 and was experimentally confirmed by the physicist H. R.
Hertz. Radio and light waves are electromagnetic (unlike sound waves, which are
mechanical waves).

Ionizing and non-ionizing radiation: radiation is energy emitted in the form

of particles or electromagnetic waves. It propagates from a source in the surround-
ing space. A radiation is ionizing when it carries enough energy to remove elec-
trons from atoms or molecules, which, in turn, become ionized. Ionizing radiations
are electromagnetic waves whose frequency range is from high frequency ultravio-
let rays to X rays and γ-rays, or subatomic particles moving at high speeds (alpha
particles, beta particles, neutrons and particles constitute also cosmic rays).
All electromagnetic waves with lower frequencies than ultraviolet rays, such
as visible light, infrared, microwaves and radio waves are considered non-ionizing
radiation.
Ionizing radiations, with a strong penetrating power and a high energy, may
break the bonds between molecules and cause damage to living tissues, for instance
mutations, acute radiation sickness, cancer and death.
In particular, subatomic particles like electrons, protons and neutrons interact
mostly directly with the chain of deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA), damaging it. In-
stead, radiations like X-rays and γ rays interact with the water inside the nucleus,
originating free radicals, highly reactive molecules able to damage the DNA chain.
The sensitivity to ionizing radiation varies from organ to organ: the thyroid
and bone marrow are those most sensitive to the effects induced by radiation. In-
deed, some types of thyroid cancer and leukemia occur most frequently in people

1. A black body is an ideal object that absorbs all the incident electromagnetic radiation without reflecting it.

18
 Therapeutic Waves

exposed to ionizing radiations. In particular, the development of myeloid leukemia

is highly likely in such a case. The quantification of the risks is very complex and
depends on the type of radiation, age, irradiated body areas, duration of exposure
and the dose to which one is exposed.
Depending on the aims and effects one wants to obtain, ionizing radiations are
widely used in medicine both for the diagnosis (X-rays, CT scans, et…) and for the
destruction of cancer cells and tissues (radiotherapy).

Electric Field: it is a field of forces generated in space by the presence of

electric charges. This field is always created by an electric voltage and is directly
proportional to its amplitude (so the higher the voltage, the stronger the resulting
electric field will be); it is represented with the symbol "E" and is measured in
volts per meter (V / m). It manifests itself in any electrical component under volt-
age and, unlike the magnetic one; it is emitted even when no current flows.

The electric fields act in depth, in all the tissues and in all the bodily regions
and they fall as a function of the square of the distance.
If the field strength is almost equal to that of the cell potential, the electric
field promotes an ionic current of endocellular capacitive displacement (that re-
sides inside the cell) that propagates inside the cells, following the flow lines of the
exogenous field.
If the exogenous potential (created by the external electric field) is greater
than the endocellular one, the cell faces the exogenous charges with equal endoge-
nous charges, but with opposite sign, preventing the exogenous potential to disturb
the endocellular electrochemical balance.

Magnetic field: it is the force field produced by a magnet, or by an electric

current, or by a variable electric field over time. It is represented with the symbol H
and is measured in amperes per meter (A / m), in tesla (more commonly in μT -
micro tesla) or in gauss (1 gauss = 0.0001 tesla). The alternating magnetic field is
therefore directly proportional to the current value and occurs when the latter runs
through an electrical conductor; the field becomes very powerful when the conduc-
tors are arranged in turns.
Actions of the magnetic fields are associated with their spatial distribution; the
magnetic field decays proportionally to the inverse of the distance cube. For exam-
ple, a magnetic field that has an intensity of 1000 gauss at one meter, at a distance

19
 Therapeutic Waves

of 3 meters from the source, the intensity will be reduced to 12.3 gauss (= 1 /
33x1000, which corresponds to a reduction of 81 times).

To have parameters of comparison with the values that will be subsequently

declared, it is useful to know that:
- The earth's magnetic field varies from about 70 μT to the poles, to 25 μT at the
equator with an average of 50 μT at other latitudes;
- A large magnet could have a field of 10 gauss (0,001 T);
- A magnetic resonance machine can generate fields up to 7 tesla.
Electromagnetic field: it is the combination of the electric field and the mag-
netic field and it propagates in the form of electromagnetic waves. Depending on
the source of emission of these fields, there is not always the simultaneous pres-
ence of both. For example, near a radiating source, the electric field and the mag-
netic field can be considered separately (this occurs above all, at very low frequen-
cies); for distances greater than about one tenth of the wavelength, the two fields
concatenate and propagate in the free space in the form of an electromagnetic field.
As the frequency increases, the energy carried by an electromagnetic wave in-
creases proportionally.

An electric field also exists when there is no current flowing (just the presence
of a voltage). In contrast, a magnetic field does not exist if there is no current cir-
culation.
Furthermore, electric and magnetic fields are not mutually exclusive. For ex-
ample, charged particles when they move generate magnetic fields; similarly, if the
magnetic field changes over time, it will generate electric fields.
Both the fields exist in a living organism as well. The charge carriers are metal

20
 Therapeutic Waves

ions like K+, Na+, Mg2+, Cl-, but also proteins, colloids and crystals, each one with
its positive or negative charge (i.e. they have gained or lost an electron). They flow
through the available conductors (blood vessels, lymphatic ducts, inter and extra-
cellular fluids) originating an electric current. The electrically charged elements
such as the cells (with their own voltage) and the electric current caused by the
movement of electrons, create an electric field and a magnetic field.

Near-field and far-field: they are regions of the electromagnetic field around
a transmitting antenna or close to a source of radiation.
The far-field is a region far enough from the source, such that the electromag-
netic field behaves as a plane wave. The extension of this region depends on the
maximum linear dimensions of the antenna and on the wavelength of the field it-
self.
The near-field is a region close to an antenna (or radiant device), in which the
electric and magnetic fields do not behave as a plane wave, but they vary signifi-
cantly from point to point. For many antennas, it is assumed that the near-field re-
active region extends for a distance equal to half of the wavelength, from the sur-
face of the antenna.

Scalar Fields: were discovered by James Clark Maxwell, a Scottish scientist

born in 1831, who formulated theories on electromagnetic radiation and electro-
magnetic fields. Nikola Tesla discovered this new form of energy in the late 1800s,
while performing experiments with powerful and fast DC electric discharges. Later
Tesla, managed to use them to transport electricity from a transmitting station to a
receiver, even at great distances, without loss of energy and without the need for
cables. With this technology, not only was the transmission of energy possible, but
also the almost instantaneous and precise wireless transmission of any type of in-
formation, signals, messages or characters, to all parts of the world. In the 21st cen-
tury, they were called scalar waves.
As for electromagnetic (transverse) waves, as shown above, the fields oscil-
late in orthogonal directions with respect to the propagation, those scalars oscillate
in the direction of propagation (longitudinal), as in the case of mechanical or
sound waves that move only along the propagation direction.
Electromagnetic waves, in addition to the transverse component, also have a
longitudinal component that is small at low frequencies, but becomes prevalent at
higher frequencies. When the frequencies become extremely high, the transverse
component becomes negligible, while the longitudinal component becomes pre-

21
 Therapeutic Waves

dominant.

The scalar wave is the wave that remains when two opposing electromagnetic
fields interfere, canceling, as in Tesla's experiments, the electrical and magnetic
components (it can be created by two opposed electromagnetic waves, 180° out of
phase temporally). The result is a longitudinal wave, which vibrates in the same di-
rection in which it travels.

Different researchers believe that scalar fields can be described as torsion

fields, Zero-point Energy (ZPE), non-hertzian waves, orgone, or in areas other than
physics, such as subtle energies: ether, etheric, world spiritual, Qi or prana.

According to Dr Konstantin Meyl, Professor of Electronics, scalar waves can

be transferred to human DNA, since our DNA is a quantum antenna capable of re-
ceiving and transmitting magnetic scalar waves. About twenty years ago, Prof.
Meyl discovered and proved the existence of both electric and magnetic scalar
waves. Tesla discovered the electric scalar wave, and proved its existence. The
magnetic scalar wave is the one with greater biological relevance, since most
communication between cells is done using this wave type.

Sinusoidal Wave: the entire waveform has the great importance. It is actually
a very simple and natural curve, which underlies many physical phenomena.

22
 Therapeutic Waves

The sound is made of sinusoidal waves and so are the light, the voltage and the
electric current supply to our homes. Sinusoids are the fundamental "bricks" with
which any other waveform can be constructed. In practice, by adding different sine
waves with different frequencies and amplitudes, any signal can be created with
any waveform.

Wavelength: it is the distance in meters of a complete oscillation, or the dis-

tance between two maximum points (crests) or two minima (valleys) of an elec-
tromagnetic wave. It is represented with the Greek letter λ and is linked to the fre-
quency through the relation λ = c / f where: λ is the wavelength expressed in me-
ters; c is the speed of light expressed in meters per second. From this expression, it
is inferred that the higher the frequency, the shorter the wavelength.

Frequency: it is the number of cycles or oscillations of a waveform per sec-

ond; the unit of measure is the hertz (Hz).
Frequency is the parameter that influences more than any other, the mode of
interaction of an electromagnetic field with a biological system. For example, the
depth of penetration of electromagnetic waves in the tissues of the human body is
inversely proportional to the frequency: in practice, when the frequencies are low-
er, then they can go deeper. Frequencies up to 30 MHz can penetrate all the tissues
of the human body, up to the bones. The very high frequencies used, for example,
the mobile telephones (some GHz), have a penetration power of about 1-2 cm.
Furthermore, various other electrical parameters, such as the permittivity and
conductivity of biological tissues; vary according to the frequency applied.

23
 Therapeutic Waves

Harmonics: in physics, they are

frequencies whose value is an integer
multiple of the fundamental frequen-
cy of a wave. For example, if the
fundamental frequency is 1 kHz, its
second harmonic is 1 kHz x 2 = 2
kHz, the third 3 kHz, the fourth 4
kHz and so on. Similarly, a sub-
harmonic is a whole submultiple of
the fundamental frequency, so the second sub-harmonic of 1 kHz is 1 kHz / 2 =
500 Hz, the third sub-harmonic 1 kHz / 3, etc.
Frequently, instead of using this criterion, it is preferred to use as a multiplier
or divisor, the octave (as in music); in this case every octave is twice the previous
one (e.g., 1kHz, 2 kHz, 4kHz, 8 kHz, etc.) Similarly, the lower octaves are half of
the previous ones.
By comparing the two multipliers, we can easily identify the mathematical re-
lationship between harmonics and octaves: for example the third octave higher than
1 kHz, i.e., 8 kHz, corresponds to the 8th harmonic. Therefore, the octaves could
be defined as "special" harmonics.

Amplitude: it is the height of a crest or a half-wave; it can correspond to a

voltage (V), a current (A) or other electrical or magnetic parameters.

Modulation: the modulation of

an electromagnetic wave consists in
modifying the characteristics of a
wave, called carrier Fc, as a result
of the interaction with another
wave, called modulating fm. The
waveform that is obtained (modu-
lated wave) will vary according to
the type of modulation created: AMPLITUDE MODULATED SIGNAL

- Amplitude Modulation (AM) consists in varying, at any time, the amplitude

of the carrier wave, depending on the modulating one.
- Frequency Modulation (FM) consists in varying, at any time, the frequency
of the carrier wave, depending on the modulating one.

24
 Therapeutic Waves

- Phase Modulation (PM) consists in varying, at any time, the phase angle of
the carrier wave, depending on the modulating one.

Sidebands: the Amplitude

Modulation (AM) of a carrier wave
is usually characterized by two side-
bands. The frequencies above the
carrier frequency is the upper side-
band, while the frequencies below
the carrier is the lower sideband.
For example, if a 1000 kHz car-
rier is amplitude modulated by a 1
kHz audio wave then, in the gener-
ated radio frequency spectrum there are three components: 1000 kHz (Fc), 999 kHz
(Fc-fm) and 1001 kHz (Fc + fm).
The frequency range between the upper and lower sidebands defines the
Bandwidth which is equal to twice the frequency of the modulating wave. For ex-
ample, a bandwidth suitable for audio (20 kHz) requires a 40 kHz radio spectrum
bandwidth.

Beat: this phenom-

enon occurs when two
sine waves have fre-
quencies very close to
each other. If they in-
teract, they overlap cre-
ating a pulsating wave
with a frequency only.
Figure 1

The beat frequency is defined as the difference of the frequencies of two inter-
acting waves

Fbeat = F2 – F1 .

Thus, the frequency of the wave that modulates the amplitude of the resulting
wave is equal to half the beat frequency (fm =Fbeat/ 2).

25
 Therapeutic Waves

In the framework of audio frequencies, such a condition is perceived by the ear

as a sound with only one frequency similar to that one of the components, but
"beating", that is a sound wave with the frequency increasing and decreasing to the
frequency beat.
The resulting wave frequency is the average of the two wave frequencies

F = (F1 + F2) / 2,

In the in figure 1, the trend of two waves (F1 and F2) is showed. When the two
signals are in phase there is the sum of the amplitudes of each wave, vice versa,
when they have opposite phase, the two signals cancel each other. These two con-
ditions recur over time causing the beat. As we can observe in figure 1, we have

F1 = 100 Hz, F2= 110 Hz, F = (100 + 110) / 2 = 105Hz.

Moreover,
Fbeat = F2 – F1= 10Hz,

and the frequency modulation is fm = Fbeat / 2= 5Hz .

Voltage: is the difference between the electrical potential of two points, such
as the poles of a battery or those of an electrical outlet. In these cases, the differ-
ence is that the voltage of a battery is continuous or has a constant value over time
(graphically a straight line parallel to the abscissa axis); the voltage of an electrical
outlet (like the domestic ones) is alternated, that is, variable over time at the fre-
quency of 50/60 Hz, with a sinusoidal trend and therefore with the poles that are
inverted (from positive to negative) 50/60 times a second.
The voltage is measured in volts (V).

Current: it is a displacement of electric charges, a flow of electrons from a

negative to a positive pole. When this movement travels through a conductive ma-
terial (like a copper wire), we can imagine it as a stream of water flowing through a
pipe. As for the voltage, the current can be continuous or alternating over time.
The current is measured in ampere (A).

26
 Therapeutic Waves

Intensity: it is the quantity of energy that flows per unit of area in the unit of
time. In other words, it is the energy passing through a meter square surface per
second (it is measured in W / m2).
Each electromagnetic wave is characterized by a power and a transport of en-
ergy, which results to be proportional to the product of the intensities of the electric
field and of the magnetic field. Because these two fields are proportional to each
other, the intensity of the electromagnetic wave is proportional to the square of the
amplitude of the electric field.
It is important to know that the power decreases with the square of the distance
from the source: for example, at a double distance one quarter of the power is col-
lected.
The energy of an electromagnetic radiation is given by the formula, E = hf,
where E denotes the energy of the radiation, h is the Planck's constant and f is the
frequency (this equation is usually used to obtain the energy of a photon). Conse-
quently, the energy of a wave (or particle) is directly proportional to its frequency.

Resistance (R): it is the capacity of the body, or part of it, to oppose the pas-
sage of electric current (effect due to the dissipation of energy).
It is related entirely to bodily fluids. Less water is present in the tissue (e.g.,
bone, lipids), the higher the body's resistance. On the other hand, the higher the hy-
dration, the lower the resistance.
The extracellular matrix has a lower electrical resistance than the cell mem-
brane, so the electric currents will preferably be conducted through this extracellu-
lar space.

Reactance (X): it can be inductive or capacitive; the latter is that characteristic

of the human body and consists in the property of storing electrical charges (due to
the conservation of energy).
The capacitive Reactance is what is
in a capacitor, that electronic compo-
nent that is composed of two metal
plates, which is separated by a thin layer
of insulating material (dielectric).
The cells contain different forms of
biological condensers, which are made of an insulating material (the membrane)
that are covered on both sides by fillers of dissolved minerals, which have the same
properties as a conducting plate. The cell membrane and the membranes of orga-

27
 Therapeutic Waves

nelles inside the cell, which are similar to the mitochondria, are biological conden-
sers that have the ability to accumulate and store an electrical charge and therefore,
the energy to be supplied when necessary (Membrane Potential). Reactance of a
body is directly proportional to the amount of active cell membranes, that is, to the
body's cellular mass (cell density). The Reactance creates a phase difference be-
tween the current and the circuit voltage.

Impedance (Z): it is an overall measure of the body's ability to conduct the

current. Mathematically, it is the vector sum of the Resistance R and of the Reac-
tance X or the ratio between the induced voltage and the current injected in a con-
ductive medium (Z= √ R2+X2 = V/I).

Conductivity: it is the ability of a material to conduct an electric current (it is

the inverse of Resistivity); in organic tissues it can be influenced by:
o Temperature variations,
o Oxygen levels,
o Concentrations of intracellular minerals and extracellular fluids,
o Types of intracellular minerals present and extracellular fluids,
o pH (both intracellular and extracellular),
o Level of hydration (water contained outside and inside the cells),
o Relationship between structured/unstructured water inside the cell,
o Lipid membrane/sterol,
o Free radical activity,
o Amount of negative charges present on the surface of cell membranes,
o Quantity and structure of hyaluronic acid in the extracellular matrix,
o Endogenous electric fields,
o External application of electromagnetic fields,
o Presence of electrophilic chemical toxins and heavy metals both within the
cell in the extracellular matrix.

Permitivity or Dielectric Constant: it describes the behavior of an insulating

material (dielectric) surrounded by an electric field. In particular, it is the suitabil-
ity of a material to transmit an electric field and of an insulator to accumulate
charge.
The electrical permittivity varies depending on the direction of the electric
field with respect to the medium and on the electric field frequency.

28
 Therapeutic Waves

Resonance: any system has one or more characteristic frequencies. Resonance

is a phenomenon that is obtained when an oscillating system is subjected to a peri-
odic force of frequency equal to the system's own frequency. In other words, it oc-
curs when the frequency of the perturbing source is the same of the natural vibra-
tion frequency of the perturbed object. Generally, it causes a significant increase in
the amplitude of the oscillations and therefore a considerable accumulation of en-
ergy within the stressed system, which can eventually destroy the system. Under
resonant conditions, this last possibility can occur only when the emitting source
has an appropriate intensity and duration (for example, the crystal glass, after being
hit by sound waves with the same resonance frequency, it vibrates louder and loud-
er until it breaks). Depending on the system in question and on the source, one can
have a mechanical, electrical, magnetic, optical, nuclear resonance, etc.
Schumann Resonance: it is a planetary phenomenon of magnetic resonance,
named after the physicist Winfried Otto Schumann, who predicted it mathematical-
ly in 1952.
The surface of the Earth and the ionosphere interact as two armours of a huge
condenser, where the Earth is the negative pole and the ionosphere is the positive
pole.
It is an electromagnetic system in constant vibration that creates very low fre-
quency (ELF) waves whose main peaks are 7.83 Hz, 14 Hz, 20 Hz, 26 Hz and 33
Hz. It is generated by the electrical shocks of lightnings in the cavity between the
earth's surface and the ionosphere.
The signals are very weak, but
the waveguide created between the
Earth and the ionosphere, behaves
like a resonator at the ELF frequen-
cies amplifying the components of the
lightnings spectrum at resonance fre-
quencies. Lightnings behave like a
huge antenna emitting electromagnet-
ic energy as impulsive signals, at fre-
quencies below 100 kHz.

The Earth-ionosphere waveguide is not a perfect electromagnetic cavity, so the

frequencies that can be detected instrumentally are slightly lower than those result-
ing from theoretical calculations. The fundamental frequency is about 7.83 Hz and
has a wavelength equal to the circumference of the Earth.

29
 Therapeutic Waves

The Schumann frequencies are used to assess the global activity of lightnings.
Moreover, given the connection between this activity and the earth's climate, they
are also used to monitor changes in global temperature and water vapor existent in
the earth's atmosphere.
These vibrations that accompany us since our birth have a profound influence
on our physiology. Scientist Herbert König (Schumann's successor at the Universi-
ty of Munich) showed that there is a correlation between Schumann resonance fre-
quencies and brain rhythms (alpha rhythm frequencies). Some researchers have
found that the 7.83 Hz frequency resonates at the same frequency as the hippocam-
pus in our brain.

Values in Hz, taken from Kilpisjärvi Station Northern Finland

All the parameters described above are linked to each other and each influ-
ences the effects they can have on an extremely complex and delicate system such
as the biological one: frequency, waveform, intensity, resonance, polarization and
modulation play a role of fundamental importance, as we will illustrate in the fol-
lowing pages.

30
 Therapeutic Waves

The electrical properties of cells and organic

tissues
The body is a complex electrical machine and the cells and tissues that make
up the human body possess different electrical properties that they can be consid-
ered as electrical and electronic components with characteristics of conductors,
semiconductors, resistors, capacitors, inductors and charge carriers. The energetic
communication of the body does not take place exclusively through the nervous
system. Among the electrical properties that cells manifest, there is the ability to
conduct electrical energy, to generate it and to create electromagnetic fields.

Biological tissues cannot only receive, transduce and transmit electrical sig-
nals, but also acoustic, magnetic, mechanical, thermal vibrations and photons sig-
nal. This is why it is possible to see phenomena such as:
- Biological reactions to the geomagnetic fields of the earth and to the Schumann
fields,
- Biological reactions to the atmospheric electromagnetic field and disturbances
due to sunspots, thunder, lightning and earthquakes,
- Biological responses to heat and light,
- Biological responses to frequency generators that produce waves and electric
fields, magnetic, photons, acoustic vibrations,
- Biological reactions under the hands of a pranotherapist.

In biological organisms, the negatively charged carriers are the electrons or

ions that have acquired an electron, while the ions that have lost an electron are
positively charged. For example, sodium ions(Na+), potassium (K+), calcium
(Ca2+), magnesium (Mg2+) have a positive charge, while those of chlorine (Cl-)
have a negative charge.

The cell, the basic element of liv-

ing organisms, is characterized by a
membrane that separates it from the
surrounding environment (extracellular
matrix), making it an entity capable of
interacting with the external environ-
ment.

31
 Therapeutic Waves

Cell membranes are composed of a double layer of lipid molecules that elec-
trically behave like an insulator (dielectric). This property has the function of limit-
ing the movement of charged ions and electrons, which can in any case cross the
membrane by means of specialized ion channels.

The cell membrane is permeable to ions (in particular to sodium and potassi-
um) in a selective manner, therefore different concentrations of these and other
mineral ions are created on both sides of the membrane, which lead to an imbal-
ance of the electric charges between the inside of the cell and the outside.

Electrolytes Concentration (mEq/l)

cations Intracellular Extracellular
+
Na (sodium) 10 140-145
K+ (potassium) 160 4
Ca++ (calcium) - 2-4
4Mg++ (magnesium) 35 2-3
anions Intracellular Extracellular
-
Cl (chloride) 2 110
HCO3- (bicarbonate) 8 28-30
HPO4-- (phosphate) 140 2
SO4-- (sulphate) - 1
Proteinate 55-60 1 (16 in plasma)

The difference in electrical potential, measurable between the liquid inside a

cell (cytosol), which has negative charges and the extracellular space, which has
positive charges, is called Membrane Potential. All healthy living cells have a
membrane potential between -100mV for nerve cells and -60m for all others; these
values are lowered due to illness, trauma or aging.
The membrane potential creates an electrochemical force that regulates the
chemical exchange (permeability), through the cell for the control of nutrients, pro-
teins, enzymes, etc.
Healthy cells maintain a high concentration of potassium ions and a low con-
centration of sodium ions inside, but when the cells are sick, sodium and water
flows inside, while potassium, magnesium, calcium and zinc are reduced within the
cell, decreasing the membrane potential up to values that can reach -20mV (this

32
 Therapeutic Waves

value has now reached apoptosis, or the death of the cell itself). The gradual reduc-
tion of cell energy is felt by the body in the form of weakness, easy tiredness, pain,
illness, inflammation or premature aging.
The potential difference on the two sides of the cell membrane creates a strong
electric field that represents an available source of energy for a significant number
of cellular activities including membrane transport and the generation of electrical
impulses in the brain, nerves, heart and muscles. This electric field is surprisingly
high: 10,000,000 Volts / m according to Reilly2 and up to 20 million Volts / m ac-
cording to Brown3. A very high potential is also created on the membranes of the
mitochondria. Positively charged hydrogen ions are maintained in a high concen-
tration outside the mitochondrial membrane by the action of the electron transport
chain, which creates a mitochondrial membrane potential of about 40,000,000 volts
/ m.

Dr Merrill Garnett4 has long studied the role of charge displacements and the
flow of electric current in the cell (biocurrents). He believes that biological mole-
cules of liquid crystals and structures such as hyaluronic acid, prothrombin, DNA,
cytoskeletal proteins and cell membranes, are involved in the maintenance of a cur-
rent both inwards and outwards of the cell. The current inward flows from the cell
membrane to the cellular structures such as the mitochondria and the DNA and is
involved in the activation of the DNA and in the creation of an electric field around
it, while the outgoing current flows along the proteins of the cytoskeleton and
crosses the cell membrane towards the extracellular matrix.
Garnett theorized that an alternating current oscillating circuit exists within
cells between the cell membrane and the DNA, which is activated during differen-
tiation to initiate gene expression.

If this theory is correct, it means not only do cells use their electromagnetic
properties to control gene expression, but also that an external field can influence
gene expression. This topic will be extensively addressed in the chapter on research
performed by NASA.

2. Reilly JP. Applied Bioelectricity: From Electrical Stimulation to Electropathology. New York: Springer, 1998.
3. Brown G. The Energy of Life: The Science of What Makes Our Minds and Bodies Work. New York, NY: The
Free Press, 1999
4. Garnett M. First Pulse: A Personal Journey in Cancer Research. New York, NY: First Pulse Projects, 1998.

33
 Therapeutic Waves

Moreover, Garnett hypothesized that the part of the DNA wrapped around
protein structures, such as nucleosomes5, can present electronic inductance, just
like an electric coil. The current flowing through the DNA helix can manifest its
own energy field thus creating an impulse that from the DNA interacts with other
biomolecules like those that make up the membrane.

These complex bio-electronic circuits that are formed, could be used by cells,
as antennas able to receive and transmit signals or information, both inside an or-
ganism and from outside. This last hypothesis explains how external electromag-
netic fields, even weak ones, can influence the behavior of biological tissues.

Of course, this is not the only explanation of how cells and tissues can inter-
pose with electrical and electromagnetic signals of an endogenous or exogenous
nature.

• According to Smith and Best6, since cell membranes are composed of die-
lectric materials, a cell behaves like a dielectric resonator that produces an
electromagnetic field in the space around it. This field does not radiate en-
ergy, but allows the cell to oscillate in resonance and interact with other
cells. This means that applications of certain frequencies with suitable gen-
erators can improve or interfere with cellular resonance and metabolic and
electrical functions.

• Prof. H. Frohlich7 predicted that the fundamental oscillation of the cell

membrane is of the order of 100 GHz and that the biological tissues have
the ability to create and use coherent oscillations to respond to external os-
cillations.
• According to Ross Adey8, the glycoproteins present on the membrane
(glycocalyx), which create the cell lining, act as both molecular chemical

5. The nucleosome consists of a protein center made up of eight proteins, around which DNA is enveloped.
6. Smith C, Best S. Electromagnetic Man. New York: St. Martin's Press, 1989
7 Frohlich H., ed. Biological Coherence and Response to External Stimuli. Heidelberg: Springer-Verlag, 1988.
8 Adey WR. Physiological signaling across cell membranes and cooperative influences of extremely low frequen-
cy electromagnetic fields. In: Biological Coherence and Response to External Stimuli, H. Frohlich, ed., Heidel-
berg, Springer-Verlag, pgs 148-170, 1988.

34
 Therapeutic Waves

receptors and electromagnetic or electric field antennas. This last function

would allow the cells to scan incoming frequencies and then fine tune their
circuits to resonate at particular frequencies. Adey also documented that
cells respond constructively to a wide range of frequencies including ex-
tremely low frequencies (ELF) in the 1-10 Hz range that includes that of
Schumann resonance. Adey and other researchers have claimed that one of
the effects of weak electromagnetic fields is the release of calcium ions in-
to the cell.
• Most of the molecules in the body are electric dipoles; the electric fields, if
of sufficient intensity, can induce the molecular dipoles to an orientation
along the field lines. So when a biological tissue is exposed to an electric
field of suitable frequency and amplitude, a preferential alignment of the
dipoles is established. The cell membrane contains many dipole molecules;
therefore, an electric field can trigger a mechanism that alters the permea-
bility and membrane functions.

In conclusion, it can be said that cells and tissues:

- Have an electromagnetic nature,
- Generate their own electromagnetic field, which allows them to control and guide
metabolic reactions,
- Can communicate with each other by exchanging information with electrical and
photonic signals,
- Can communicate with the outside world by providing useful information for a
series of diagnoses,
- They can interact with external electromagnetic energies, which can be both cu-
rative and harmful.

35
 Therapeutic Waves

The water’s role in the formation and

transmission of electromagnetic fields

Water constitutes 70-80% of the total weight of biological matter and 99% of
the total molecules of an organism. Nevertheless, many biologists consider water
only as an inactive container of biological solutes. Therefore, when we talk about
molecular factors, we usually mean molecules rather than water, i.e. we mean nu-
cleic acids, proteins and so on (the only ones worthy of interest and study). Actual-
ly, in the general dynamics of biological systems, water plays a key role by inter-
acting with electromagnetic fields at certain characteristic frequencies. Definitely,
the knowledge of this biological mechanism is not yet complete but lately, quan-
tum physics has provided a remarkable contribution in the understanding of this
phenomenon via hypothesis and theories.
For many decades, liquid water has been considered as a monophasic liquid, that is
a mere cluster of molecules kept together by short-range static forces (hydrogen or
other bridges), and their bonds were probably balanced by thermal collisions. Hy-
drogeoxygenic bonds are polar covalent bonds in which hydrogen is more electro-
positive than oxygen. For this reason, the negative region surrounding the oxygen
atom and the positive region associated with the hydrogen atom of the nearest mol-
ecule, attract each other leading the water molecules to connect together in chains
or irregular networks. Because of their charges, the oxygen atom forms an angle of
104.5° with the hydrogen atoms originating a dipole moment of the molecule.

36
 Therapeutic Waves

Water Coherence Domains

An advanced analysis on the particular properties of water has been carried out
by the Italian physicist Emilio Del Giudice. He addressed the problem in terms of
quantum electrodynamics by highlighting an inhomogeneous structure of this liq-
uid. Water has a peculiarity not owned by any other molecular species: it can be
considered as a two-phase or two-fluid system.
The first phase is constituted by sets of molecules, called Coherence Domains
(CD). In Coherent conditions, the H2O molecules oscillate in unison and in phase
with a resonant electromagnetic field.
The non-coherent phase is constituted by independent molecules connected by
short-range electrostatic forces in equilibrium through thermal fluctuations.
The two phases have very different dielectric9 constants. Indeed, that one of
the coherent phase originates from the high polarizability of the molecules, while
the non-coherent state has a much lower polarizability than the previous one, and it
is caused by the orientation of the dipoles. At room temperature, liquid water con-
sists of a mixture of coherent and incoherent phase. At 0°C water is 50% coherent
and 50% incoherent, while at 30°C it is 40% coherent and 60% incoherent.

A CD is created spontaneously thanks to a quantum physics phenomenon. The

"vacuum", that is the absence of particles or fields, is a real vacuum only in classi-
cal physics. Instead, in quantum physics, the vacuum may contain particles and
electromagnetic fields and it is the system quantum state with the lowest energy
possible. Indeed, a photon comes out of the quantum vacuum (due to Heisenberg's
quantum fluctuations) and can excite an atom. With a certain probability meant as
a function of density, the photon may excite other atoms via a cascading effect. In
this way, it will never be able to reach the vacuum again but will always rebound
from one atom to another. This process can continue until many photons are
trapped and a significant electromagnetic field is created.
The photon is characterized by a wavelength (λ) with dimensions about 1200
times that of an atom. When we deal with a volume proportional to this magnitude
(for instance a cube with each side length equal to λ), the electromagnetic energy
will interact with about 5.5 million molecules. Then, they will react by tuning with
the electromagnetic field wavelength and oscillating in phase at its frequency. In

9. Water is one of the polar solvents that has a very high relative electrical permittivity and is therefore able to
solubilize the ionic or highly polar compounds. The higher the electrical permittivity of a solvent, the greater its
solubility with respect to electrolytes.

37
 Therapeutic Waves

this way, a CD is created (with a diameter of around 100 nm, at room temperature).
Therefore, it will be composed by water molecules which oscillate in unison and in
phase with the resonant electromagnetic field. As a result, no coherent energy is
turned into coherent energy.
Roughly speaking, a photon from the quantum vacuum can create an electro-
magnetic field which interacts with the water molecules contained in a volume
proportional to the photon wave length. This interaction leads the water molecules
to oscillate in phase creating the so-called CD.
Summarizing, all the properties of the CD are:

- a CD is a set of H2O molecules that oscillate in unison and in phase, whose

dimensions (about a tenth of a micron) are determined by the wavelength of the
resonant electromagnetic field. A CD can be created in infinitesimal fractions of a
second.

- The originated electromagnetic field remains absolutely confined within the

domain itself (so there is no energy transmission).

- Since the H2O molecules oscillate in unison (without colliding), in a

DC there is a decreasing of entropy and so the water reaches a condition of
minimum energy (lower than that one of the non-coherent state).

-The existence time of a DC can be very long because the energy of the elec-
tromagnetic field cannot be released to the outside thermally. For this reason, a
domain exists until it is destroyed by an amount of energy coming from outside.

- The coherent water density is less than that one of the normal water, since
coherent molecules are spatially wider than non-coherent ones. Consequently, the
molecules are packaged in such a way that the external molecules cannot come in-
side and they can only crowd the surface.

- In the non-coherent phase the electrons of each molecule are strongly linked
to the nuclei, whereas in the excited (coherent) phase, an electron per molecule is
almost free. Thus, a tank of almost-free electrons is created in a CD. They are ex-
citable in a simple manner such that the molecules can oscillate. Every external en-
ergetic disturbance, which is smaller than a determined threshold (energy gap), is
entirely stored by the CD. In this way a collective excited state is created that is

38
 Therapeutic Waves

still coherent. Therefore, within the CD, large quantities of external energy can be
collected and stored and it can be turned into energy to induce electronic excita-
tions in the biomolecules surrounding the CDs. Once the CD earns energy, its fre-
quency changes. Moreover, this frequency depends on the number of coherent
molecules. As soon as this number decreases, the CD frequency decreases as well,
leading the temperature to increase.

- Far from a surface or a wall, the usual liquid water mass is a combination of
a coherent phase and a non-coherent phase. Depending on the temperature, these
two phases exist in different proportions. Each molecule can oscillate between the
two phases as a function of thermal noise.
Close to the surface we have a different situation: the interaction between the
molecules and the walls introduces a new factor in the dynamics. If the water-wall
interaction is highly attractive, the destructive effect of thermal collisions is neu-
tralized and the entire water (called interfacial) can remain coherent with the same
behavior of low temperature water (T ≤ 200 K). Indeed, an entirely coherent water
behaves like a glass because it is impossible to touch a molecule without affecting
all the others; consequently, the viscosity grows (as observed experimentally).
It is worth to highlight that the water molecules in living cells, being only few
fractions of micron away from the organic surface, look like a glass and they can
be considered properly as an interfacial water. This feature plays an key role in bi-
ology because it can support or slow down a series of biological functions.

- It has been observed that biological events induce changes in the physical
properties of water. Electromagnetic signals may be emitted by a living system,
changing the phase of the Water CD. Conversely, through its interaction with the
environment, water becomes an efficient means of transmitting information to liv-
ing organisms. An external radiation can interact with a whole CD, not with single
molecules.

- In the case in which a frequency in the spectrum of a molecule outside form

water is close to that one at which the CD oscillates, this molecule may become a
host-molecule that participates in the coherent dynamics of water and may settle on
the surface of the CD. The difference between the CD frequency and the host mol-
ecule frequency must be smaller than the level of thermal noise, such that it can
take energy from it and become equal to that one of the CD.

39
 Therapeutic Waves

Consequently, water oscillating at certain rhythms "attracts" well-defined mol-

ecules, which will exert a significant intensity of attraction only if they are sur-
rounded by a specific electromagnetic field. These molecules will interact one an-
other by activating a chemical reaction which, in turn, will cause a change in fre-
quency. Varying this oscillation, the CD will attract other molecules and this pro-
cess will repeat again and again causing a knock-on effect. According to this prin-
ciple, different kinds of molecules interact and react only in presence of a field
with a certain frequency. Basically, the water, because of its electromagnetic field,
becomes the responsible for the interaction between two molecules and for the sub-
sequent chemical reaction. For this reason, in biology, among the thousands of
molecules inside or outside a cell, reactions occur sequentially and exactly between
the molecules that react to the electromagnetic field existent at a particular time,
and they do not occur randomly and not between all the molecules.
In other words, two molecules A and B will be attracted each other (them, and
only them) and will react, even if they are very distant (but within a CD) and sur-
rounded by a resonant magnetic field.
A reaction causes a production or absorption of energy that usually occurs as
thermal energy. If the molecules are in phase correlated by an electromagnetic
field, the reaction energy goes to inject or subtract the existing one, creating a new
electromagnetic field characterized by a new frequency. In turn, the latter one will
trigger a new chemical reaction which will involve further molecules.
In the biological field this sequence must be extremely fast and free of errors,
since each reaction must take place not between any two molecules, but only be-
tween those that represent a precise stage of a given biological process. Thus, the
recognition code between two reactant molecules is a code of frequencies and, at a
given time, the extended electromagnetic field of the CD decides which reaction
must take place.

- Ions close to the CDs are attracted by the electromagnetic field trapped in the
domains and therefore are kept in orbit around the DC, moving at a circular speed
and proportional to the so-called cyclotron frequency. Furthermore, since DNA and
proteins are polyelectrolytes, they are surrounded by a cloud of positive counter-
ions with a cyclotron frequency in the range between 1 and 100 Hz, which play an
important biological role.
Furthermore, at the time at which the interaction occurs, an ion will react by
activating an electromagnetic field that goes to inform the other ions.

40
 Therapeutic Waves

- Inside a volume of water there are an indefinite number of CDs, each one
characterized by its own field and its own oscillation frequency.
If many adjacent CDs are in the same chemical and thermodynamic environ-
ment, they may oscillate in a coherent collective way. In turn, this oscillation in-
creases the degree of coherence of each of the participating Domains. In this way, a
hierarchy is created in which different CDs become coherent with each other, cre-
ating a series of super-Domains of much wider dimensions: theoretically, this pro-
cess can occur endlessly.
Each level of the hierarchy has its characteristic frequency of oscillation and
because all these frequencies are simultaneous, a sort of "symphony" is created. In
such a way, there is the possibility to create extremely sophisticated electromagnet-
ic fields whose frequency can vary thanks to the injected energy that can come
from the environmental noise.
Coherence between CDs is not equivalent to glue CDs one to another, but it
implies that separate domains oscillate in unison. The formation of a set of CDs is
accompanied by the expulsion of solutes from inside, including atmospheric gases,
such that at the exact time of CD formation, a micro-bubble will appear within the
water mass.

41
Therapeutic Waves

42
 Therapeutic Waves

2. Measurements and diagnostic

applications

It is well known that the most intense bio-electric and bio-magnetic signals
produced by a living being are those ones emitted by the heart, by the motor mus-
cular activity and by the neuronal activity of the brain and nervous system.
In addition to the measurement of these "active" signals, it is also possible to
perform different measurements of "passive" electrical parameters, i.e. resistance
and impedance measurement, that can provide very useful information about the
organism's state of health.
This chapter describes all the main techniques for the analysis of electrical pa-
rameters that can be measured in a human organism and those ones that use elec-
tromagnetic waves for diagnosis.

Electroacupuncture according to Voll (EAV)

Electroacupuncture according to Voll (EAV) is a technique that by exploiting
the electrical parameters of the human organism (in this case, the resistance) is able
to make very useful and accurate diagnoses. It is somewhat of a link between tradi-
tional Chinese acupuncture, Western clinical medicine, homotoxicology and ho-
meopathy.
This method consists in verifying, using the tip of the electronic equipment,
the bioelectric state of the acupuncture points and consequently giving clarifica-
tions and information on the nature of a disease.

Using this process, the following can be evaluated:

• Food intolerance

43
 Therapeutic Waves

• Disturbances or poisoning from heavy metals or environmental pollutants, or

from abuse of medicines
• Allergies
• Geopatie
• Disturbing fields such as scars, teeth, etc.
• Energy blocks
• Chronic inflammation of the liver, kidneys and pancreas
• Migraine and other forms of headache
• Dermatological diseases, such as atopic dermatitis, eczema, etc.
• Dental diseases, gums and intolerances towards dental materials
• Cardiovascular diseases
• Tendency to chronic recurrent infections
• Chronic fatigue
• Gastrointestinal diseases.

In Germany around the 1950s the German doctor Rheinold Voll, an expert in
acupuncture, used a device which measurements were made of electrical resistance
of the skin on classic acupuncture points or on special points called Leber. Based
on the electrical resistance that the point presented in response to an electrical
stimulation carried out on the point itself, it was possible to know whether a partic-
ular organ or apparatus, or a part of it, was in a healthy condition or not.
Acupuncture points have the characteristic of representing areas of the surface
of our body with a reduced electrical resistance compared to the surrounding areas.
Through these points, it is possible to send electrical stimuli (as input), and to re-
ceive output signals from the patient himself. The equipment is practically an
ohmmeter, that is a meter of electric resistances and the signals sent and received
are therefore microcurrents of variable intensity depending on the resistance that
the current meets through the body.
A few years after the development of this device, Voll made a discovery that
revolutionized the very use of this technology. He realized that the value of the re-
sistance of the measured point could vary if the patient was put in contact with ho-
meopathic substances.
During an examination performed with this equipment, it was possible to test
many substances (more than 10,000), consisting of germs, bacteria, viruses, fungi,
insecticides, drugs, general chemical agents and phytotherapics, all in homeopathic
dilution, to highlight those that managed to normalize the identified altered values

44
 Therapeutic Waves

found in the first phase of the examination. The substances, thus identified would
then constitute the therapy. After more than 60 years, this method is still used
throughout the world and has greatly evolved since its introduction.

The in-depth study of this method has provided an anatomical meaning and
precise localization of most of the points (receptors) placed on acupuncture meridi-
ans, handed down by the Chinese tradition, demonstrating that in the body flow,
bioelectric currents are an expression of complex energy phenomena. The finding
that the equilibrium of a point that shows unsuitable measures, can be rebalanced
with a homeopathic substance, has confirmed that the two medicines (the homeo-
pathic and acupuncture) are essentially Informational Medicine, able to affect the
regulatory systems of the organism, on hormonal functions, on the release of neu-
ro-humoral mediators, etc. Therefore, a state of good health is obtained when fre-
quencies, bioelectric currents and electromagnetic fields of an endogenous nature
are ordered, coherent and in harmony with each other.

Bioelectrical Impedance Analysis (BIA)

As in the previous discussion, Bioelectrical Impedance Analysis (BIA) is a
method of measurement of electrical parameters of the human body, even if in this
case, there is an emission of electromagnetic waves in the human body. The BIA
consists in measuring the resistance and reactance in the human body and the sub-
sequent processing of the data, in order to provide qualitative data regarding body
composition, hydration and nutritional status.

In particular, once the basic parameters are set for analysis (height, sex, weight,
etc.) with this electronic equipment, it is possible to determine:
• Total body water (TBW)
• Extracellular water (ECW)
• Intracellular water (ICW)
• Body cell mass (BCM)
• Fat free mass (FFM)
• Fat mass (FM)
• Muscle mass (MM)
• Basal metabolism related to cell mass.

45
 Therapeutic Waves

The tissues crossed by an electric current, can act as:

- Non-conductors, should not be crossed,
- Bad conductors, which are crossed through a little current,
- Good conductors, are allowed to cross,
- Dielectrics, which retain the charges.

The meaning of the electrical parameters in question is as follows:

- Resistance (R) is entirely linked to body fluids: the less the water is in
the tissues (e.g. bone, fat), the higher the body resistance is, and vice ver-
sa);
- Reactance (X) of a body is directly proportional to the quantity of active cell
membranes, i.e. to the body cell mass (cell density). X creates a phase difference
between the current and the circuit voltage;
- Impedance (Z) is an overall measure of a body's ability to conduct the cur-
rent and, mathematically, it is the vectorial sum of the R and X;
- Phase angle (α) is the time delay between stimulation current and the alter-
nating voltage applied in a conductive medium (in this case, the human body). The
phase angle is expressed in degrees.

The temporal relation between voltage, current and phase is shown in the first
figure above (on the left). The vector relationship between impedance, resistance,
reactance and phase angle, is shown in the second figure above (on the right).
If we apply an alternating electric tension between two points of the human
body, an electric current will circulate, which will depend on the impedance pre-
sent between the two points. If this impedance were only resistive (i.e., X = 0), the
waves of tension and current would be perfectly in phase, that is the starting point
and the trend, would be identical. If, on the other hand, the impedance were only

46
 Therapeutic Waves

reactive (R = 0), the wave of the current would present a phase shift of 90°, which
at the starting point would be at the highest point (crest) of the voltage wave.
The real situation is that the human body and the various organic tissues have
both a resistive and a reactive component, hence impedance, which is a function of
the electrical characteristics of the tissues and consequently creates a certain angle
of displacement between Voltage and Current.
For example:
- The bone does not allow or almost, the crossing of the current (maximum re-
sistance);
- Fat lipids are bad conductors for which they have a high resistance;
- Water is a good conductor of electric current (low resistance); lean tissue is
rich in water;
- The plasma membranes (cellular) are dielectric, i.e., they are structures im-
mersed in electrolytic solution that have the ability to temporarily store the
charges. Therefore, they are the only body structures also equipped with a re-
active (capacitive) as well as a resistance.

In conclusion, a bioimpedance analyzer, measuring resistance and reactance,

is able to calculate the lean mass, the mass of the body cells, the total body water
and the intracellular water. Studies of large populations have produced formulas
from which the mass of body fat and body cell mass is obtained in kilograms and
the quantities of water in liters for any combination of resistance and reactance
measurements. These studies also established normal values based on age and gen-
der and the relationship between these values and health.
The value of the impedance decreases with the increase of the frequency of
the alternating current applied to the body. At the frequency of 1 Hz, the current
only passes through the extracellular fluids. At the frequency of 50 KHz (the one
commonly used for BIA analysis), the current passage is distributed equally be-
tween the intra and extracellular environment. To measure resistance and reac-
tance, a bioimpedance analyzer applies a small electrical current (800 μA) to the
body at a fixed10 frequency of 50 kHz, using electrodes. Once the measurements
have been performed, a microprocessor performs all the calculations related to the
composition of the body in question.

10. There are also Multifrequency devices; the interpretation of the data obtained by means of a multifrequency
bioimpedancemetry is complex because the total impedance and the cutaneous impedance vary, as well as the
electrical properties of the tissues, with the frequency of the injected current.

47
 Therapeutic Waves

It can be stated that:

- In the human body, low resistance is associated with large amounts of lean
mass.
- High resistance is associated with small amounts of lean mass.
- Low reactance is associated with small amounts of cell mass. High reactance
is associated with large amounts of cell mass (intracellular mass). Moreover, given
that the reactance is of the capacitive type (capacitor from 500 to 1000 pF), a high
reactance is an indicator of large quantities of intact cell membranes.
- Research on human beings has shown that the relationship between phase
angle and cellular health is directly proportional, with an almost linear trend. A
low phase angle is consistent with the inability of cells to store energy and is an in-
dication of malfunctioning of the selective permeability of cell membranes. A high
phase angle is an indication of large amounts of intact cell membranes and substan-
tial cell mass. The phase angle reflects the relationship between the cell mass of the
body and the lean mass.

The phase angles for adults can vary from 3 to 15 degrees, with normal values
around 6 to 8 degrees. A low phase angle (low reactance) is therefore a sign of
malfunctioning of the selective permeability of cell membranes and of low energy.
A high phase angle (high reactance), is an indication of large quantities of intact
cell membranes, cell mass and good energy.

Therefore the phase angle is a value of extreme importance and is proportion-

al to the cellular health (regardless of the patient's weight); the results of this meas-
ure could be summarized as follows:

- A value in a range of 6 - 8 degrees is an indication of normality, with intact

cell membranes and good health conditions;

- A high value of phase angle (values above 10°), indicate large quantities of
intact cell membranes, therefore high BCM (cellular mass) as in sports, or condi-
tions of dehydration.

- A low phase angle value (values below 5°), indicate cellular decay or break-
age of the cell membranes permeability, or an accumulation of extracellular fluids
(water retention or edema) and may also occur under the following conditions:

48
 Therapeutic Waves

• Oxidative damage of cells,

• Sleep disorders,
• Specific or non-specific inflammation,
• Low nutritional intake or frequent use of processed food products,
• Sleep disorders and sleep apnea,
• Chronic infections,
• Sedentary lifestyle,
• Autoimmune diseases, chronic fatigue, fibromyalgia, arthritis, allergies and
eczema.
• Liver toxicity and/or stress,
• Constipation, digestive problems and intoxication states,
• Frequent meal jump,
• Early aging.

Bioelectricity
Bioelectricity concerns the study, measurement and analysis of currents, po-
tential differences and existing electric fields in a living organism.
In the excitable cells, different types of stimuli (endogenous or exogenous),
cause a sudden increase in the permeability of the sodium membrane: this fact can-
cels the difference in charges between the inside and the outside of the cell (depo-
larization) up to reversing the sign of polarity of the membrane. In this way, an ac-
tion potential is produced, which corresponds to the generation of an electrical
impulse in the muscle and nerve cells whose lasting is about 2 ms transmitted from
cell to cell. The variation of the membrane potential ends when the negative resting
potential is restored.
The electric currents that are created in this way (ionic currents) can affect the
nervous system, the encephalon, the heart, the muscles and a series of other organs
and tissues throughout the body.
The diagnostic methods that exploit the existence of the difference in electrical
potential between different regions of the organism are different; the most famous
are described below.

49
 Therapeutic Waves

Electrocardiography (ECG)

The electrocardiograph is the medical instrument used for the execution of the
electrocardiogram (ECG), a diagnostic test that allows recording and graphically
reproducing in a track, the recording of the electric currents that develop in the
heart due to the contraction of its musculature. These currents are produced as a
function of the potential differences caused by the depolarization and repolariza-
tion of cardiac cells. Thanks to this instrument, invented over a century ago, it is
possible to monitor the electrical activity of the heart and thus verify its proper
functioning. The track has a trend characterized by a sequence of positive and neg-
ative deflections, which can vary if problems or anomalies are present. The elec-
trocardiograph is a device equipped with a recorder voltmeter connected to elec-
trodes applied to the patient's skin. Finally, a monitor allows you to view the track.

Electroencephalography (EEG)

It is the recording of the electrical activity of the encephalon, reproduced on a

screen or on thermal or millimetric paper, as a series of waves (electroencephalo-
gram). The EEG is a diagnostic test performed via the application of a series of
electrodes positioned on the scalp.
The accuracy of this test can be compromised by the fact that the measure-
ments cannot affect intracellular currents, but only the extracellular currents that
spread from the brain through the skull and scalp.
In these passages, they encounter layers with different impedances that penal-
ize the original potential. The most obvious consequence is a reduction in voltage,
which can therefore compromise the resolution of the EEG (for these reasons, in
some cases it may be necessary to perform a magnetoencephalogram).
This exam is used to identify possible asymmetries between the two hemi-
spheres, in studies on sleep disorders, in cases of convulsive disorders such as epi-
lepsy, to report the presence of alterations (trauma, inflammation, malformations,
neoplasms, etc.) and, finally, to establish the state of brain death.

The EEG is characterized by a series of waves, each one with different proper-
ties. The most known waves are:
- The alpha rhythm (8-13 Hz) is characteristic of waking condition
but at sensory rest.

50
 Therapeutic Waves

- The beta rhythm, distinguished in slow beta (13.5-18 Hz) and rapid
beta (18.5-30 Hz), is detected in a person awake engaged in a brain activity
or in a state of alert, but also in dream sleep (during dreams).
- The theta rhythm, distinguished in slow theta (4-6 Hz) and rapid
theta (6-7.5 Hz), occurs in the first minutes of falling asleep (drowsiness
state). In the adult they almost always have a pathological character.
- The theta-sigma rhythm (12-14 Hz) follows the theta phase during
sleep.
- The delta rhythm (0.5 and 4 Hz), occurs at about 20 minutes from
the beginning of rest, when you enter a deeper sleep.

Electromyography (EMG) and Electroneurography - (ENG)

Electromyography (EMG) is a procedure that records the electrical activity of

the muscle and assesses its state of health. The diagnostic examination often con-
sists of three phases: electromyography, electroneurography and single fiber elec-
tromyography.
Electromyography is applied to assess the electrical response of muscles,
measures the electrical potentials that are formed in a muscle both when they are at
rest and when they are in voluntary contraction. The measurement of potentials oc-
curs through the insertion of some needle electrodes, or through the application of
superficial skin electrodes.
Electroneurography assesses the function of nerve trunks by measuring the
speed of nerve conduction and the amplitude of the conducted signal. The exami-
nation is performed with electrodes that inject an electrical stimulus to a peripheral
nerve and then the response of the corresponding muscle is recorded. In this way, it
is also possible to calculate the conduction speed of the applied electrical stimulus.
Single Fiber Electromyography (SFEMG) is a neurophysiological test that
studies the action potentials of single muscle fibers. It allows the study of the mi-
crofisiology of muscle fibers and neuromuscular plaque. This examination, useful
for the study of neuromuscular plaque (or junction) diseases, requires very sophis-
ticated computerized programs.
All these tests are mainly used in pathologies affecting the muscles and neu-
romuscular plaque.

51
 Therapeutic Waves

Electroretinography

It is a diagnostic test used in ophthalmology which consists of the graphic re-

cording of the different electric currents produced by the retina following various
types of light stimuli. Like all action potential exams, two or more electrodes are
placed directly on specific areas of the eye for measurements. Thus, the data col-
lected are then transformed into a trace that highlights the retinal function, called
the electroretinogram.
There are two particular types of electroretinography, useful for the diagnosis
of retinal diseases:
o Focal (FERG) is a specific test for the diagnosis of diseases of the
macula, the part of the retina that serves for central vision;
o Pattern (PERG) is an exam used for the study of pathologies of cells and
fibers of the internal retina.

Biomagnetism
There is an abuse of the term ‘biomagnetism’. Indeed, it is used to identify dif-
ferent studies, techniques and applications of various types, which correlate mag-
netism with living organisms.

In this context, we attribute to this term a scientific meaning linked to clinical

research and medical diagnostics. Precisely, it is linked to the study, measurement
and analysis of very weak local magnetic fields, naturally produced by living or-
ganisms and, in particular, from different organs in humans.
Bio-magnetism is created by any electric current circulating in an organ or tis-
sue, such as that one generated by the brain, by the heart or by magnetic materials,
such as iron compounds present in the liver.
The functional imaging techniques of the brain and heart are Magnetoenceph-
alography (MEG) and Magnetocardiography (MCG); both provide important in-
formation on the physical functions of these organs.
Given the magnitude of the currents involved in an organism, it can be de-
duced that the typical intensities of the magnetic fields generated in an organ are
extremely low, ranging between about 10-9 Tesla and 10-14 Tesla.
The measures of biomagnetism has two fundamental problems: the weakness
of the signal and the intensity of the overlying environmental noise.
In order to be able to measure such small values in environments disturbed by

52
 Therapeutic Waves

the earth's magnetic field and by electromagnetic interference of any kind, first of
all it is necessary to use passively and / or actively magnetically shielded cameras.
Passive magnetic shielding is made with walls constructed of various layers of
aluminum and mu-metal11 to reduce high frequency and low frequency or static
disturbances, respectively.
For the measurements, analysis equipment normally called Superconducting
Quantum Interference Device (SQUID) is normally used, a complex multi-sensory
instrument, capable of providing direct functional images of organs such as the
heart and the brain. The sensors, which require very low temperatures, can measure
very small variations in the magnetic field, up to fields of some femtoTesla (10−15
T) (equivalent to a centi-billionth of the earth's magnetic field). Thanks to this sen-
sitivity, it is possible to take measurements even at a certain distance from the pa-
tient and without any type of contact. SQUID and sensors can work only in condi-
tions of superconductivity that is reached at temperatures close to the absolute zero
and thanks to the use of liquid helium contained in a special container that encloses
the entire system.
Nowadays, new technologies are being developed, including a system that us-
es Optical Atomic Magnetometers (OAM) that possess the sensitivity appropriate
to the purpose and a very small sensor head. The technique is very sensitive and
much less expensive than SQUIDs. It also adopts an innovative spurious magnetic
field compensation that eliminates the need for expensive shielded rooms. These
advantages could enable the use of large-scale OAM in hospitals.
This diagnostic technique is unusual and is used in specialized research centers
both for research about the normal functions of the brain and of the human heart,
and for applied clinical diagnosis.

Magnetoencephalography (MEG)

Magnetoencephalography (MEG or MCG) is a diagnostic and neuroimaging

technique, used to map the electrical and functional activity of the brain. The MEG
records the magnetic field generated by the currents produced by the electrical ac-
tivity of the brain. These currents are generated by ion shifts across the cell mem-
brane of dendritic12 ramifications of cortical neurons which, consequently, modify

11. Mu-metal is a metal alloy with high magnetic permeability or μ.

12. Dendrites are the minor fibers that branch from the cells of the nervous tissue (neurons), which carry the nerv-
ous signal.

53
 Therapeutic Waves

the resting membrane potential. Since the MEG can detect the intracellular currents
better than the currents flowing in the extracellular matrix, it provides a definition
higher than that one provided by the EEG.
It is used to study brain function, as a diagnostic tool for epilepsy (which can-
not be performed with EEG) and to study cognitive processes such as hearing and
speech processing.
Currently, a multisensory system with 500 channels has been created. It uses a
helmet (called ARGOS 500) that allows the vectorial measurement of the magnetic
field in 165 points near the scalp, equipped with an active compensation system of
environmental electromagnetic noise. This apparatus which uses 495 SQUID mag-
netometers, is the world's largest multisensory system for biomagnetism.

Magnetocardiography (MCG)

The currents necessary to allow cardiac contractions are certainly among the
most intense that an organism can create; the electric field generated, as measured
by the ECG is approximately 60 times more powerful than that one of the brain
waves recorded by an EEG. Consequently, the magnetic field generated by the
heart is also more powerful than that one generated by any other organ in the body
(about five thousand times more intense than that one of the brain). The field that is
created assumes a shape similar to a toroid and it is extended far beyond the body
up to 1.5 ÷ 3 meter. Therefore, it can be also measured to several centimeters away
from the body.

The MCG records the magnetic field generated by the cardiac muscle contrac-
tion currents using the same technologies described above. As in the case of mag-
netoencephalography, one of the advantages of this measurement system is that it
does not undergo signal alterations since it reaches the outside of the chest without

54
 Therapeutic Waves

being influenced by the differences in electrical conductivity of the interposed tis-

sues. In addition to a series of studies concerning cardiac activity, via this system it
is possible to localize the origins of anomalous rhythms or arrhythmias.
Several theories state that the magnetic field of the heart can be received by
other living beings that are within its range of action-communication and exchange
information and emotions even in an unconscious way. The heart is closely con-
nected to the brain to which it sends signals through a system of neurons that have
both short and long term memory. These signals can influence our emotional expe-
riences too. Emotions vary the chemical / hormonal information, the blood pres-
sure, the frequency of the beat and the sound produced by the activity of the heart
rhythm. These signals are perceived by every cell in the body, giving to the heart a
role of global physiological tuner of every organ and system. Feelings of love and
gratitude send a signal from our heart to the brain and, when it is received, it gen-
erates so-called coherence (heart-brain coherence). The coherence has been scien-
tifically measured as a very low frequency electrical signal, equal to 0.10Hz. The
coherence generated by the magnetic field of the heart, in turn, induces positive
feelings and thoughts, ability to solve problems, emotional balance and at the same
time strength of character and resolution.

Bio Scanner
It is a series of technologies, applications and devices denoted by the most dif-
ferent names to indicate tests that allow to know a general or a particular state of
health, evaluating a series of physiological parameters. These technologies are al-
most always not yet validated by all the scientific communities. They are based on
the most recent discoveries of quantum medicine and able to detect the vibration
frequencies of cells and organs to compare them with values considered as "nor-
mal".
With this term (or very similar) are also called other types of scans used to
identify:
- Abnormal frequencies related to diseases,
- Substances to which one is intolerant,
- Resonance frequencies of molecules, organelles, cells,
- Resonance frequencies of pathogens,
- Frequencies corresponding to changes in tissue impedance.
Very often, these kinds of scans can also be used to apply electromagnetic
fields in order to try to solve the detected health problem.

55
 Therapeutic Waves

Non-linear Diagnostic Systems (NLS)

Non-Linear Diagnostic Systems are the most advanced and promising tech-
nologies in modern medicine; they include unique diagnostic tools based on spec-
tral analysis of torsion magnetic fields in living organisms. It is the result of the re-
search of a team of Russian scientists who in the 1980s invented a new and revolu-
tionary system for the diagnosis of a large number of diseases and related thera-
pies, called Non Linear System.
The operating principle of these machines is unfortunately not simple or easily
understood since in this case we have to abandon classical physics and venture into
the principles of quantum physics.
It is well known that quantum physics has revolutionized the concept of mat-
ter, which can be considered as composed of "mass, energy and information." It
could also be defined as "structured, organized energy." The substance is in contin-
uous transformation over time, with specific degrees of order and coherence as de-
termined by "information."
In this specific case, everything starts from the concept of trying to trace the
state of health of a human organism based on changes in the torsion fields, a scien-
tific concept that dates back to the early 1900s. The French physicist Eli Cartan in
1913 first proved that the flow of space and time possessed in it is also a rotation or
spiral movement known as "torsion." This concept was then taken up and deepened
by a group of great physicists in the Soviet Union of the 1980s, which began a se-
ries of research in the Center of Non-Traditional Technologies, sponsored by the
state.
The torsion fields are generated by spin or a quantity, or quantum number, as-
sociated to the particles, which helps to define the quantum state. Depending on the
orientation of the spin, both the left and right torsion fields can be generated.
In those years it was discovered that torsion fields have the characteristic of
being influenced also by biological fields and so by the collaboration of physicists
and geneticists, the applications of the torsion fields in medicine was born. Every-
one has an extremely weak, low-frequency electromagnetic field, which in the
event of a health problem may become distorted or incoherent. To implement an
exchange of information between the machine and the human body according to
the principles outlined above, it then became necessary to develop a special trigger
sensor. The trigger sensor was developed using modern computer technologies and
microcircuits, which was able to capture the weak fluctuations of the signals that
evolved outside the statistical noise of the fields and converted into a digital se-

56
 Therapeutic Waves

quence, processed with the help of a microprocessor and then transmitted to a

computer via an interface cable. The human brain is capable of exerting an effect
on this trigger sensor, but in order for this exchange of information to take place, it
must receive a signal regarding the need to examine a given organ. The signal is
sent to the brain via headphones, thanks to two coils contained within it, which
emit waves at very low specific frequencies (below 10 Hz, close to the brain's Al-
pha or Theta rhythm.) Prompted by this request for information, the patient's brain
sends a response that is thus captured by the trigger sensor.
The external electromagnetic fields then influence the magnetic moments of
molecular currents, which lose their initial orientation; this causes a misalignment
of the spin structures of the electrons located in the cortical neurons. It is natural
that the most damaged tissues will have a more pronounced response, according to
the logic theory of quantum entropy.
Some manufacturers of these devices use headphones that instead of using
magnetic inductors use laser emitters to influence the patient's brain. The scan of
all the organs that are examined, takes place in a few minutes. The device is always
connected to a computer, which, in addition to displaying all the organs being
scanned on the monitor, performs an analysis of the information received from the
trigger sensor in real time. Once the scan is completed, the software performs a
comparison of the data received with its own database, which contains reference
parameters that take into account the main physical characteristics of the subject
under examination (age, sex, etc.). In this way, it is possible to ascertain any dys-
functions or pathologies, the severity of the same and identifies possible remedies,
both of an allopathic, homeopathic and phytotherapeutic type, etc. Furthermore,
detecting the distorted frequencies may make it possible to send the correct fre-
quencies to restore the electromagnetic field.
Since emotions also have their specific frequencies, it is possible to draw an
emotional and psychological picture of the person, to investigate the unconscious
traumas and to detect the state of psychological stress. A state of psychophysical
wellbeing can be achieved by re-harmonizing the frequencies connected to the psy-
chological state, releasing stress and tension and also acting on past traumas and on
the conflicts that have given rise to the specific disease or problem.
It must however be taken into account that the analysis of the data highlighted
by the scan, is not always easy to interpret, due to:
- Imbalances or old diseases,
- Diseases in the initial phase,
- Results that apparently do not have a logical link of communication.

57
 Therapeutic Waves

Currently, there are several manufacturers of these devices that come from the
original research group. Reviewing the most known and reliable devices, I find are
only a few that I would consider using 13. Unfortunately, there are many clones
available on the online stores, which might be confusing to someone looking to
purchase one. The choice, even if it will probably disappoint someone, is not at all
difficult. The original equipment is distinguished by the price (rather high, due to
continuous research and evolution) and for the assistance that they are able to pro-
vide. All the others are almost always empty boxes, which use their database to
show randomly generated data, therefore without any real analysis and reliability.

13. Among the best known companies that have continued to study and develop this technology are the producers
of Diacom and Metatron. Naturally these names are swept up in every way by the producers of the fake clones.

58
 Therapeutic Waves

Other Diagnostic Applications

The equipment used to make a diagnosis is more and more numerous. All of
them use the principles of electrotechnics and the physics of electromagnetic waves
for their operation. Nevertheless, we almost never know how they are made or the
principles that allow their use in the diagnostic field.
Here are the most popular diagnostic applications.

Radiology
Radiology is a field of medicine dedicated to the production and interpretation
of images for diagnostic purposes. It is also called diagnostic radiology or radiodi-
agnostic, it uses a series of different techniques according to the physical principle
that makes possible to obtain them. In this respect, besides the radiology (which
uses X-rays producing X-ray images and CT images), ultrasound (which uses ul-
trasounds) and magnetic resonance (which makes use of the physical phenomenon
of the resonance of atomic nuclei) are also distinguished.

X-ray radiography

X-rays are within the spectrum of ionizing radiations, so they are known to be
carcinogens. For this reason, before undergoing tests of this type, an expert must
assess the risk-benefit ratio, in order to prevent a diagnostic excess from becoming
a cause of a disease.
This electromagnetic radiation was discovered by Nikola Tesla in 1887 and he
invented and built the first X-ray tube with a single electrode. Later, other scientists
studied its properties until, in 1895, Wilhelm Röntgen announced officially the X-
rays discovery (for this reason Röntgen took the Nobel Prize in 1901). The use of
X-rays for medical purposes was started by John Hall-Edwards in Birmingham,
England.
The radiation is generated by a glass ampoule high vacuum-packed, which
contains a cathode and a high voltage anode. The body absorbs the radiation in a
differentiated manner, depending on whether it is soft tissue, bone, or cavity. This
beam goes to stamp a film plate, like a camera, which is nowadays digitalized.
It is possible to study different parts of the body via the X-ray. In particular,
the skeletal system and the thorax are very suitable to such a study, because of the

59
 Therapeutic Waves

high density of bone tissues that do not allow X-rays to pass through, on the con-
trary of the lungs which have low air density.
A low dose of X-rays is used for the Mammography to examine the breast in
order to identify anomalies such as tumors and cyst.

In the field of Radiology, Fluoroscopy allows to obtain live images of a pa-

tient's internal anatomy, through the use of an X-ray source and a fluorescent
screen, between which the patient is positioned.
In modern digital fluoroscopes, the screen is coupled to an image intensifier
and a camera. In this way, images are reproduced on a monitor and recorded on a
computer. In addition to reducing the risky doses of X-rays received by patients,
this system can process digital images to improve the visualization of the infor-
mation contained in them and make videos of moving organs.
This technique is used:
- in the functional study of blood vessels and organs such as the heart, esopha-
gus, stomach, duodenum, small intestine, colon, rectum, urinary tract;
- to perform surgical operations inside body cavities, for biopsies and as an aid
in the operating room for the reconstruction of bone fragments of a displaced
fracture;
- for the placement of electrodes in cardiac cavities (pacemaker).

Computed tomography (CT)

Using X-ray ionizing radiation, CT can reproduce the patient's body sections
(whose thickness can be also less than one millimeter) and process three-
dimensional images through a computerized system.
Recently, the devices have evolved more and more until the construction of
variants such as spiral CT and subsequently the multilayer CT. The latter allows an
analysis of the human body in a succession of sub-millimetric layers that provide
computerized three-dimensional images and indications about the functionality of
the examined anatomical structure.
When detailed images of a tissue or organ must be obtained (vessels, intestinal
lumen, brain, abdomen, chest, pelvis, etc.) or the pathologies must be character-
ized, a contrast medium must be administered intravenously (a substance that more
or less intensely absorbs X-rays, contrasting them artificially).
This technique is used:
- To visualize the effects of head injuries with particular attention to the pres-

60
 Therapeutic Waves

ence of possible bleeding;

- In the study of skeletal structures and joints;
- In the evaluation of body areas that are difficult to investigate such as blood
vessels, coronary arteries, bronchi, internal structures of the heart, urinary
tract, liver, pancreas, colon, etc .;
- In emergency clinical situations such as hemorrhage and cerebral ischemia,
abdominal and thoracic aneurysms, pulmonary embolisms, various types of
trauma;
- For vascular and cardiac examinations;
- In oncology, in the search for primitive neoplasms or secondary localiza-
tions.

Although modern equipment has a lower and lower X-ray emission, it is esti-
mated that in the United States 0.4% of cancer cases are due to exposure to ioniz-
ing radiation used in CT scans. Therefore, the challenge is to develop more and
more advanced technologies in order to obtain high definition diagnostic images, a
lower and lower dose of radiation and a higher and higher speed of execution,
without having disturbances caused by organs in continuous movement (such as
the heart).
The modern CT, now available in different hospitals, can perform a complete
study of pathologies that affect all the organs of the body, with zero invasiveness
for the patient (the contrast liquid is halved and the radiation is reduced by over
80% compared to traditional CT). Furthermore, it is possible to perform dynamic
perfusion studies of organs (e.g. heart, brain, liver and kidneys, etc.), perform 3D
imaging and visualize vascular flow and its kinetic properties.

Medical Ultrasound

Also known as diagnostic sonography or ultrasonography, ultrasound imag-

ing exploits the properties of high frequency (over 20 kHz) acoustic mechanical
waves to be reflected differently by different tissues to produce dynamic images of
organs, tissues or blood flow within the body.
It is a non-invasive medical diagnostic investigation system that allows pain-
less, rapid and safe use. An ultrasound machine works thanks to the emission of an
ultrasound beam. The latter strikes the walls of the anatomical structure and, once
came back as an echo, is decoded by the machine and transformed into an image.
In other words, whenever the ultrasounds encounter a different tissue, the wave

61
 Therapeutic Waves

bundle is partly reflected and partly refracted (i.e. absorbed). The reflected beam,
or echo, goes back to the transducer where it excites the crystal of the probe gener-
ating electrical signals. These signals are then processed by a computer and trans-
formed into an image on the monitor in real time.
Ultrasounds are generated thanks to the high frequency piezoelectric effect.
This effect is a property of some quartz crystals or some types of ceramics to vi-
brate at high frequency when they are crossed by an alternating electric current.
The crystals, contained within the ultrasound probe (or transducer), emit ultrasound
beams which, passing through the tissues to be examined, undergo an attenuation
proportional to the frequency. Consequently, the choice of the transducer is made
by taking into account that higher frequencies penetrate less deeply into the patient
but allow a greater resolving power of the image. For example, for the study of ab-
dominal organs, emission frequencies between 3 MHz and 5 MHz are usually used,
while for the evaluation of superficial tissues (thyroid, breast, etc.), higher frequen-
cies (7 MHz) are used, with a higher resolution of images.
By not employing ionizing or harmful radiation, ultrasound is a method that
has no side effects and / or contraindications, so it is also suitable for pregnant or
newborn subjects.

This technique is used for analysis and study:

- Of the neck (thyroid, lymph nodes);
- Of the abdomen (liver, kidneys, spleen, pancreas, etc.) and of the pelvis (bladder,
uterus, ovaries, prostate);
- Of veins and arteries (carotids, aorta, etc.), of the muscular apparatus (muscles,
tendons, ligaments);
- Of the breast morphology. In this case the ultrasound study is particularly reliable
in identifying lesions, especially when they occur in breasts characterized by a high
glandular component or in a dense juvenile breast.

Some other variants of this technology are:

- Doppler ultrasound: when a wave is reflected on a moving organ, the reflected
part changes its frequency according to the speed of the organ (doppler effect).
- Color Doppler, that is a type of doppler that uses a computer to modify sound
waves in different colors, showing the speed and direction of blood flow in real
time.
- Power Doppler, that is a new type of color Doppler. It can provide more details
of blood flow than standard color Doppler.

62
 Therapeutic Waves

- Spectral Doppler: this diagnostic survey shows information about blood flow on
a graph instead of images.
- Duplex Doppler: this test uses ultrasound to catch images of organs and blood
vessels. Then, by a computer, these images are transformed into a graph, as in
spectral Doppler.
- Continuous wave Doppler: in this exam, sound waves are sent and received
continuously to allow a more accurate measurement of the blood flowing at higher
speeds.

Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (RMN)

Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (RMN) is

a diagnostic technique that provides detailed
images of the interior of the human body us-
ing magnetic fields, without exposing the
patient to any type of ionizing radiation.
The technology is based on the interac-
tion of a strong static magnetic field (meas-
ured in Tesla) and radiofrequency pulses,
with the magnetic properties of the atoms
that make up the organs. Earlier, a strong
magnet polarizes the atoms in the body making them align; subsequently, a radiof-
requency pulse, tuned to the resonance frequency of the hydrogen atoms, alters this
configuration on a small area of the body. The energy emitted is absorbed by the
hydrogen atoms in that area, exciting their electrons in a higher orbit around their
nucleus. At the end of the RF pulse, the electrons "re-enter" into their normal orbit
and release the stored energy that is detected by the system's antennas. From the
analysis of the different times used by the electrons to return to the initial position,
it is possible to obtain three-dimensional images of the internal anatomical struc-
tures, highlighting the state of hydration as well.
The frequency used is equal to 42 megahertz, equal to the number of revolu-
tions that the hydrogen atom protons perform on themselves in a second. The
choice to use the hydrogen atom as a reference was determined both by its physical
properties and by its abundance within the human organism (given that 99% of the
total molecules of an organism is made up of H2O).
Thus, unlike an X-ray or CT scan, MRI provides an image of the body's ener-
gy rather than an image of the tissues themselves.

63
 Therapeutic Waves

With this technique, invented in 1950, very detailed and better characterized
images are obtained, thanks to the greater sensitivity and multi-parameter com-
pared to the others. Moreover, it is much safer than the techniques examined
above, since there is much less energy transmitted to the body and there is no trace
of ionizing radiation.
In addition to morphological MRI (also called anatomical MRI), new, more
advanced study methods have been developed in recent years, such as diffusion
(useful in the early diagnosis of ischemic stroke), perfusion (useful for brain neo-
plasia grading) and spectroscopy (useful in the diagnosis and monitoring of brain
tumors).
Another advanced RM mode is Functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging
(fMRI), a technique mainly used in the research world, which uses magnetic reso-
nance imaging to evaluate the functionality of an organ or an apparatus. It is an in-
strument of fundamental investigation in the neurological field, since it allows in
the same examination session to acquire both anatomical and functional images.
The fMRI is a non-invasive and sophisticated technique that exploits the hemody-
namic changes produced by neuronal activity to identify the activated areas of the
brain.

Computerized Bone Mineralometry (MOC)

Computerized Bone Mineralometry (MOC) is a diagnostic technique used to

assess bone mineral density and detect possible bone degeneration. By MOC, it is
possible to establish how many grams of calcium and other minerals are present in
the bone segment examined. For this reason it is the reference technique for pre-
venting, diagnosing and controlling the evolution of osteoporosis. There are differ-
ent types of this technique that use X-rays and ultrasounds.

Nuclear Medicine
Nuclear Medicine is the branch of medicine which uses radioactive substances
(radiopharmaceuticals) for diagnostic, therapeutic and biomedical research. The
diagnostic methods consist in the study of the fixation of a radionuclide bound to a
carrier molecule, which "mimics" the metabolic activity of a tissue or is fixed to
the latter through interaction with appropriate receptors. In a suitable chemical
form or conjugated to molecules or cells acting as vectors, radionuclides are intro-

64
 Therapeutic Waves

duced into the body in different forms, for instance as solutions, suspensions, aero-
sols, and so on. Moreover, they can behave as functional tracers, allowing "in vivo"
diagnostic studies, or focusing in pathological tissues, which can be recognized
and, sometimes, irradiated for therapeutic purposes.
On the contrary of the radiological images, which are obtained by exploiting
the attenuation of the X-ray beam by the tissues interposed between the equipment
that produced them and the detection system, medical-nuclear images are obtained
by means of radiation detection emitted by radiopharmaceuticals distributed in the
body.
Therefore, radiations ("gamma" or "X") is emitted by the patient and then they
are recorded by special equipment such as the gamma camera (scintigraphy,
SPECT) or PET.

Scintigraphy

Scintigraphy is a diagnostic test that is performed with the administration of a

radioactive tracer. In this way, we obtain the graphic representation of the distribu-
tion of the radioactive substance, which is concentrated selectively in the organ or
in the tissue that we intend to study. The generation of images takes place in real
time on the monitor of the acquisition console, but the images often require subse-
quent digital processing. The final result of scintigraphy is a planar image, that is
similar to that of a radiograph.
Scintigraphy is useful for obtaining information on the physiology of certain
organs, such as thyroid, lung, heart, blood circulation, or to identify abnormal tis-
sues such as tumors and metastases.
In the case of bone scintigraphy, the tracer is concentrated in the parts where
osteoblastic activity is highest, so in fractures, traumas, osteoblastic metastases.
The tracer is a radioactive isotope that decays by emitting γ rays, so the radio-
activity contained in the radiopharmaceutical, even if limited, exposes the patient
to ionizing radiation. Particular attention must be paid by the doctor in the prescrip-
tion of the examination and accurately evaluate the necessity of it .

65
 Therapeutic Waves

Positron Emission Tomography (PET)

PET is a nuclear medicine diagnostic technique, used for the production of

functional imaging. The examination consists in the intravenous administration of a
substance normally existent in the body (almost always glucose) which is labeled
with a radioactive molecule (e.g. Fluorine 18), that is a tracer radio-isotope with a
short half-life. Radioisotopes are produced by a cyclotron positioned near the PET.
Once in a circle, the tracer emits ionizing particles, called positrons14. When posi-
trons interact with an electron, produce a pair of gamma photons emitted in oppo-
site directions to each other. These photons are picked up by a scanner (tomograph)
from which it is possible to digitally reconstruct the position in the body from
which they were emitted. Radiolabelled glucose accumulates particularly in tumor
masses (avid of glucose). In this way, it is possible to confirm a tumor diagnosis,
follow its evolution (especially during treatments) and verify the existence of me-
tastases.
Modern digital PET allows the acquisition of images of better quality, while
giving smaller quantities of radiopharmaceuticals and reducing acquisition times.
Unlike CT and nuclear magnetic resonance (MRI), which provide morpholog-
ical information, PET gives physiological information in order to provide a map of
the functional processes within the body, also detecting alterations at the molecular
biological level that often precede anatomical alteration.
To provide both anatomical - morphological and metabolic information, a new
PET-CT tomograph was developed to perform the two examinations simultaneous-
ly. In a single device a PET scanner and a CT scanner are put together and they are
controlled by a single control console.
This technique is used:
- To understand where a tumor has originated, if it has spread to locations oth-
er than those ones already known and tumor evolution;
- To evaluate the metabolic activity of the CNS cell, in the diagnosis of de-
mentias;
- To localize areas of the heart where there is a deficit of spraying.

14. The positron, or antielectron, is the antiparticle of the electron, with a charge equal and opposite to the elec-
tron, same spin and same mass.

66
 Therapeutic Waves

Single Photon Emission Computed Tomography (SPECT)

SPECT is a tomographic technique of medical imaging, based on a simpler

technology than that one already described above and it differs from PET because
of:
- Lower spatial resolution of the tomograph,
- No requirement of simultaneous presence of a cyclotron;
- The detection system and the type of radiation used (γ-rays instead of posi-
trons);
- The equipment cost is 10 times less.
After the administration of the tracer radio-isotope, in SPECT an apparatus can
rotate around the patient in order to detect gamma radiation, in this way images are
acquired which are processed by the computer.

Other imaging techniques

Thanks to the use of new technologies, Diagnostic Imaging is evolving such
that to be always safer both for operators and for patients and at the same time to
obtain more and more precise and detailed images and information. Nowadays all
the diagnostic techniques of this type use radiation and electromagnetic waves;
without going into too much detail, some of these techniques are as follows:

- Optical coherence tomography (OTC) is a non-invasive imaging technique

used to obtain scans of the cornea and retina, allowing the study of cellular layers
and retinal nerve fibers, when affected by ocular pathologies. Based on white light
or low-coherence interferometry, a laser beam (without harmful radiation) is used
to analyze the ocular structures, especially retinal and corneal structures using high
resolution sections.

- Electrical Impedence Tomography (EIT) is an imaging technique that uses

alternating currents generated by electrodes placed in direct contact with the skin.
Common applications of this technology include pulmonary function monitoring,
breast and skin cancer screening and brain imaging.

- Microwave Imaging (MWI) is based on the interaction of electromagnetic

waves with tissues. A few kHz frequency currents are applied to some electrodes,
while the others are used to measure the voltage.

67
 Therapeutic Waves

Microwaves are a potential low-cost, complementary imaging technique that

can be used as early screening protocols. MWI can be used for early detection of
breast cancer, stroke detection and even bone cracks. Even if the resolution of the
images is lower, this technique offers the advantage of a greater contrast between
the examined tissues. It can be used to detect certain types of cancer.

- Thermoacoustic Imaging (TAI) is a hybrid technique between microwave

and ultrasound imaging. Electromagnetic pulses produced by a laser antenna or a
microwave antenna, irradiate the tissues; the energy released is converted into heat
which causes the volume of the tissue to expand. This expansion generates an
acoustic wave that is detected by special sensors. With this data, the 3D image is
then reconstructed.

68
 Therapeutic Waves

3. Effects of electro-magnetic
fields

To understand how electromagnetic fields can interact with biological tissues

it is important to know the main effects on cells and tissues. Electromagnetic fields
must be considered not only on the basis of their intensity, but also as vectors or
carriers of information, in fact the application of waves of even weak intensity can
be high in biological information.

The weak electromagnetic fields (electrical and photonic) can be bioenerget-

ics, bioinformational, non-ionizing and non-thermal; they affect biological organ-
isms, tissues and cells, which can be synchronized on specific frequencies. The an-
swer is in function above all, of the right frequency before the amplitude and dura-
tion, producing great results when the synchronization is correct.
As a confirmation of what has been already said, the Physicist Emilio Del
Giudice stated that in an organism the mechanisms of regulation of chemical reac-
tions, do not depend on the energy exchanged but they depend on the phase agree-
ment, that is on the fact that the oscillation frequencies of two molecules coincide.
This leads to the formulation of the minimum stimulus principle, that is, the lower
the intensity of the stimulus is, the more effective therapeutically it is. Therefore,
an electromagnetic signal of weak intensity coming from outside can affect the
phase; otherwise, if the electromagnetic signal has strong intensity, then it can in-
crease the temperature (at the expense of the CD which, for this reason, can
"break”). These two effects can be both beneficial, when studied for therapeutic
use, and harmful, when the electromagnetic signal comes from unwanted fields of
electrical and electronic equipment.
Our body perceives frequencies through every organ in it, not only by hearing
and sight. The information collected as a frequency input is transformed into bio-

69
 Therapeutic Waves

chemical impulses and sent to the brain. The brain, in turn, processes information
to implement a series of biological functions. Thus, the frequencies can have spe-
cific functions, both structural and functional. These functions can induce a high
number of effects, occurring simultaneously and on different biological systems,
which were not well identified and defined so far. A healthy organism can autono-
mously provide a series of healing currents, fields and frequencies. The brain oper-
ates through brain waves at specific frequencies. The functioning of organs, nerves,
bones, tissues and cells is regulated by energies and frequencies that interact in co-
ordinated resonance, with harmony.

Based on the studies and experimental data (obtained with in vitro tests or on
animal, such as guinea pigs) currently available, the following effects emerge:
o Thermal,
o Cellular functions and metabolism;
o Cell morphology and differentiation;
o Alterations of the enzymatic activity,
o Modification of the calcium content in cells (transport of ions into and
out of cells),
o Alterations of the cell membrane proteins and consequent modification
of the ion exchange through the membrane itself,
o Variations in permeability and membrane potential,
o Resonance between the frequency of the electromagnetic field and some
cellular processes, even at very low field strengths: they are almost al-
ways processes designed to restore the functionality and re-balance of
cells, tissues and organs;
o Influences on neural differentiation, gene expressions, epigenetic mech-
anisms and chromatin modifications;
o Intercellular and systemic effects.

Therefore, these effects are manifested above all as more or less explicit alter-
ations of the cellular function, which will then result in results on the tissues and
organs affected by the exposure.

70
 Therapeutic Waves

Effects of electromagnetic waves at low

frequencies
At low frequencies, the electric field and the magnetic field must be consid-
ered separately; the effects of electromagnetic waves on an organism and in partic-
ular on a tissue are determined by many physical (frequency, waveform, polariza-
tion, modulation, exposure time) and biological (property of the affected area, di-
mensions, orientation with respect to the lines of force) variables and are modified
according to the different characteristics of the exposed organism, such as skin
thickness, hair, hydration, age and sex.
At low frequencies (up to some hundreds of kHz), electric fields modify the
charge distribution on the tissues and induce a flow of electric current especially in
the extracellular matrix, while the magnetic fields, induce the circulation of mag-
netic currents creating a potential difference on the cell membranes.
In a recent study on the activity of neurons 15, while confirming that the expo-
sure to low-frequency electromagnetic fields is a non-invasive approach for the
treatment of various sensory and neurological disorders, it is admitted that there is
still a limited understanding of the mechanisms underlying biological effects and
potential targets at the cellular level. However, the results of the experiments
demonstrated that electromagnetic stimulation has important effects on the re-
sponses of calcium ions on peripheral sensory neurons. Further studies, currently
underway, will be necessary to further clarify whether and to what extent, electro-
magnetic fields can influence the different ion channels that contribute to the prop-
agation of the action potential in sensory neurons. These ionic channels are ex-
pected to be inherently capable of specific conformational changes of the stimulus
and their involvement will bring us closer to understanding how these processes
could occur.
However, now it seems certain that both the electric and magnetic fields (of
strong intensity), at very low impulsive frequencies, can strongly influence the
permeability of the cell membrane which, in turn, can influence the entry of nutri-
ents, ion exchange and facilitate the release of toxins from cells to the extracellular
matrix.

15. Acute exposure to high-induction electromagnetic field affects activity of model peripheral sensory neurons -
Published in: J Cell Mol Med 2018; 22 (2): 1355-1362

71
 Therapeutic Waves

Effects of electromagnetic waves at high

frequencies
It is known that the basic structure of the cell membrane consists of two layers
of phospholipid molecules (about 10 nanometers thick), which behave electrically
as an insulator (or dielectric) by dividing the intracellular space from the extracel-
lular space. This double layer can accommodate ions of different charge on both
sides and can therefore be classified as a flat two-plate electric condenser.
At low frequencies, below 100 kHz, the human body tends not to absorb the
energy of electromagnetic waves because the electric field lines bypass cell mem-
branes, without penetrating them. Therefore, the dominant effect is that one of the
conduction of electric currents in the extracellular matrix.

Disturbance of the electric field lines during the exposure

of a high and low frequency dielectric

Once the above threshold is exceeded, the electric field lines tend to deform,
penetrating the cells. In fact, a characteristic of the capacitors is that with increas-
ing frequency, they tend to behave as a resistance of very low value, that is in prac-
tice as a conductor. The consequence is that the currents generated by the electric
field pass through the membranes of cells and tissues more easily than the waves
with lower frequencies and therefore may affect cell permeability and organelles
contained in cells.

When the frequencies are higher than about 100 kHz, the predominant effect is
the thermal effect that is the heating of the tissues, which in any case will be pro-
portional to the energy of the irradiating medium and to that absorbed by the irra-
diated tissues. If the cells of a tissue are exposed to the frequency of a few MHz,
most electromagnetic waves pass through them like a ray of light passing through a
glass. However, a fraction of the energy remains trapped in the tissues manifesting

72
 Therapeutic Waves

itself as heat; this phenomenon in physics is called the Specific Absorption Rate
(SAR), expressed in Watts / kilogram.
Above 10 GHz, since the penetration depth of the electromagnetic waves in
the tissues is inversely proportional to the frequency, the absorption will be pre-
dominantly dependent on the skin.
We will examine what happens to a biological medium when it is exposed to
frequencies of the order of some GHz.
The principles of operation of a microwave oven can help us to understand the
interaction of electromagnetic fields at high frequencies. The electric field essen-
tially interacts with the polar water molecules, forcing them to follow its vibrations
(1 GHz equals about 1 billion oscillations per second). These oscillations create a
molecular friction that practically causes overheating of the food contained in the
oven (the operating frequency of a microwave oven is around 2.45 GHz). With a
biological tissue, things do not change. In the frequency range from 100 kHz to 10
GHz, the electromagnetic field gives energy to the tissues thanks to interaction
mechanisms that cause the activation of vibrational states (the energy of the field is
transformed into kinetic energy in the molecules); on the other hand, as already
mentioned, as the frequency increases, the waves have more and more difficulty
penetrating the vehicle. Furthermore, the transfer of energy also depends on how
the electromagnetic wave is polarized and on whether it can resonate with a cor-
puscle invested (cells, bacteria, viruses, etc.). In fact, when the wavelength inside
the fabric is equal to the dimensions of the corpuscle, resonance conditions can be
created and in this case, the maximum values of the energy absorption16 are ob-
tained.

The harmful effects

Electromagnetic fields can cause both beneficial and harmful responses to liv-
ing cells. The effects were observed at all frequencies from the lowest up to 300
GHz. A large number of researches have focused on the possible negative impacts
of human body exposure to electromagnetic fields, ranging from DNA damage to a
possible role of cancer promoter.
Nowadays, invaded by frequencies of Wi-Fi, cellular phones, radio links,

16. "MECHANISMS OF INTERACTION OF ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELD WITH BIOLOGICAL TISSUE" -

www.progettomem.it

73
 Therapeutic Waves

power lines, etc., therefore from combined electric or magnetic fields or single
ones, it is normal to ask oneself whether and how harmful the exposure to electro-
magnetic frequencies is.
The answer is unfortunately positive, but it is important to understand what
the conditions that make these fields dangerous are and therefore the differences
with the equipment for therapeutic uses. The conditions are quite common and can
easily occur in everyday life, that is, what can cause serious damage (such as can-
cer), is the combination of three fundamental factors:

A fixed frequency + a high emission power + very long exposure duration

These dangerous conditions can be found at any frequency, because it is not

the frequency itself that is dangerous, but the fact that it is absolutely fixed, that is
always the same, without any variation in time.

Few examples that can be commonly presented will make these concepts
clear.
- Living near high voltage pylons means being subjected to a very high num-
ber of hours (think of the night hours) at a fixed frequency (in this case, 50 Hz),
with a very high electric field determined by the high voltage of the power line and
with an equally high magnetic field determined by the current flowing in the con-
ductors, especially during the day when the maximum consumption is reached.
Similar situations can occur, for example, in workplaces where there are powerful
voltage transformers or large electric motors, but also in our homes when, with
poorly installed electrical systems, the cables that supply a very high electrical load
(e.g., a washing machine or an air conditioner) are installed in the bedroom, near
our head or when one uses thermal blanket continuously, especially in winter dur-
ing night hours.
- Spend many hours in a home or workplace, when a powerful antenna for cel-
lular telephone or a radio repeater is installed on the front of the building (even in
this case if the frequency is fixed and, even worse, it is very high). In this specific
case, if it is pointed out that it is more dangerous to find oneself in the direction of
emission of the antenna (for example in the opposite building), than under the py-
lon of the same (for example in an apartment under the antennas).
- Try spending many hours a day on the cell phone, without using a traditional
headset (with the wire and not Bluetooth).

74
 Therapeutic Waves

Think how many days, months and years you could pass under such condi-
tions, perhaps without notice.

In particular, at high frequencies, the effects can be schematically divided into

thermal effects, non-thermal effects, indirect effects and long-term effects.

Thermal effect: it is mainly caused by microwaves and, as widely document-

ed by a large number of studies, is the consequence of the absorption of electro-
magnetic energy in the tissues, which is dissipated as heat. When prolonged expo-
sure to these fields occurs, damage can occur especially in poorly vascularized tis-
sues, such as the crystalline lens (cataract) and the testes (resulting in infertility and
sterility). Damage of this kind can be subjected to power densities of at least 50/60
mW / cm2 with prolonged exposure times.

Non-thermal effects: they can also have long exposures at low intensity, i.e.,
below the threshold that can cause a thermal increase.
It has been observed that the interaction of high frequency electromagnetic
fields with living matter can cause:
o Mutations in cells (both somatic and germinal),
o A possible action of the electric field on the permeability of the cell
membrane,
o Consequences on the functions of the central nervous system,
o Loss of calcium ions in the nervous tissue and greater permeability of
the blood-brain barrier,
o Depolarization of the cell membrane with a reduction of membrane po-
tentials due to an increase in the permeability of the cell membrane
mainly to sodium ions and the decrease in the active transport of these
ions outside the cell. The changes were irreversible and increased with
the duration of exposure,
o Effects on the cardiovascular system.

Indirect effects: when electromagnetic waves influence the correct function-

ing of electronic devices. The highest risks are with the pacemakers (problems of
malfunction start to rise between 70 and 80 V/m, or 12-17 W/m2), but also the elec-
tromedical equipment can be affected in their normal functioning (brain wave re-
corders, cardiac holters, hearing aids, monitors and meters of various kinds).

75
 Therapeutic Waves

Long-term effects: although there is currently no solid scientific evidence or

conclusive indications about the possible long-term effects of electromagnetic
fields, it is known that the risks are mainly related to the onset of leukemia and
cancer. Various studies and investigations have been carried out both on workers
potentially exposed to radiofrequencies and microwaves (military personnel, em-
ployees of telecommunications industries, embassy personnel and workers in-
volved in the microwave heat-sealing of plastic material), and on residents living in
the proximity of telecommunications systems and in particular near radio and tele-
vision repeaters. The outcomes are not encouraging.

Hopefully, in the future, new epidemiological investigations and experimental

research can be implemented so that it is possible to have more evaluations on the
risks of short and long-term effects of exposure.

It is known that to counter these risks, there are several laws that are intended
to protect the health of people and especially that of workers, but the precautions
that each person can take, is the best means of prevention.

The combination of the three conditions described above, represents a situa-

tion absolutely never verifiable with Electrotherapy apparatus, Magnetotherapy,
Rifing or any other device of emission of electromagnetic waves of the kind, above
all because the frequencies used, never remain fixed for long periods of time. It is
therefore deduced that these techniques are normally considered harmless; in any
case, pacemaker wearers and pregnant women should be excluded from treatments
of any kind.

With regard to Magnetotherapy and PEMF, the exclusion criteria must also
include:
- Presence of some types of benign or malignant proliferating pathologies,
- Prostheses of material other than Titanium,
- Infectious joint diseases,
- Coronary insufficiency, hematological disorders and vascular problems,
- Organic functional alterations, psychopathologies and epilepsy,
- Some infectious diseases and mycosis,

76
 Therapeutic Waves

- Thyroid hyper function and endocrine syndromes,

- Tuberculosis.

The risks of mobile phones and 5G

Incrisingly often we hear about 5G networks and the fantastic opportunities it
can offer us. The term 5G indicates the technologies and standards of the Fifth
Generation, which allow performances and speeds much higher than those ones of
previous technologies.
Mobile telephony services use different radio frequencies of the electromag-
netic spectrum depending on the services made available to users.
In particular17 :
o The 1G network (TACS), transmitted data on 900 MHz, according to
analogue standards which, for this reason, required very large devices.
o The 2G (GSM) network uses the 900 MHz and 1.8 GHz bands; this is a
technology largely outdated but still existent on some devices. It is suit-
able for those who use their phone only to call and send messages.
o 3G (UMTS) works with the 900 MHz and 2.1 GHz bands; in addition to
being used in a classic way for calls and texting, it is possible to surf the
Internet quickly, exchange photos, download applications and watch
low-resolution videos.
o 4G (LTE) uses frequencies of 800 MHz, 1.5 GHz, 1.8 GHz, 2.1 GHz
and 2.6 GHz; with 4th generation smartphones it is possible to use ad-
vanced multimedia applications and high bandwidth data connections.
o The 5G exploits the 3.6-3.8 GHz and 26.5-27.5 GHz frequency bands
(but it can reach up to 300 GHz); it differs from other previous stand-
ards in connection speed, which is up to 100 times faster than the 4G
standard. With a download speed of 1 gigabyte per second, you can
download a high definition movie in just over ten seconds: in practice
an incredible time saving for all the operations we carry out every day
with mobile devices.

As one increases the frequencies used for these radio connections, a growing
bandwidth is obtained. This means that the amount of data which can be transmit-
ted in a unit of time and the speed are growing too. At the same time, however, the

17. Frequencies may differ slightly in different countries.

77
 Therapeutic Waves

distance covered by the signal decreases and therefore it is necessary to increase

the number of antennas and repeaters to cover the same portion of territory. To im-
plement this dense communications network, it is necessary to install thousands of
micro-antennas on the roof of each building, on street lamps, in manholes, but also
from above, with twenty thousand satellites. The electromagnetic fields to which
we will be exposed in the coming years will be more intense because the wireless
signal used is effective only at a short distance and with little ability to overcome
solid barriers.

The Damages

The risks that arise, i.e. the likelihood of suffering damage, are linked both to
the use of the mobile phone and to the number and power of installed receiver /
transmitter antennas.
Obviously the closer to the body the cell phone is, the greater the intensity of
the waves on the tissues is. Therefore, this fact can cause certain biological damage
(even if reversible) due to the rise in temperature. The development of heat is de-
tectable by anyone: just stay a few minutes with the phone resting on your ear, to
notice a warming even of the part of the corresponding skull.
When the telephone is used at a very close distance, the head is inside the
"near field" where, as already mentioned in the 1st chapter, the physical laws are
not identical to those of the far-field. In this case the biological effects have not
been studied properly, precisely because there is no exact correspondence of phe-
nomena between the electric and magnetic field emitted. Thus, mobile phones are
used in a condition in which, not only the physics is not well known, but also the
biological effects are unknown. The latter had to be studied thoroughly, before they
were released.
Several studies have been carried out on the effects of electromagnetic waves
emitted by antennas with frequencies of the order of gigahertz. The results, very
often not definitive, highlighted:
o Increase in glucose metabolism in the brain;
o Consequences on the hormonal and immune system;
o Consequences on brain activity: influences both in the waking state and
in the sleep state (in particular on the quality of sleep). Furthermore, by
using the electroencephalogram, it was also observed greater cerebral
electricity during the use of the mobile phone, with peaks that lasted up
to 24 hours after the phone was switched off;

78
 Therapeutic Waves

o Perception and processing of stimuli: reduction of reaction times;

o Concentration disorders in children and adolescents: some studies have
showed a link between exposure to high-frequency radiation and specif-
ic behaviors, but further research is needed;
o Consequences on the general state of well-being: headache, exhaustion,
dizziness;
o Fertility and quality of sperm: even if the available research does not al-
low to establish with certainty to what extent radiation affects fertility,
as a precaution it is advisable not to place the cell phone near the genital
organs (for example during conversations with a hands-free device);
o Eye tumors (uveal melanoma): no significant results have emerged from
the studies conducted so far, although a possible risk of its onset cannot
be excluded. However, the effect of the heat produced by the cell phone
could alter the ocular tissues favoring glaucoma;
o Tumors of the vestibular nerve and salivary gland: four studies per-
formed in 2013-2014, report an increased risk of vestibular nerve tu-
mors;
o Brain tumors (glioma): high-frequency radiation certainly has genotoxic
and carcinogenic effects. The research is trying to ascertain the extent of
cell phone risks, especially in the case of very frequent daily use of the
cell phone, after several years of use;
o Interference with implantable devices (pacemakers): the latest models of
pacemakers, implanted defibrillators and brain stimulators are little sub-
ject to interference. However, the recommendation is to maintain a safe-
ty distance of at least 30 cm between the implanted device and the mo-
bile phone.

Thus, unfortunately, the long-term consequences have not yet been scientifi-
cally established since there are no definitive studies. The introduction of ever
newer and higher frequencies contributes to complicate things, given that the ef-
fects of an exposure to 2.6 GHz can be very different from that one at 27 GHz. In
conclusion, because there are no studies and research, a huge experiment is being
carried out directly on people.

Although in May 2011, the World Health Organization (WHO) classified

high-frequency electromagnetic fields (such as those used in cellular telephony)
among those "possibly" carcinogenic, phone manufacturers are not discouraged by

79
 Therapeutic Waves

the issue. This classification was obtained as a result of epidemiological studies

which showed indications supporting the increased risk of glioma. If OMS re-
evaluates (upward) the classification, inserting these electromagnetic fields among
the "probable" (Class 2B) if not even among the "certain" carcinogens (Class 1),
the situation could change. On the other hand, thinking that the immense business
created around this sector can collapse overnight is rather utopian. It is much easier
thinking that serious studies never come to a conclusion or that the exposure limits
or the Cellular Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) (currently 2 W / kg in Europe and
1.6 W / kg in the United States) are increased.
While the advertisements and press services sweeten this bitter pill, showing
us the amazing opportunities waiting us with 5G, others are scrambling to reassure
us that the use of 5G will not lead to an increase in the risks to people's health,
simply because there are no evidence to prove it. Thus, according to these people,
it is useless to create alarmism if there are no tests. At this point it would be
enough that no one manufactures them and so the problem of the hazardous nature
of the phones is solved once and for all and anyone who says otherwise is a dan-
gerous "media terrorist".
However, what is the research needed to prove, for example, that cell phones
are carcinogenic? The answer is simple, just make an observation on a certain
number of people who make intensive use of this means of communication, for at
least 10 years (see Long-term effects). Therefore, from the moment someone makes
the commitment to perform this research, it will be enough to wait only 10 years
and we will finally know the truth.
Furthermore, "… 5G does not substantially change the levels of exposure to
which we are exposed today…": hundreds of scientific researches have been col-
lected and quoted in this book that explain first of all the frequencies that make the
difference on biological effects. Nevertheless, according to some great experts,
what matters is the "exposure level" not the frequencies. These wise people also
remind us that the highest our exposure does not come from the antenna of mobile
telephony, but only from an exaggerated use and use without criteria of our
smartphone, to which we ‘glue’ our ears or keep for several hours a day attached to
the body. Therefore, the fault is neither of the manufacturers nor of the new tech-
nologies, but of those who support the phone too close to the head, without distanc-
ing it by at least 1.5 ÷ 2 centimeters. Everything seems to be solved. Or not? Is
there still some other surprise that the frequencies used in 5G reserve for us?

80
 Therapeutic Waves

Even if the concepts already expressed above remain valid, namely:

- As the frequency increases, the energy carried by the electromagnetic

field increases,
- As the frequency increases, the penetration power through the cellular
membranes increases, which involves the exposure of all the organelles
contained within it to these energies,
- As the frequency increases, the power of penetration into the tissues de-
creases, consequently the skin is the most exposed organ (but if the mo-
bile is placed on the head, the emitted power still allows the waves to en-
ter several centimeters inside of the skull),
- As the distance from the emission source increases, the electric fields
decay depending on the square of the distance,
- Serious damage can only be caused if precise exposure conditions exist
(a fixed frequency + a high emission power + a very high exposure dura-
tion),

as for 5G, there are other dangerous conditions. To better illustrate them, let us
recall some concepts of anatomy.

The autonomic nervous system (ANS), which regulates the activities of our
organs that are not directly controlled by our will, is divided into two components:
- The sympathetic system that is active in emergency or alert situations (attack
or flight), so it is what allows us to react promptly in any situation;
- The parasympathetic system that acts in moments of relaxation, and so it al-
lows us a series of organic functions when it is not necessary to maintain a condi-
tion of prompt reaction.
The autonomous system receives the instructions it needs to function, from a
small brain structure called the hypothalamus, which has the function of coordinat-
ing involuntary activities between them.
According to Prof. Nicola Limardo18 the emission in the microwave environ-
ment at frequencies comparable to those of 5G, causes excitation of the pineal
gland (or epiphysis) through the piezoelectric effect on the calcium and hydroxy-

18. Prof. Nicola Limardo, expert in quantum technology, former collaborator of CERN in Geneva, professor of
Environmental and Preventive Medicine and scientific director of the Higher Lifestyle Medicine Training Course
at La Sapienza University in Rome. It is the scholar who invented a device (SkudoWave) capable of reducing the
negative effects of millimeter waves on a human organism.

81
 Therapeutic Waves

apatite crystals contained in it. The pineal, in turn, goes to excite the pituitary
gland, a gland located at the base of the skull, which interferes with the sympathet-
ic system bringing the organism into a permanent parasympathetic (or vagotonic)
state, i.e. in a state of relaxation and so the reduction of muscle tone.
Prof. Limardo, besides demonstrating several times in public with a simple
test, the reliability of his statements, explains how these effects are actually well
known for many years. For decades the WHO has known about the toxicity of Ra-
diofrequency / Microwave radiation. Already in 1974 it had commissioned 60 sci-
entists and published a book of 40 reports, 350 pages in all, in order to demonstrate
the toxicity of these radiations (the book is titled: Biological Effects and Health
Hazards of Microwave Radiation).
To further confirm this, there are scientific publications (now dated) carried
out above all to protect the technicians assigned to radar and very high frequency
radio transmissions, in which the effects found concern:
o The decrease in the level of the conditioned reflex, changes in behavioral
responses and changes in the functional state of the muscular and receptor
apparatus19,
o The development of neurasthenic disorders in humans20.
o The reduction of the work capacity and of the investigation activity21.
The issue at this point becomes very serious and complicated. Let us suppose
that the majority of the population is in conditions of vagotonia. Certainly this fact
will entice a lot of people… but these are just "conspiracy" speeches that are not
the subject of this book. In any case, it seems that some important Cities and some
Nations have strangely decided to postpone the use of this technology (perhaps,
because the assurances received were not convincing enough?).
In conclusion, once overcame the problem of the dangerousness of 5G (be-
cause there is not enough evidence), the next challenge will be to somehow deny
this bizarre theory on the state of vagotonia induced by frequencies around 30
GHz.

19. M. G. Shandala, U. D. Dumanskii, M. 1. Rudnev, L. K. Ershova, and 1. P. Los, Study of Nonionizing Micro-
wave Radiation Effects upon the Central Nervous System and Behavior Reactions.
20. RADIOFREQUENCY AND MICROWAVES ; World Health Organization Geneva, 1981,.
21. Donald I. Mcree, Soviet and Eastern European Research on Biological Effects of Microwave Radiation.

82
 Therapeutic Waves

How to defend yourself

Knowing well the enemy's weapons, defense can be effective. Regarding chil-
dren, it is clear that their lower body dimensions allow easily wave penetration.
Therefore, considering they are in the apex of the development and, for this reason,
they may suffer substantial damages, it is good that they use the mobile phone as
little as possible and not before the age of 12.
Since the manufacturers recommend us to keep the mobile phone at least 1.5-2
cm away from the head to maintain the SAR level within the legal limits, the best
thing to do is to use the speakerphone or earphones. In this way, it is possible to
keep the telephone away from the head and limit the SAR to the maximum.
At this point, the choice falls on the type of earphones, either with cable or
Bluetooth. The doubt arises from the fact that wireless devices also use frequencies
in a range from about 900 MHz to 2.4 GHz. These devices, however, have the task
of covering very low distances (of 1 or 2 meters at most) so they have a very low
power micro-transmitter (around 1 milliwatt), which can therefore produce a SAR
level of about one tenth of a smartphone (the same goes for wrist devices). Ulti-
mately, the dangerousness of Bluetooth devices is certainly proportional to their
emission power but, in any case, it is added to that one of the same phone, if kept
near to the body (for example, wearing). In conclusion for those who make a very
intense use, I do not know whether to keep these microtransmitters in the ear for
many hours a day is so "harmless" (I remember for the last time, that damage is
possible only if there is presence simultaneous of a fixed frequency + a high emis-
sion power + a very high duration of exposure). Therefore, I think that keeping the
phone at a certain distance (for example, placed on the table) and using the old ear-
phones with the wire, can be the more prudent and safer choice for those who use
the telephone for work and in an intensive way.
Other useful recommendations can be:
- Avoid communicating when on the move. Indeed, the phone uses its maxi-
mum power at the beginning of a communication, but then this power decreases to
the minimum possible. If the phone is moving, for example walking or traveling, to
avoid the risk of losing the connection, the maximum available power is always de-
livered. Consequently, the worst conditions of use are inside a car which, besides
the fact to be metallic, creates a screen that hinders the emission and reception of
electromagnetic waves. Furthermore, the metallic walls of the car create a series of
reflections inside the passenger compartment that amplify the absorption in the tis-
sues.

83
 Therapeutic Waves

Considering these conditions, it would be ideal to have an external antenna on

the roof or alternatively put the phone on the dashboard, with the rear emission ar-
ea facing the windscreen and (of course) a wired earpiece.
- During a phone call, try to keep the phone away from your body (even when
using earphones).
- Avoid carrying it especially in the heart area, as it may cause interference
with the heart rhythm.
- Call only when the connection quality is high.
- Since the cellular antenna is usually located on the back of the device, try to
keep that area away from the body and direct it to the direction in which the signal
is best.
- Avoid holding the mobile phone in the front pocket of the trousers during
phone calls, as the testicles are particularly sensitive to heat caused either by in-
duced radiation or by heating the battery.
- Given that even in standby mode, the mobile phone continues to receive in-
formation from the base station (thus managing to locate the radio cell in which it
is located) at fixed intervals of 12-240 minutes (but only if the phone is immobile,
otherwise the communication is almost continuous) avoid wearing the mobile
phone when it is not necessary and during the hours of rest.
- Use only tested and certified devices that can mitigate the harmful effects
caused by this type of radiation.

To people who are particularly sensitive to electromagnetic radiation or to

those who need it because of the work they do, I remember that there are available
on the market window blinds, caps and clothing made of fabrics capable of shield-
ing the body from waves. For all these devices, it is recommended e to check the
efficacy and the technical characteristics declared by the manufacturer, especially
in relation to the frequency limits (lower and upper) with which the tests were per-
formed.

84
 Therapeutic Waves

4. Application technologies for

electromagnetic waves

The methods, with which the energies of an electric and magnetic nature have
been and are still used, are innumerable. We will limit ourselves to analyzing the
characteristics and the effects of the electromagnetic waves used by some of the
most currently used technologies, in the range from 0 to the frequencies of light,
therefore in the field of non-ionizing radiation.

The main methods of application and administration of these waves are listed
below.

Therapies with light radiation

The light is the small part of the spectrum of the electromagnetic waves that
we can perceive with the eyes. The nature of light is twofold: wave and particle, as
wave is characterized by wavelength or frequency. The brain interprets the differ-
ent wavelengths as colors ranging from red, with the longest wavelength (lower
frequency) to violet of shorter wavelength (higher frequency).
The photons are the elementary particles of light.
Every day we can see how the frequencies of certain sounds or colors can in-
fluence our psyche (Limbic System), which in turn, through neuropeptides22, can
change in a positive or negative way our energy balance or our health and/or state

22. They are chemical messengers (neurotransmitters) of a protein nature that are freed in various areas of the
brain or peripheral nerves and that modulate complex reactions related to behavior (mood, affectivity, sexual
pleasure, aggression, instinct, pain, fear, etc.) and functions endocrine (sleep-wake rhythm, appetite, digestion,
etc.) of our organism.

85
 Therapeutic Waves

of well-being.

The German biophysicist Prof. Fritz Albert Popp, from the University of
Kaiserslautern in Germany, has succeeded in proving that the cells of any living
being emit very weak light radiation called biophotons.
The emission of electromagnetic energy propagates at the speed of light by
means of DNA, which acts as a transceiver station, allowing constant electromag-
netic communication, both inter-cellular and with the outside world (also long-
distance).
Popp also discovered that healthy bodies emit very coherent bio-photon.
While in poor health, bodies emit less coherent photons. The disease would be an
interruption in the biophoton communication lines within the body due to parasites,
viruses, fungi, pollutants etc. Furthermore, while investigating a particular light ra-
diation with a wavelength equal to 380 nanometers, he discovered that it is associ-
ated with the repair of photo-phenomenon. If in fact a cell is damaged (and even
almost totally destroyed) by the ultra violet light, it can repair itself alone in a mat-
ter of a day, if it is exposed to a radiation of the same frequency, but of much lower
intensity.

In this category:

Heliotherapy

It is a very ancient natural circulation, which is based on exposure to sunlight

for the treatment of various kinds of disorders and diseases including: dermatolog-
ic, osteo-articular (activation of Vitamin D), respiratory, hematologic, circulatory
system and mood disorders.

Light Therapy

Sunlight stimulates the serotonin23 and, especially in the Nordic countries

where the insolation is very limited, this therapy is frequently used. In the field of
chronobiology, it is best to administer light that mimics the conditions of the entire

23. A precursor of melatonin, serotonin (also known as the "mood hormone") regulates circadian rhythms and is
involved in numerous and important biological functions, such as appetite control, intestinal motility, blood pres-
sure, etc.

86
 Therapeutic Waves

solar spectrum, through specific lamps, at a specific time, with a few sessions of
ten minutes a day. The light which enters through the optic nerve, balances melato-
nin and serotonin and also regulates circadian rhythms, sleep-waking, improves
mood, appetite and sleep quality. This therapy thus exploits the close connection
between the retina and the suprachiasmatic nucleus (nucleus of the hypothalamus,
which is where the biological clock of man is located) to reset the circadian
rhythms that are out of phase in certain diseases, such as seasonal depression and
the bipolar.

Therapeutic indications
This therapy has proved useful for the treatment of depression, bulimia, sleep
disorders and circadian rhythm, ADHD, dementia and altered sleep patterns, obses-
sive - compulsive disorder, headaches (not migraines) and cluster headaches, pre-
menstrual syndrome, Chronic Fatigue syndrome, abnormal sleep patterns to work
with night-day shifts and jet lag, Alzheimer's and Parkinson's.

Photodynamic Therapy (PDT) or Photochemotherapy

Is an innovative technique successfully used especially in the treatment of cu-

taneous affections for the treatment of various pathological or aesthetic conditions,
such as: acne removal, photodamage skin or injury due to skin aging, actinic or so-
lar keratosis, pre-cancerous lesions and cancerous lesions (basal cell carcinoma,
squamous cell carcinoma).
The therapy is based on the irradiation of light at certain frequencies and the
application of a photosensitizing substance in the form of cream or administered
intravenously, which triggers an oxidative reaction, which causes only the patho-
logical cells favoring the elimination and replacement with new cells.

Phototherapy

Is the use of light to cure a series of skin disorders (jaundice, psoriasis, etc.)
and as a cosmetic treatment. The patient is exposed to specific light waves for a pe-
riod of time.

87
 Therapeutic Waves

Chromotherapy

Is an ancient therapeutic technique, that has natural origins, which studies the
meaning of the colors and exploit its therapeutic properties to balance the chakras,
relieve psychosomatic disorders and bring the body (mind and spirit) to a condition
of well-being. Our body can absorb the colors in many ways (sun, lighting fixtures,
clothes, food, etc.). The chromotherapy light irradiation is a very effective tech-
nique. The electromagnetic waves transmit energy capable of getting deep into
cells, causing a series biological reactions, which will be described later.

Chromopuncture

Is the brilliant idea of German researcher Peter Mandel (early 1970s). It is a

form of acupuncture that uses colored lights, instead of needles, which are directed
on traditional acupuncture points to treat various diseases.
The therapy is also applied on some points located on the ear (chromopunc-
ture headset) demonstrating that in some cases is more effective than the classical
auricular puncture, given that the depth reached in the stimulation through the col-
ors, is greater. These stimulations normally arouse a feeling of pain, although bear-
able, in the ear points that correspond to the energy area of the body affected by the
disease.

Low Intensity Light Therapy - LILT

This therapy uses low-power lasers or LED diodes to stimulate cellular func-
tions.
The technology of Laser light applied to the medical field saw its birth in the
late 1970s. In the years following, this technique has evolved more and more. The
use of this technology has expanded, including also LED light sources.

The main difference between the two light sources consists mainly in the fact
that while the laser emits a coherent light with all the rays in phase and collimated
(parallel waves), the LED diodes do not have this characteristic. Both, however,
emit monochromatic or single colored light, that is, at a precise wavelength, from
infrared to ultraviolet (in the visible range, each frequency corresponds to a specif-
ic color and vice versa). In terms of frequencies, the visible spectrum varies be-

88
 Therapeutic Waves

tween 400 and 1200 THz, which corresponds to a wavelength ranging from 800 to
400 nm (nanometers) or a comparable size to that of human cells.
In phototherapy and in many other therapeutic applications of monochromatic
light, it appears that the differences between Laser and LED are not appreciable,
since coherent light is converted into incoherent light when passed through the
body. In practice, the therapeutic effect depends on the wavelength, the dose and
the intensity, and therefore little or not at all on the coherence.
The absorption depends on the type of tissue that is irradiated and on the
wavelength of the light. Light blue, green and yellow are almost completely ab-
sorbed by the skin surface. The red light is better transmitted than these are and the
infrared is even better, at being able to achieve a penetration depth of up to 10 mm.
For therapeutic medical devices (mainly laser devices), the shades used are
light blue, green, yellow, red and infrared, but especially the red/infrared light, be-
tween 900 and 630 nm, which are employed in most medical treatments. In this
range of frequencies, the photons activate mainly the final vector of the mitochon-
drial respiratory chain (cytochrome-c-oxidase).
Mitochondria are organelles present in all animal cells whose main function
is that of cell respiration and production of ATP, a coenzyme that can provide
power to all cellular reactions and the processes of the body including, for exam-
ple, the transmission of nerve impulses and muscle contraction. Mitochondria oc-
cupy about 10-15 percent of the volume of a living cell and they have their own
DNA that comes entirely from the mother's oocyte.
Therefore, the red monochromatic light with a wavelength from 660 to 630
nm, acts by interfering with the mitochondrial respiratory chain of cells and more
specifically on the enzymatic structures "cytochrome oxidase." This process results
in an increased production of endogenous energy in the form of ATP (an increase
of 150%) that the cell will use to improve its functions. From the therapeutic point
of view, this will manifest itself as an improvement of the functional activity of
that tissue "photo-stimulated" and then in a rapid restoration of its integrity. From
this knowledge, derive many unexpected therapeutic applications.

The flow of light penetrating the tissues causes the biochemical reactions that
induce several effects among which are:
o Vasodilation resulting in the increase in local heat, increase in cellular
metabolic demands, neuro vegetative stimulation and modification of in-
tra-capillary hydrostatic pressure (lowers blood pressure);
o Increased lymphatic drainage and activation of microcirculation;

89
 Therapeutic Waves

o Anti-inflammatory, anti-edema and improvement of the nutritional state

of tissues because of the increase in blood flow due to capillary and arte-
riolar vasodilation;
o Significant acceleration of regenerative processes, acceleration of the
healing of wounds, increase in the potential of the nerve cells and a great-
er production of collagen and elastin;
o Increased production of endorphins and, consequently, treatment of acute
and chronic pain;
o Care of trauma, injury to the ligaments, tendons, bones, nerves, skin, den-
tal problems and infections (including herpes).

These applications are used in neurology, dentistry, dermatology (including

cosmetic applications), physical therapy and rehabilitation (including the sports
field). The light can be applied to any part of the body: blood vessels, skin, soft tis-
sues, muscles, bones, brain and with LED devices and also to the eyes. The correct
position of the laser probes or those realized with a matrix of laser diodes or LEDs,
is important to avoid energy losses. Normally, the best position is perpendicular to
the skin at the point of application and at a distance varying from 1-2 mm to a max-
imum of 1-5 cm. As already said, the light energy absorption primarily depends on
the color of the light (or the wavelength of the beam) and on the constitution of the
tissues that are invested by the radius (skin, blood, muscles, bones, etc.). The dura-
tion of the application depends on the energy (Joules / cm2) radiated by the probe
as a function of the depth of the tissue to be treated and the type of the beam emis-
sion (continuous, pulsating, modulated).
The light can be emitted continuously (e.g., to relieve pain), pulsating (e.g., to
stimulate healing) or modulated frequency (e.g., for the application of Rife fre-
quencies). Many authors consider the modulated laser light more effective in terms
of therapeutic effects; some combine the continuous emission with frequency
modulation by using the patient's reactions.
Finally, there is a wide range of studies (reflex therapy) that examines the ef-
fects of frequencies, with the stimulation of the points of acupuncture meridians,
chakras, or trigger point (Dr Nogier, Dr Bahr, Dr Reininger, etc.). The laser acu-
puncture combines the advantages of traditional Chinese acupuncture with modern
laser technology. The correct frequency modulation of the laser beam on a point of
acupuncture or meridians: stimulates the oscillation of the frequency of the meridi-
an. This therapy is less invasive, less painful and safer than traditional acupuncture.

90
 Therapeutic Waves

Electrostatic therapy
Among all the therapies that
make use of electric fields, electrostat-
ic is certainly the oldest used in clini-
cal settings, given that the first clinical
applications date back to the second
half of the 1700s. The therapeutic
principle on which all these machines
are based is called Cellular Polariza-
tion.
It is the only case contemplated
in this book, where the frequency is
practically equal to 0. The therapy is
performed by, applying a negative
charge to the patient, which is electrically isolated from the earth and can reach up
to 35,000V, by means of a copper handpiece connected to a generator of electro-
static currents (a little like the birds that are quietly perched on the wires of high
voltage pylons, without risking any jolts).
The principle is based on the "dispersed capacity," that any element isolated
from the ground, presents to the earth itself; in practice, the human body in direct
current mode behaves like the armature of a capacitor, so that by applying a nega-
tive electric field to it, it is charged with electrons.
This therapy, through stimulation with negative electrical potential, solicits the
minerals present, increasing the number of calcium and sodium ions. Serum potas-
sium migrates to the inside of the cell, increasing its vitality, the movement of elec-
trolytes normalizes and, tissue perfusion, improves. Another of the actions carried
out by electrostatic therapy is represented by the maintenance of pH at basic (or al-
kaline) values, which is the optimal blood pH for cellular functions.
Although electrostatic therapy with constant electric field is the most wide-
spread, there are also devices that generate pulsed fields.

Therapeutic indications
Considering the various stimulations that the Electrostatic therapy produces,
different authors and producers recommend it as a means of great help for medical
use, but also, it seems that good results are obtainable for type 2 diabetes, cell me-
tabolism and stimulation of the microcirculation.

91
 Therapeutic Waves

Electrotherapy or Electrostimulation
It is a technique known for at least 2500 years, when the Greek physicist Ae-
tus, in about 500 BC used the biological electricity of a torpedo (70V), for the
treatment of gout or electric shocks of an electric eel (Electrophorus electricus) for
the treatment of headaches. The technique began to evolve in 1745, when the Ger-
man physicist Aetus wrote the first book on electric therapies. The studies contin-
ued thanks to the French Jallabert and Marat who described the effects of electrost-
imulation on muscle contraction, to the Italian Galvani, to Faraday, to the French
Ludec who designed an intermittent direct current stimulator. In the 1940s, the
clinical application of electrostimulation became less popular due to the great pro-
gress achieved in pharmacotherapy, but was then re-evaluated in the following
years thanks to its effective absence of side effects.
E-therapy consists in the application of alternating electric current, through
electrodes placed in contact with the skin, to obtain effects of various kinds (elec-
tromagnetic, chemical and thermal), which are in turn responsible for therapeutic
actions of the excitomotor type, vasomotor (vasodilatation), antalgic-sedative.
It can be used to have a repolarizing effect on the cells, to obtain an increase
in the arterial flow, increase the healing effect, the anti-edema effect (which reduc-
es water retention), the anti-inflammatory one and acceleration of hematoma ab-
sorption.

Therapeutic indications
- In the medical field, for antalgic and anti-inflammatory therapy and for the func-
tional rehabilitation after the accident;
- In sports, for muscle strengthening and recovery;
- In the aesthetic field, for localized weight loss and lymphatic drainage.

In this category:

Microcurrent Electrical Therapy (MET) or

Microcurrent Electrical Neuromuscular Stimulation (MENS)

Is a technique developed about 30 years ago. The devices use a very low in-
tensity current in the microampere range (10 to 1000 μA), with a long pulse width
(0.5s). This slight current is below the threshold of man's pain and therefore is not

92
 Therapeutic Waves

perceived by the patient. In fact, the currents that the devices use are 1000 times
less intense than those typical of TENS, even if with 2500 times longer pulse
widths.
The administration of electric current in physiological intervals used by mi-
crocurrent devices, have different beneficial effects at the cellular level including:
o The increase of ATP of almost 500%,
o The improvement of the transport of amino acids through the membrane,
o The increase of cellular protein synthesis.
It is also likely that the transport of minerals through the cell membrane will
improve, since microcurrent devices help to correct the electrical capacity (intend-
ed as a capacitor el.) of damaged cells. The damaged tissue begins to heal faster
thanks to the increase of ATP or cellular energy and so the cells recover their func-
tionality, while the tissues recover the normal conduction of electrical energy that
allows the restoration of normal communication with the rest of the body through
the connective tissue.
Several studies that were conducted with this technique had very interesting
results. They were concerned with the intensity of the currents used: a stimulation
of the MENS type at intensity of 500 μA in the epidermal tissue, which can in-
crease up to 500% the level of the ATP (Adenosine triphosphate). Conversely,
stimulation above 1,000 μA causes a decrease in ATP. The same phenomenon has
been observed in the active transport of amino acids and proteins in synthesis.
The correct application of microcurrents in a damaged area increases the flow
of endogenous current and allows the recovery of its functionality. The resistance
of the damaged tissue is reduced by allowing bio-electricity to circulate in the area
to restore homeostasis. Therefore, microcurrents can be considered as a useful cata-
lyst to trigger and sustain the numerous chemical and electrical reactions that occur
during healing processes.
The increase in ATP caused by
microcurrents is an essential factor in
the healing process. Indeed, large
amounts of ATP are needed to con-
trol primary functions such as dis-
placement of fundamental ions (so-
dium, potassium, magnesium and
calcium), inside and outside the cell.
When METs restore circulation and replenish ATP, nutrients can flow back into
damaged cells and waste products can flow out.

93
 Therapeutic Waves

One of the most accredited theories that explain the mechanisms of the action
of microcurrents on damaged tissues is the following. As illustrated in the 2° chap-
ter, the resting membrane potential of a cell is about -60 mV, with a positive charge
on the external surface and a negative charge inside. When cells or tissues are
damaged (e.g., in case of wounds), the potential of the injured party from positive
becomes negative and an electric current flows into the wounded area. This current
is known as "injury current." The intensity of the injury current varies from 10
μA to 30 μA, so it is a microcurrent. The potential differences that are created and
added, thanks to the contribution of all the damaged cells and the extracellular ma-
trix, causes an effect similar to a battery that supplies electric current. The injury
current triggers a biological repair and promotes the recovery of damaged cells and
tissues in the living organism. Even more so, an artificially generated microcurrent
can integrate and stimulate the natural functions of "injury current," helping,
thanks to the flow of ions that are created, to generate ATP, synthesize proteins and
promote the reconstruction of damaged tissues; with these effects, the decrease of
pain is only a natural consequence.

Therapeutic indications
One of the greatest advantages of MET therapy is the attenuation of acute and
chronic pain and at the same time the reduction of inflammation, edema and swell-
ing; it also increases freedom of movement, strength and muscle relaxation and ac-
celerates wound healing.

It is exceptionally useful in:

- Soft tissue injuries, such as sprains;
- Decubitus sores, ulcers, wounds, post-surgical trauma and in the treatment of
long-term residual pain due to post-surgical scars;
- For the treatment of headache, temporomandibular joint syndrome, neuropathies,
arthritis and bursitis. Clinical experience indicates that this is an adjunctive therapy
in earaches, sore throat, toothache, sinus congestion, viral or allergic conjunctivitis,
post-herpetic neuralgia, post-CVA spasticity and compression neuropathy like the
syndrome of the carpal tunnel and the herniated disc;
- In preventing delayed muscle soreness after heavy exercise;
- To control hypertension, arthritis, Raynaud's syndrome, tinnitus24 and post-

24 .Engleberg M, Bauer W. Tanscutaneous electrical stimulation for tinnitus. Laryngoscope 1985; 95:1167-73.

94
 Therapeutic Waves

anesthesia emesis;
- As a substitute for local anesthesia in dentistry and to control pain associated with
orthodontic treatment.

It has also been successfully treated with MET, the non-treatable pain in pa-
tients with carcinoma of the head and neck, even in some cases resistant to mor-
phine. After only 10 minutes of MET therapy, the pain relief lasted from 8 hours to
more than 3 weeks. The technique has been used successfully at the University of
Texas MD Anderson Center 25.

Electrostimulation with microcurrents is also effective:

- In the regeneration of damaged tissues, ligaments and bone fractures (the analo-
gies and electro-biological correlation of this technique with PEMF will be exam-
ined later);
- In promoting tissue regeneration and the production of new collagen and elastin
(lifting effect - aesthetic use).

Neuromuscular Electrical Stimulation Devices (NMES)

The main purpose of this application is to create an excitomotive action on the

muscle fibers in order to have a high stimulating capacity on the neuromuscular
complex. This physiological approach to neuromuscular stimulation requires pulses
of a shape similar to that of naturally occurring nerve signals, which have very
short pulse widths.
In most cases the frequencies used ranged from 10 Hz to 120 Hz and pulse
width from 70 - 250 μs, with the rest cycle as long as the work-cycle, to allow the
dispersion of reactive hyperemia26.
The current used can be of the Faradic, Rectangular, Triangular, Exponential
and Kotz type. This last muscle stimulation consists in the application of sinusoidal
current with a frequency of 2500 Hz modulated to "packages" of 10 ms (i.e., 10 ms
of activity and 10 ms of pause), while the delivery occurs with stimulation period

25. The Basis for Micro Current Electrical Therapy in Conventional Medical Practice - Journal of Advancement
in Medicine Volume 8, Number 2, Summer 1995 - Joseph M. Mercola, DO and Daniel L Kirsch, Ph.D., DAAPM
26. Reactive hyperemia is the increase of blood in a region following the restoration of blood flow after a period
of temporary arrest.

95
 Therapeutic Waves

of 10 sec. and pause period of 50 sec. The use of this particular waveform guaran-
tees a moderate increase in muscle mass, with an increase in strength developed by
the muscle and a good tolerability.
The application of NMES, in addition to being the best known in the sports
field, includes applications in the case of clinical problems of neurological, urolog-
ical, orthopedic, rehabilitation, etc.

Therapeutic indications
- Increase in muscle strength and range of movement;
- Correction of spasticity contractures;
- Increase in sensory awareness and volitional muscle control;
- Decreased spasticity of the antagonist muscles;
- Re-education of muscle times with a series of muscle contractions coordinates;
- Substitution from the inhibitory effects of the nearby painful or inflamed area and
from the painful joints on muscle contraction;
- Treatment for pharyngeal insufficiency to swallow (dysphagia);
- Neuromuscular stimulation in children with cerebral palsy.

Functional Electrical Stimulation (FES)

Is a technique used to produce contractions in paralyzed muscles, with the ap-

plication of small impulses of electrical stimulation to the nerves that feed the para-
lyzed muscle. The stimulation is controlled in such a way as to generate functional
movement. The operating principle is based on the use of electric stimulators of
different types that cause the selective contraction of different muscle groups, in
order to electrically stimulate the relative motor neuron.
Depending on the type of stimulator (internal, percutaneous, implanted), its
positioning on the body of the subject and the intensity of the electric current it is
possible to modulate, to a certain extent, the activation of the desired muscles.

Therapeutic indications
In order for the EDF to be effective, both the nerves and the muscles must be
intact. In these situations the EDF can be used under conditions such as:
- Stroke;
- Multiple sclerosis (MS);
- Spinal cord injury, T12 and higher (SCI);
- Parkinson's disease;

96
 Therapeutic Waves

- Cerebral palsy (CP);

- Head injury (HI);
- Familial or hereditary spastic paraparesis (FSP / HSP).
With these circumstances, the paralysis is due to a lesion of the superior motor
neuron. The EDF can also be used in orthopedic conditions where muscle weak-
ness is due to disuse or inhibition.

Transcutaneous Electrical Nerve Stimulation (TENS)

The emission of currents can be in continuous or packet mode (Burst) with a

waveform that can be rectangular monophasic, biphasic, symmetrical, asymmetric
or spike (very short pulse); the width (duration) of the pulse can vary from 30 to
400 microseconds, the frequency varies from 1 to 125 Hz and the current intensity
from 0 to 80 mA. This technology is used almost exclusively to directly stimulate
the nervous system by blocking the transmission of painful impulses and generat-
ing endorphins.
Patients are advised to set the current to the maximum comfortable tolerance,
but the nervous system gradually adapts to this high level of current, causing a tol-
erance similar to that of chemical analgesics.

H-waves

Are used to stimulate muscles and nerves, to promote circulation and alleviate
pain and have been used to treat diabetic neuropathy, muscle sprains, temporoman-
dibular joint dysfunctions, dystrophy sympathetic reflex and diabetic ulcers.
H-waves are classified as powerful muscle stimulators that produce rhythmic
muscle contractions that increase local circulation and lymphatic drainage.

Percutaneous Electrical Nerve Stimulation (PENS)

Is the application of electric current through the insertion of a needle under the
skin that is connected to the PENS device. The insertion of the needle is adjacent to
a nerve. PENS is generally reserved for subjects who fail to obtain successes from
the TENS units.

97
 Therapeutic Waves

Percutaneous Neuromodulation Therapy (PNT)

Is a variant of PENS where up to ten fine-filament electrodes are placed tem-

porarily in specific areas of the back, for chronic non-treatable pain relief or as
auxiliary treatment in post-operative or post-traumatic pain management. In PNT, a
doctor applies electrical stimulation through needles inserted from 2 cm to 4 cm
away, in the tissues surrounding the vertebral column. It is thought that the electric
currents applied through the needles stimulate the peripheral nerves. These nerves
in turn can alter the activity of the spinal nerves that transmit the pain signal, re-
sulting in pain reduction.

High Voltage Galvanic Stimulation (HVGS)

It is characterized by an impulsive waveform (between 5 and 75 microsec-

onds), voltage up to 500 V and frequencies in the order of 80-100 Hz for the treat-
ment of acute pain and lower frequencies (8-20 Hz) for the treatment of chronic
pain. The application of high voltage impulse stimulation is also used to reduce lo-
cal edema. This treatment aims to reduce edema by shifting the charged proteins
away from the edematous site.

Electroacupuncture (EAP)

It is a method of stimulation of acupuncture points, through pulses of electric

current at low voltage, through the use of needles normally used with this ancient
medicine. Electroacupuncture was developed in China around 1934 and is still in
use today, for example in chronic pain, spasms, difficult neuralgia or paralysis.

This therapy, a combination of electric fields with the theory of Traditional

Chinese Medicine, can be practiced on all acupuncture points, including the auricu-
lar ones, those of the craniopuncture and the reflex zones.
All the equipment used in EAP are simple current pulse generators, which
mainly use a particular asymmetric biphasic waveform (positive wave with a nega-
tive peak at a pulse width of 0.2 / 0.4 ms) and frequencies which can range from a
minimum of 0.5 up to 5000 Hz. The effectiveness of this waveform has been clini-
cally tested by a research group of the Shanghai Institute of Physiology.

98
 Therapeutic Waves

Each stimulator used in EAP has at least two outputs, and up to a maximum of
six, each of which has intensity settings, as well as a frequency regulator and selec-
tors for the choice of the waveform that is intended to be used for the duration of
the treatment. Generally, in standard stimulators, the delivered current varies from
10 to 80 milliamps (mA), and the voltage can vary from 40 to 80 Volts, with the
frequency from 1 to 100 Hz; the impulses can be continuous, alternated by pauses
or wave trains.

There are many theories on the mechanism of action of electrical stimulation;

one of the most accredited says that with this technique, the production of neuro-
transmitters, endorphins27 in particular, is promoted, which are therefore responsi-
ble for the processes of analgesia, anesthesia, etc.

Some studies28 compared the effects of administering frequencies from 2 to

27. Endorphins, are opioid substances produced by the brain, classified as neurotransmitters, endowed with anal-
gesic properties and are classified in: "Alpha, Beta, Gamma, Delta."
28. Information taken from: SCHOOL TAO BOLOGNA Acupuncture Course and Complementary Techniques
"ELECTROSTIMULATION in ACUPUNCTURE"

99
 Therapeutic Waves

100 Hz.
With the low frequencies, an analgesic process is started mediated by the lib-
eration of opioid substances (endorphins), while with the use of high frequencies
the release of other neurotransmitters (serotonin29) is obtained.
In particular, with the low and medium frequencies, endorphins of the type
meta-enkephalins, beta-endorphins and dynorphines are produced. As the frequen-
cy rises, (up to 100 Hz) it goes towards the production of serotonin. For example, a
frequency of 2 Hz accelerates the release of enkephalin, β-endorphin and endo-
morphin in plasma, while that of 100 Hz selectively increases the release of dinor-
phine.
A combination of the two frequencies produces the simultaneous release of all
four opioid peptides, causing an effect of maximum therapeutic benefit; this is the
result of clinical trials in patients suffering from various types of chronic pain, in-
cluding low back pain and diabetic neuropathic pain. It is therefore evident that an
appropriate combination of frequencies can produce an optimal release of neuro-
peptides to have better therapeutic effects.
Some studies performed on humans have produced the following results.
- In a study on the effect of Electroacupuncture on low back pain, it has been noted
that with this particular pain, low frequencies (2Hz) are more effective than medi-
um-high frequencies (90Hz).
- In a study on analgesia for the surgical removal of the thyroid (electrically stimu-
lated points 6PC and 4LI), the group that was given a 15 Hz electrostimulation ob-
tained the most significant rate of analgesia, after 15 minutes.
- In 1953 in St. Petersburg, a group of researchers claimed that the ideal stimulus
for the production of endorphins was 77 Hz.
- For nicotine addictions, a frequency of 10 Hertz was used, while for alcoholism
or drug dependence it was reached up to frequencies of 100 Hz.

It has been established that analgesia can be achieved both by stimulating high
intensity and low frequency, and by stimulating at low intensity and high frequen-
cy.
In the first case, analgesia takes some time to occur, but can last several hours
after the stimulation stops.
In the second case, an almost immediate analgesia is obtained, but it is ex-

29. Serotonin has multiple effects such as: regulates the sleep / wake rhythm, the sense of satiety, body thermoreg-
ulation, platelet aggregation and stimulates the contraction of smooth muscles of vessels and bladder.

100
 Therapeutic Waves

hausted by the cessation of stimulation.

In general, the choice of frequencies can be made according to these princi-
ples:
- Use of low frequencies in the presence of situations characterized by energy defi-
cit and for treating low areas of the body;
- Use of high frequencies in the presence of excess energy and for the treatment of
high areas of the body.

Therapeutic indications
This technology is used to alleviate pain of any kind, but also includes all the
possible applications of acupuncture, which strengthens and accelerates its effects.
Basically, Electroacupuncture can help to tackle and remove energy blocks by
helping to reconnect a coherent and harmonious energy pathway.

Electrostimulation of acupuncture points

Is a fairly recent technique in which the electric current impulses are not ap-
plied through an electrical connection to acupuncture needles, but through an elec-
trode with a spherical tip, directly on the acupuncture points. The devices are nor-
mally equipped with a handle, powered by batteries and almost always equipped
with an acupoints detection function. The waveform used is almost always identi-
cal to that used in Electroacupuncture, or an asymmetric biphasic pulse with a
width (or duration) of 260 μS. The current intensity can reach tens of milliamps,
while the frequencies can be selected in a range from 1 to a few tens of Hz.

More sophisticated devices have frequencies suitable for the treatment of var-
ious health problems and electrode connection outputs, so that transcutaneous elec-
trical stimulation (TENS) can also be performed.

Therapeutic indications
As in the previous case, the main use of this technology, is in the field of pain,
but extends to the treatment of various other diseases. In most cases, these devices
are accompanied by instruction booklets, indicating the acupuncture points to be
stimulated, depending on the health problem to be treated.

101
 Therapeutic Waves

Transcranial Direct Current Stimulation (tDCS)

This therapy was born in Italy and it is characterized by the use of a continu-
ous electric current applied to specific areas of the skull. The device used for such
therapy includes an electronic circuit powered by a battery delivering a weak elec-
tric current at a constant intensity of 1-2 mA, a control software and a pair of elec-
trodes.
Since the current is direct, its flow moves between the cathode (negative, with
inhibitory function) and the anode (positive, with excitatory function). It is well
known that the negatively charged electrons flow from the negative pole to the pos-
itive one. However, in an organic tissue, a flow of ionic current is created: the posi-
tive ions tend to flow towards the cathode and, at the same time, those negative to-
wards the anode. The electric current alters the membrane potential by modifying
the conductivity of the sodium and calcium channels and so by moving the electric
gradients that influence the ionic balance inside and outside of the plasma mem-
brane of neurons30. In other words, the ions are the protagonists of this technology.
Several studies have highlighted that:
- an anodic stimulation causes an increase in the excitability of neuronal activi-
ty, since it depolarizes the neurons of the stimulated area,
- a cathodic stimulation tends to have an opposite effect, i.e. hyperpolarizes
neurons with inhibitory effects.
Given that the tDCS is able to cause lasting effects even after the cessation of
the passage of current, the mechanisms of action cannot be attributed only to the
temporary variations of the neuronal membrane potential but also:
- Changes in the density and functionality of the protein channels used for the
passage of a particular type of ion,
- The ability to modify the micro-environments present at the synaptic level,
acting on the activity of some neurotransmitters
- The formation of new synapses.
The research, still ongoing, has shown that the results may vary depending on:
- Position and size of the electrodes;
- The intensity and direction of the current;
- Duration and number of stimulations.

30. Ardolino G., Bossi B., Barbieri S., & Priori A. (2005). Non-synaptic mechanisms underlie the after-effects of
cathodal transcutaneous direct current stimulation of the human brain . J. Physiol, 568, 653-663.

102
 Therapeutic Waves

tDCS has been recognized as a non-invasive application, well tolerated by pa-

tients and with minimal side effects.

Therapeutic indications
Studies and research carried out so far indicate this technology is effective in
the cases of neuropsychiatric conditions such as depression, anxiety, Parkinson's
disease, Alzheimer's, post-stroke or trauma rehabilitation, addictions, chronic pain.
It can also make improvements in cases of dyslexia, learning, memory and autism.

Cranial Electrotherapy Stimulation (CES)

It is a non-invasive transcranial pulsed current stimulation, which involves the

application of particular frequency, amplitude and waveform. CES consist of an
electronic device for controlling the settings and it is composed of a series of elec-
trodes. The current intensity can reach 5 mA, while the frequency can vary in the
range 0.5-500 Hz; the waveform can be square or sinusoidal.
These treatments have been found to be effective for emotional or sleep disor-
ders, but are now also considered an alternative treatment for pain. Two electrodes
are placed on the ear lobes and a very weak electric current is circulated through
the brain. The impulses stimulate the hypothalamus to produce more neuro-
hormones (substantial increases in beta endorphins, adrenocorticotrophic hormone
and serotonin).
From studies carried out by the US Air Force regarding acceleration of learn-
ing, it emerged that transcranial stimulation produces an increase in brain wave
amplitude six times greater than when a subject is submitted to a placebo; the ef-
fect persists for a long time even after the end of stimulation. According to the re-
searchers, stimulation would excite the cerebral cortex by increasing the response
to sensory inputs and accelerating the processing of information in cortical circuits.
From magnetic resonance imaging, it emerged that the structural effects pro-
duced on the brain after stimulation persisted, even after five days. Specifically, the
axons31 are more robust and better organized after stimulation, even after days. Ac-
cording to the neurological studies carried out in the last decades, the formation of
new connections between neurons and the strengthening of these connections
would be the basis of the development of intelligence and memory. The effects
produced by transcranial stimulation would confirm that structural changes would

31. The axons are large bundles of nerve fibers that connect the neurons together.

103
 Therapeutic Waves

be produced by a series of alterations to brain tissue or to individual cells.

Therapeutic indications
Treatment of anxiety, depression and insomnia, acceleration of learning, brain
injury, headaches, fibromyalgia, multiple sclerosis (experimental), smoking cessa-
tion and opioid withdrawal.

104
 Therapeutic Waves

Thermotherapy
It is a form of physical therapy that uses heat for therapeutic purposes. It is
distinguished in exogenous thermotherapy, in which heat is transmitted from a me-
dium outside the body (hot water packs, thermal baths, sand blasting, Bier ovens,
etc.) and an endogenous thermotherapy, in which the heat is generated inside the
body with the use of electromagnetic waves, which induces a temperature increase
directly at the level of deep tissues (diathermy, radar therapy, etc.). In essence, en-
dogenous thermotherapy creates fever, which is the body's natural mechanism for
fighting diseases.

The heat is used:

- In rheumatology and in pain therapy, where the stimulus provoked comes in-
to competition with the painful stimulus. The greater the heat exposure of damaged
muscles, the less painful stimuli that come to the brain. In this way, it is possible to
obtain great benefits with pain-relieving action (which is also obtained in tumor
pain), anti-inflammatory action, against contractures, arthrosis pain, stiffness and
muscle spasm.
- In oncology, where thanks to hyperthermia, energy is transferred to raise the
temperature of the cancer cells in order to destroy or damage them. High tempera-
tures can thus annihilate a malignant tumor without heating and damaging neigh-
boring healthy tissues. Hyperthermia is indicated in all solid tumors. Furthermore,
hyperthermia is used to increase the effectiveness of other oncological therapies
such as radiotherapy and chemotherapy.
- In the stimulation of the immune system, due to the release of cytokines that
stimulate the arrival of the leukocytes on the heated area, this contributes vigorous-
ly to the fight against the diseased cells.

Thermotherapy is therefore a valid method in the treatment of tumors and in

the resolution of rheumatological diseases.
The cells which constitute the tissues can withstand temperatures up to a limit
of about 41°C; above this limit they experience different damages depending on
the temperature range they are subjected to. The damages to the biological tissues
corresponding to the different temperature ranges are as follows:
o Up to about 40-41°C cellular homeostasis is maintained;
o From 42°C to 45°C we speak of moderate hyperthermia, a situation in
which normal cells do not experience real damages (unlike the cancerous

105
 Therapeutic Waves

ones). However, at these temperatures, the damage caused by drugs or ra-

dioactive agents (chemotherapy and radiotherapy) is amplified;
o At 46 °C the cells begin to experience irreversible damage, a process of
necrosis32 starts and after about an hour all the cells subjected to this tem-
perature die;
o At temperatures from 50°C to 52°C cell necrosis can occur in few
minutes;
o As soon as the temperature increases, from 60°C to 100°C the destruction
of cells becomes more and more rapid, with cellular damage involving the
main cytosolic, mitochondrial and histone-nucleic acid complexes. The ir-
reversible thermal damage causes a coagulative necrosis in which the co-
agulation of proteins preserves the general shape of the cells and the tis-
sue architecture for a certain time after the death of the cell;
o Over 105°C the water contained in the tissues evaporates, with conse-
quent carbonization of the cells.

The aforementioned arguments are dealt with in detail in the last chapter con-
cerning cancer treatments.

In this category:

Infrared rays

They are electromagnetic radiations of a wavelength between 900 and 6300

nm, with frequencies at the limit of the visible band, below the red band. Infrared is
produced by any hot body, with spontaneous emission. The infrared emission
source is generally made up of carbon or tungsten filament lamps in inert gas, ce-
ramic generators or coils, LEDs and Lasers. Their penetration power is limited (in-
frared rays A: max 5-10 mm, infrared rays B and C: max 0.5-1 mm).

Application procedure
Applications can be general or, more frequently, local. The lamp is placed
about 20-60 cm from the area to be treated, with an intensity of about 0.25 W/cm 2;
the exposure times increase progressively from 10 to 30 minutes maximum.

32. Necrosis is the cell death induced following a series of irreversible structural alterations.

106
 Therapeutic Waves

Among the biological effects produced, we observe:

- Thermal action, which indirectly gives rise to pulmonary hyperventilation, an in-
crease in diuresis and a transient loss of weight due to the elimination of liquids;
- Local vasodilation with rapidly disappearing erythema and decreased blood pres-
sure;
- muscle relaxation;
- Analgesic effect for reduction of conduction in sensory nerve endings;
- Increase in metabolism;
- Increased sweating, useful for the elimination of local toxins.

Therapeutic indications
Bedsores, Arthropathies, Muscular contractures and Skin trophic disorders.

With the advent of the latest technologies, Laser light is increasingly used to
induce a local increase in temperature in the tissue, which can also be used for can-
cer therapy. The light energy is absorbed by the tissue and converted into heat. The
light can be focused within thin optical fibers that can be inserted deep into the tu-
mor mass or into natural cavities of the body, in a non-invasive way. Lasers are
used both for hyperthermia and for thermotherapy. In this last case, we speak of
Laser interstitial thermotherapy. Currently this treatment is mainly used in tumoral
diseases of the liver, lung, pancreas, kidney, prostate and benign thyroid nodules.

Radar or Microwave therapy

These devices emit electromagnetic waves in the UHF band, at the frequency
of 2450 MHz (2.45 GHz), whose wavelength is 12.24 cm. The power of the gener-
ators is between 100 W in continuous supply up to 1500 W in pulsed supply.
The microwaves generated by a magnetron33 cause a thermal increase inside
the tissues due to the Joule effect (the electromagnetic energy is transformed into
heat by means of the dielectric loss mechanism). Microwaves are selectively ab-
sorbed by tissues with high water content (muscle and periarticular tissues).

Application procedure
The patient must be in a comfortable position and remain stationary during
treatment because it is immersed in an electromagnetic field. The energy can be

33. Magnetron is a type of high-power thermionic valve designed for the production of non-coherent microwaves.

107
 Therapeutic Waves

administered to the patient by pointing the dispenser towards the area to be treated,
about 10 - 20 centimeters away. The average duration of the applications varies be-
tween 10 and 20 minutes, every day, for cycles of 15-20 sessions repeatable after
an appropriate interval.

Among the biological effects produced, we observe:

- Heating up to a maximum depth of penetration of 3 cm and low heating of the
grease (the sensation of heat is less intense than the marconitherapy, but more
pleasant and tolerated);
- Vasodilation and decreased sensitivity to pain (hypoalgesia);
- Sweating and hypotension.
The therapeutic effects of radar therapy are expressed in muscle relaxation
(decontracting action), in a reduction of pain and in a marked trophic effect.

Therapeutic indications
- Skin infections (abscesses, acne, pustules)
- Traumas (pains, hematomas and localized edema)
- Chronic arthrosis, arthropathy, arthritis, periarthritis, lumbosciatalgie and cervi-
cobrachialgie
- Fibrosites, bursitis, tendinitis and Raynaud's disease.

Marconitherapy

Shortwave devices for this therapy, use the HF band with a frequency of 27.3
MHz (wavelength approximately 11 m). The power of the generators is between
400 W in continuous supply up to 1000 W in pulsed supply.

Application procedure
Energy can be administered to the patient in different ways:
- Inductive mode, by means of a single electrode made of a flat helix conductor, on
the area to be treated or with a spiral wound conductor around the region to be
treated;
- Capacitive mode, with a pair of normally opposed electrodes, which are posi-
tioned in various ways on the area to be treated, two or three centimeters from the
skin.
The patient must be in a comfortable position, as he must remain immobile for
the duration of the treatment. The average duration of the applications is about 15

108
 Therapeutic Waves

to 20 minutes, every day for cycles of 10 to 15 sessions, repeatable with intervals

of at least 10 days.

Among the biological effects produced, we observe:

- Acceleration of cell metabolism;
- Immediate vasodilatation (deeper than IR) that lasts for about thirty minutes after
the end of the application, prevalent in superficial tissues;
- Muscle relaxation and pain relief.

Therapeutic indications:
Circulatory alterations, Inflammations, Infections (sinusitis, tonsillitis, prostatitis),
Chronic arthrosis, Traumas (stiffness and hematomas in the post-acute phase),
Carpal tunnel syndrome, Herpes Zoster and Bell paralysis.

Tecar-Therapy (Capacitive and Resistive Electrical Transfer)

Uses electromagnetic waves in the MF band, at frequencies from 400 to 600

kHz. The power of the generators is between 50 W up to 300 W depending on the
chosen energy level (low, medium, high) and the effects that you want to achieve.
It is a system for the production of endogenous heat, which will bring the bio-
logical tissues to high temperatures (41-43.5° C), and will manage to control, in re-
al time, the intensity and depth of the heat produced. This method is widely used in
oncology as illustrated below and is used in the treatment of some pathologies of
the musculoskeletal system.

Application procedure
Using the principle of operation of a capacitor, the energy can be administered
to the patient in different ways:
- Capacitive mode: with a pair of insulated or shielded electrodes normally op-
posed, one fixed (return electrode) and the other (active) with which a circular
massage is carried out on the area to be treated. The targets of this modality are
subcutaneous soft tissues and muscles;
- Resistive mode: with two fixed, non-shielded metallic electrodes, in which
the organic tissues present between the two electrodes (bones, tendons, ligaments),
which act as dielectric. The targets of this mode are bone, periosteum, tendons, lig-

109
 Therapeutic Waves

aments and aponeuroses34.

The sessions last approximately 30 minutes and twice weekly applications are
recommended.

Among the biological effects produced, we observe:

- Acceleration of cell metabolism;
- Vasodilatation caused by heat;
- Antalgic effect, as a consequence of the increase in the threshold of sensory nerve
endings, together with an increase in the elimination of pain-producing substances
(bradykinin and histamine);
- Antifibrositic effect and reduction of joint stiffness;
- Stimulation of the immune system;
- Deep hyperemia (increase in blood flow) and reabsorption of edema and effu-
sions.

Therapeutic indications
- Sprains, stiffness and post-traumatic pain syndromes;
- Contractures and muscle injuries, muscular pains and fibromyalgia and ossifying
myositis;
- Tendinitis, tendinosis and insertional tendinopathies;
- Carpal tunnel syndrome;
- Arthrosis, lumbosciatalgie, scapoloomeral and coxofemoral periarthritis;
- Bursitis and fascites;
- Diseases due to venous and lymphatic insufficiency.

34. The aponeurosis or aponeurosis is the thin fibrous band that covers and envelops the muscle and goes on in the
tendon, to ensure the bone insertion itself.

110
 Therapeutic Waves

Ultrasound therapy
It is a therapy that uses frequencies higher than those perceivable by the hu-
man ear, applicable through a transducer that generates mechanical vibrations.
They penetrate and propagate easily in an organic system consisting mainly of wa-
ter (like the human body), giving energy to the system they pass through. You can
reach frequencies of some MHz, but the higher the frequency, the greater the atten-
uation (and the lower the penetration depth). Normally these waves reach a depth
between 1.5 and 5 cm.

The type of effects they create:

- Mechanical: micromassage and microconstructions with cell deformation, which
translates into an acceleration of metabolism and cell reproduction.
- Thermal: The endogenous heat produced by ultrasound, has effects on vasodila-
tion, superficial and deep vascularization and on the physiology of the neuron,
which results in an antalgic, spasmolytic effect (calms muscle contractions caused
by spasms) with anti-inflammatory consequences.
- Chemical: changes the pH and permeability of cell membranes, facilitating the
exchange and migration of liquids; in addition there is flocculation35 of colloids,
elimination of gas, destruction of bacteria.

Therapeutic indications
- Fibrolytic effect: ultrasound has a marked ability to dissolve thrombus;
- In orthopedics: tendon, muscular or osseous pathologies, for inflammation, hae-
matomas or fractures;
- Pain reduction: in sciatica, neuritis, periarthritis, tendinitis, tendinosis, tenosyno-
vitis, epicondylitis, sub-acromial shoulder conflict, etc.;
- Disintegration of calcifications (lithotripsy);
- Aesthetic applications.

35. Flocculation consists of a chemical-physical process of a colloidal system in which the solid phase tends to
separate, forming suspended flakes.

111
 Therapeutic Waves

Extracorporeal Shockwave Therapy (ESWT)

Radial shockwaves are high acoustic energy waves (therefore of a mechanical
nature) that are transmitted with a probe, through the skin and radially (spherically)
diffused into the body.

They are a sequence of single pulses of acoustic energy that propagate at su-
personic speed in a liquid medium (1500m / sec in water), characterized by a rapid
rise time (<10 nanoseconds), a high pressure peak (100 MPa), and a short life cycle
(10 microseconds).

The technology comes from research in the military on damage to the internal
organs of those who swam in waters where bombs of depth exploded. It was found
that the shock waves produced damage that was concentrated in the interfaces with
high acoustic impedances. Shockwaves were officially introduced into medicine in
the 1980s for the treatment of kidney stones (lithotripsy - high-intensity waves); in
the following years their field of use was extended to the orthopedic field, both for
the care of soft tissues and bone tissues (medium intensity waves), and currently
also for the treatment of erectile dysfunction. In the latter case, the shockwaves
used were of low intensity; physical therapy was applied to the cavernous tissue,
thus stimulating the circulation inside the penis and the gradual growth of new
blood vessels, thus giving the patient a spontaneous erection that, unlike drugs, will
last over time. The researchers believe that shock waves induce localized stress on
the cell membrane that triggers a chain of events that result in the release of angio-

112
 Therapeutic Waves

genic factors (with an increase of nitric oxide, platelet growth factor and vascular
endothelial growth factor). In addition, shock waves cause hyperpolarization of the
cell membrane.
This technology is also used for the treatment of cardiovascular diseases such
as acute coronary syndrome or SCA (Acute Coronary Syndrome), in case of calci-
fications of the artery wall and ischemia, causing an improvement in the blood cir-
culation of the heart muscle, angiogenesis and direct action also on cell differentia-
tion.

Application procedure
The technology used to generate the shockwave can be:
• Ballistic
• Electro-hydraulic
• Magnetostrictive
• Piezoelectric.

The applications are performed with the probe placed on the area to be treated,
for 10 or more minutes. During the treatment, the acoustic impulses are created, at
a variable frequency (about one pulse per second), while the power is dosed ac-
cording to the therapy. In orthopedics, the therapy requires three to five sessions.

Among the biological effects produced, we observe:

- Angiogenesis (development of new blood vessels);
- Acceleration of cell metabolism;
- Regeneration and tissue repair;
- Multiplication and differentiation of stem cells.

Therapeutic indications
- Disaggregation of calcifications (lithotrissia) - kidney stones;
- Heart attack, coronary plaques;
- Erectile dysfunction;
- Cellulitis and for body remodeling;
- Tendon and related diseases, even in the absence of calcifications;
- Periarthritis of the shoulder, epicondylitis, in the case of painful heel spurs, pseu-
doarthrosis, bone consolidation;
- Pain, persistent edema and joint stiffness after surgery;
- Skin tissue regeneration, healing of chronic wounds, burns and diabetic ulcers.

113
 Therapeutic Waves

Neuroacoustics
Breathing, heartbeats, brainwaves, vibrational frequencies of cells, molecules
and atoms are all expressions of the rhythms on which organic life is based. If you
hit a tuning fork, which produces waves at a fixed frequency by virtue of its physi-
cal characteristics and place it next to a second tuning fork, identical in shape and
materials, this, within a short time, will resonate according to the oscillation fre-
quency of the first. Similarly, also the human body and its organs, tissues and cells,
can enter into resonance, or better, in bioresonance when they are invested by a
well calibrated sound wave. This is why frequencies of artificial origin have a
powerful influence on the organic ones: stimulating them, calming them, harmo-
nizing them or on the contrary, creating discordances and disharmonies, as they
always enter into resonance with the living biological systems.
Even with the biological systems, each of them, produces resonances with the
other forms of life on the planet, creating various levels of harmony, but if we ob-
serve what has been studied in modern sciences concerning the interaction between
psyche, body and artificial sources of sound frequency, is a very precise discipline
that takes the name of Neuroacoustics and sometimes also called Music Therapy.
Neuroacoustics is a science that studies the action of sound on the brain and
on the totality of the human organism, with the aim of producing a state of physi-
cal, mental and emotional well-being.
When we talk about Music Therapy the focus of our attention goes to the ther-
apeutic effects that music or sound in general, can bring into our lives. On the other
hand, when we investigate Neuroacoustics, the focus is on a set of experimental
studies, which prove the relationship between receiving a set of frequencies in the
headphones and the areas of the brain are activated as follows: how to reactivate
the brain areas most vulnerable or inharmonious is the purpose of Neuroacoustics.

To do this, Neuroacoustics, uses balancing frequencies that tune the organs to

their natural frequencies through a targeted stimulation of the auditory sensorial
system; it is a process mediated by a large number of different techniques depend-
ing on the purpose, some of which are protected by copyright, as to exactly what
happens in the record industry. The sounds at the various frequencies are mixed
with the aim of solving various health problems, increasing the brain functions,
getting rid of negative emotional states, create a deeper connection with our interi-
ority and our spirituality, to reprogram the negative states that we assume daily and
reconnect with the Self, the Universe and Nature.

114
 Therapeutic Waves

The American scientist, Thomas Budzinski has invented many neuroacous-

tics programs, which validates his method to the world, the ability to treat, among
other things, the syndrome of poor attention, alleviate alcohol dependence or elim-
inate epileptic attacks and schizophrenia.

American, physician and teacher of Psychoacoustics at the Institute of Human

Sciences in Encinitas, California, Jeffrey Thompson is currently one of the lead-
ing experts in this field and is currently considered internationally as one of the
leading experts in music therapy. He founded the Center for Neuroacoustic Re-
search (CNR) in Carisbad, California, where the human body is studied in its psy-
chophysical whole, following a neuroacoustic approach, i.e., the depth of the emo-
tions, the areas of the brain and the parts of the body, which respond to the sound
stimulation. Through his research he has developed a system of sound, which can
be enjoyed with headphones, and which allow for individualized therapies that can
work in harmony with special glasses, that are able to emit light pulses and are co-
ordinated to the sound frequencies entering headphones.
His musical compositions are based on the profound influence that sounds has
on the brain waves and are used by pranotherapists, psychologists, teachers and
masseurs all over the world.

More recently, we got to know the brilliant work of the Russian-born re-
searcher Lenny Rossolovski, who had the ability to recover, thanks to neuroacous-
tic therapy and developed an interest in this therapy that led him to the highest lev-
els of this discipline.

The secret of the first neuroacoustic programs that were developed by

Budzinski and Thompson, and later by other authors, was the use of the binaural
technique, consisting in listening to two distinct, low intensity sounds on the two
auricles. When a tone is heard with one ear and another slightly different tone is
heard in the other ear, the brain reads a third tone pulsing at a phantom frequency
which is the difference between the two starting tones. In other words, if a tone of
1000 Hz is submitted to the left ear and a tone of 1010 Hz is simultaneously sub-
mitted to the right ear, a third 10 Hz tone is processed and perceived by the brain
producing an entrainment of 10 Hz. This technique, which can only work with ste-
reo systems due to the impossibility of mono systems to produce two distinct
sounds at the same time, has been surpassed and integrated by other newer and

115
 Therapeutic Waves

more performing techniques, which make the sound more complex in order to in-
crease the effectiveness of modern neuroacoustics. Some examples are the triple
sound modulation technique elaborated by Rossolovsky (Technique 3M), the mi-
metic background techniques that simulate the sounds of Nature or the spatial
techniques suitable for reproduction on Dolby 5.1 systems.
This neuroacoustic programs are able to revitalize neuronal connections, to
create new ones, to synchronize the hemispheres of the brain and to prolong life.

Therapeutic indications
- Removal of psycho-emotional blocks
- Increase in physical-postural balance
- Pain therapy, fibromyalgia
- Treatment of addictions
- Normalization of blood pressure
- Induction of a healthy and deep sleep
- Memory improvement
- Tejuvenation
- Energy balance of the chakras and rebalancing of the aura
- Synchronization of the cerebral hemispheres
- Entrainment of the mind on waves of type alpha, beta, gamma, theta, delta and
epsilon.

116
 Therapeutic Waves

Magnetotherapy
Magnetotherapy consists in the exposure to particular waves or pulses of
magnetic or electromagnetic fields, which have therapeutic effects, induced by dif-
ferent modes of interaction between the magnetic field and ions, molecules, cells
and organic tissues.

Magnetotherapy is a revolutionary and surprising therapeutic method born in

the late 1960s by independent researchers, in the utter indifference of the scientific
community, but with indisputable therapeutic results.
Currently there are thousands of scientific articles, also sophisticated magne-
totherapy equipment used in major hospitals around the world, research and patents
and also NASA (explained later), which attest to its effectiveness. Unfortunately,
there is no standard of use and application, so every healthcare professional, doctor
or hospital works according to their own personal criteria and experiences. Certain-
ly, the thread that unites them all is the observation of the fact that many diseases
or traumatic conditions, heal with a very high percentage of successes.

Classical magnetotherapy includes applications in which only a half wave,

usually the positive one, of an electromagnetic wave is usually irradiated. The ap-
plication devices are of electromagnetic type (coils, carpets, etc.) and they work by
exploiting the magnetic field emitted by such devices with powers that can also be
high (up to 3 Tesla) while the frequencies normally do not exceed a few hundred
Hz.
The magnetic fields are able to induce, especially in the membrane and then in
the cytoplasm, weak electric currents, of an intensity much lower than that in-
volved in the natural stimulation of excitable tissues. The cells adapting themselves
to the information transmitted by this electric signal artificially induced by the
field, according to their functional characteristics, will have a series of different re-
actions depending on the type of signal and restoring conditions of energy imbal-
ance. Furthermore, by acting on hemoglobin36, it allows an increase of the concen-
tration of oxygen locally. In fact, since the hemoglobin is ferromagnetic, it is at-
tracted by the magnetic fields, applied in that determined anatomical zone, and
then freeing the oxygen it carries, with all the benefits that follow.

36. Hemoglobin is an iron-containing protein found in red blood cells; equipped with respiratory function, able to
combine reversibly with molecular oxygen, has the function of carrying oxygen throughout the body.

117
 Therapeutic Waves

Among the biological effects produced, we observe:

- Vasodilation;
- Oxygenation of tissues;
- Neoangiogenic effect: invigorates the walls of blood vessels;
- Analgesic effect.

In this category:

rTMS (Repetitive Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation)

It is a non-invasive brain stimulation method that uses a magnetic field pulse

emitted by a TMS coil to excite the neurons in a desired position of the cortex.
Frequencies in the 1-200 Hz range are almost always used. Single-pulse TMS has
been distinguished from repetitive TMS (rTMS) because it is a modification of the
first in which the magnetic field is repeated for a short time, allowing nerve stimu-
lation during their refractory period. The multiple pulses that are transmitted in the
rTMS are discharged through a coil using multiple stimulators; the devices are
classified as fast rTMS if the stimulation is greater than or equal to 1 Hz and slow
rTMS if the stimulation is less than 1 Hz.
The stimulation method works by the principle of induction: a condenser is
discharged to allow a strong current to pass through a coil placed over the scalp.
The coils used have a peak magnetic field intensity ranging from 1.5 T to 2 T on
the coil surface.

Therapeutic indications
- Used in the treatment of psychiatric and neurological disorders such as depres-
sion, hallucinations, Parkinson's disease, etc.

High-frequency magnetotherapy

Uses a carrier frequency (from 18 up to about 900 MHz) to transmit wave

trains at different frequencies. The intensity used by these devices is lower than the
one used for the low frequency, but the results are the same if not, in some cases,
better. It is particularly indicated for the treatment of diseases affecting the soft tis-
sues. Even these types of applications have proven effective for pain therapy.
The high frequencies have proved to be very "flexible," at being able to cure

118
 Therapeutic Waves

many diseases, however, constant and prolonged exposure to the electromagnetic

field is necessary.

Low-frequency magnetic therapy

These are apparatuses that almost

always use a square wave where the
Duty Cycle37 is normally modified ap-
propriately; the power can reach a few
hundred Gauss, while the frequencies
up to several hundred Hz.
It is particularly indicated for the
treatment of hard tissues and the delays
of bone calcification (osteoporosis,
fractures, post-operative recovery for prosthetic implants, etc.).
It is also indicated for pain therapy and in general to restore the correct func-
tional balance of cells. It is therefore also effective in the treatment of soft tissues.

Pulsed Electro-Magnetic Fields (PEMF)

Can be considered as a particular application of low frequency Magnetothera-

py. These are devices that produce pulses of very short duration (from 100 μs to
some milliseconds), often very high power (up to 3 Tesla) and normally very low
frequencies (from 1 to some tens of Hz).

General Therapeutic indications

Some of the effects of high (HF) and low (BF) Magnetotherapy are:
- Antalgic effect (HF) (BF) and stimulation of endorphin production (HF)
- Neuroregulatory action on the hypothalamus, liver and spleen (HF)
- Regulation of intestinal motility (HF) (BF)
- Anti-aging action of tissues (HF) (BF)
- Improvement of skin metabolism (HF) (BF)
- Bacteriostatic activity (HF) (BF)

37. The Duty Cycle of a square wave is the ratio between the duration of the "high" signal and the total period of
the signal; in practice it indicates the time in which the square wave has certain amplitude before returning to 0.

119
 Therapeutic Waves

Also regarding the effects on bone tissue:

- Increased bone strength (BF)
- Improvement of osteogenesis (BF)
- Increase in mineralization (BF)
- Increased production and deposition of collagen (HF) (BF)
- Increase in vascular spraying, etc. (HF) (BF)

Magnetotherapy is used for:

- Relieve muscular and rheumatic pain (HF);
- Accelerate the healing of wounds and sores (HF);
- Treat myalgias, arthritis, lumbago, sciatic, migraines, headaches and vertigo
(HF);
- Accelerate calcification in bone fractures (BF);
- Treat varicose veins, phlebitis, vasculopathies, gingivitis, sinusitis, rhinitis, otitis,
tendinitis and talalgia (HF) (BF);
- Cure all inflammatory states (HF) (BF): activates a vasodilatory process with the
consequent arrival, in the inflamed area, of substances useful for healing;
- Rejuvenate the skin by attenuating wrinkles (HF);
Strengthen the body's immune system (HF);
- Dermatology: Acne, burns, phlebitis, varicose veins, skin diseases, healing of
large wounds, fistulas and sores (BF);
- Infections: Tonsillitis, Otitis, Herpes Zoster, etc. (BF);
- Diseases of various kinds: Asthma, Asthenia, Cellulite, Hypotension and Rhinitis
(BF).

120
 Therapeutic Waves

Rifing
Rifing means the exposure to electromagnetic fields, characterized by precise
frequencies and harmonics, by means of various transmission devices, are connect-
ed to a Rife Machine: i.e., to a frequency generator. It is a technology that takes its
name from Dr Royal Rife, who in the first decades of the 20th century, managed to
identify the devitalization frequencies of some pathogens (of the order of some
hundreds of kHz up to some MHz). Starting from this therapeutic approach, cur-
rently with Rifing we embrace a very wide frequency spectrum ranging from 0 to
at least 40 MHz, with the possibility of covering most of the techniques described
above, without limitations related to electrical parameters of any kind (waveform,
amplitude, duration, etc.). In this way, a Rife Machine is able to perform treatments
that cover all the applications useful for restoring health and psycho-physical well-
being.
When used for treatment, a very common feature of these devices is to use
(even in low frequencies), not a single frequency, but a group of frequencies that
are applied in succession. This means that the advantages obtainable are almost al-
ways, far superior to other similar treatments, as better explained in the chapter
dedicated to this technology.
In many cases the term Rifing, is replaced by other the names of other ma-
chine manufacturers, which are able to generate electromagnetic frequencies.

Therapeutic indications
- Any pathology caused by trauma or dysfunctions of biological systems or sys-
tems. The limits are established only by the knowledge of the exact frequencies for
the treatment of the specific problem.
- Detoxification of heavy metals and various chemical substances.
- Devitalization of viruses, bacteria and fungi. Also, in this case the only limit is
that linked to the identification and knowledge of the frequency of coordinating
resonance of the pathogen to be hit.

121
Therapeutic Waves

122
 Therapeutic Waves

5. Pulsed Electro-Magnetic Fields

(PEMF)

What is surprising about this method of application of electromagnetic waves

is the contrast between the publications of thousands of scientific articles from all
over the world and finding that often, the official medical community virtually ig-
nores its existence.
Pulsed Electro-Magnetic Fields (PEMFs) are considered a subset of therapies
with variable magnetic fields, which over time; as already mentioned, use apparat-
uses which, are capable of producing Pulsed Electromagnetic Waves and must be
able to produce:

- Pulses of very short duration

(around 100 μs),
- High rates of up and down varia-
tion in amplitude, of the order of Tesla /
sec, thus promoting impulses or gusts
(intensity up to 3 Tesla),
-Frequencies up to a few hundred
Hz.
These are the main parameters that distinguish this PEMF therapy and differ-
entiate it from the classic low-frequency Magnetotherapy. Unfortunately, however,
in scientific articles, the authors tend to be inaccurate and classify as such, mo-
nophasic waveforms (positive half-wave only), biphasic waveforms (with both
positive and negative impulses) and square waveforms with a very small Duty Cy-
cle (with times of the order of a few milliseconds).
It therefore appears that in the scientific field, no clear distinction has ever

123
 Therapeutic Waves

been made. A strict classification should however consider PEMF as the only
waveforms with the typical characteristics of the impulse and therefore having an
extremely short duration and high intensity. Indeed, some studies have shown that
short impulses enter the cells more easily, whereas longer impulses (typical of a
square wave) are in some cases, less effective.

In practice, after examining all the main applications of electromagnetic

waves, it is clear that each waveform (sinusoidal, square, impulsive, etc.) is able of
producing different effects and results, even at the same frequency. This implies
that the therapist must be very competent with all the techniques applicable with
this therapy, in order to obtain the best results, in the shortest possible time.

The applications are carried out using coils of various shapes, depending on
the application points and the power supplied. Each side of the coil is naturally
characterized by two polarities: the north pole (magnetically, the negative pole "-")
and the south pole side (+). For prolonged use, the (-) side may be the best to use
since it is known to have a balancing effect, while the (+) side is known to have a
stimulating effect. Many experts do not consider polarity with a pulsed magnetic
field as important, since the aim is to create impulsive microcurrents in the tissues.

The pulsed magnetic field can interact with biological cells and tissues very
broadly, succeeding in bringing beneficial effects to much pathology. In this way,
it is possible to activate biophysical processes of surprising complexity and refined
therapeutic efficacy, without damaging effects; in addition, pulsed magnetic fields
are able to selectively activate biological processes necessary for the regeneration
and repair of both functional and organic damage.

Effects on cells
In an organism, there are continuous displacements of electric charges, as
there are different types of ions (H+, Na+, K+, Mg++, Ca++, etc.) that are in continu-
ous movement between the cell membrane and the extracellular matrix. This
movement of charges generates an electric field of very low intensity, to which a
magnetic field of the same minimum energy is associated. Ion displacements are
essential for the flow of information between the inside and outside of the cell, to
activate cellular metabolism and for the balanced functioning of all tissues and or-

124
 Therapeutic Waves

ganic systems.
As already mentioned, in a cell delimited by its own membrane, between its
inside (cytosol) and the outside, there is a potential difference of about - 70/100
mV (membrane potential), which allows it to fulfill all its metabolic functions. A
healthy cell manages to preserve the balance of the intracellular and extracellular
concentration of the Na+, K+, Cl- ions, and is able to maintain constant the concen-
tration of the fundamental nutrients (calcium and phosphate ion, glucose and pro-
tein anions).
When a lesion or disease manifests itself, depending on the severity, the cells
begin to lose not only their functionality, but also their own energy. The concentra-
tion of oxygen in the tissues decreases, creating an insufficient production of avail-
able ATP, which causes a decrease in the sodium-potassium pump function. The
result is that the voltage of the cell membrane can go down to -40 / -50 mV (which
is already in the field of chronic pain and disease) in the tumor cells and the mem-
brane potential drops to - 15 mV.
This premise will allow us to better understand the fundamental principles
through which Pulsed Electromagnetic Fields act.
Magnetic waves are able to transport and therefore transfer electrical energy to
tissues and cells; in particular, these overpeak stimuli increase the membrane po-
tential, i.e., they initially lead the tension to high values and then re-stabilize on the
starting ones. In biological tissues, even small but widespread alterations of perme-
ability and membrane potential, can give rise to significant changes in cellular
functions.

The final effect of pulsed waves is a gradual restoration of the membrane po-
tential, which is carried out by activation of the ion pump Na-K; the powerful puls-
es of these very low frequency waves are therefore able to bring the membrane po-
tential back to the optimal values of -70/100 millivolt (resting potential).

Of course, what happens in reality is a complex chain reaction, because in

these processes, starting from the ions, there are chemical reactions on proteins,
enzymes and other molecules, up to the involvement of the organelles contained in
the cells, first among all, the mitochondria. It is therefore a question of bio-
electrical and bio-chemical actions, closely related to each other. In this way, the
impulse goes to act on the physiology of the cell, to rebalance it.

125
 Therapeutic Waves

At this point, it is easier to understand how the characteristic shape of a pulse

can be of considerable importance. We have previously stated that the generator
must be able to produce an impulse (according to some authors, polarity does not
matter) and not a classic square waveform. This electrical impulse must serve to
create a temporary "upheaval" in ion exchange between the cell membrane and the
extracellular matrix, up to a possible reversible electroporation.
All this seems to bring us back, even by analogy, to heart impulses (the most
complex part of the physiology of this organ). Only 1% of heart cells are special-
ized ones and are able to get excited. This excitement creates what is technically
defined as a depolarization38 of the cell, which creates an action potential39 and
therefore the birth of an electric current. Without going into rather difficult expla-
nations, it is enough to know that all these processes of depolarization and repolar-
ization occur naturally through a series of rapid ionic exchanges on cell walls.
We can conclude this topic concerning the membrane potential, with this re-
flection: the heart is the only organ that cannot get cancer. And, for a good reason,
it is the most electrically charged organ in our body.

Therapeutic applications
The therapeutic action of the Pulsed Magnetic Fields, have a vastness of ap-
plications and effectiveness.
It is used successfully for:
- Localized inflammation,
- Improve vasodilation, the development of new blood vessels (angiogenesis) and
the oxygenation of blood,
- Reduction of chronic pain,
- Pain management and post-surgical edema,
- Pain relief for arthritis and joint pain, fibromyalgia, back pain and ankylosing
spondylitis,
- Nerve pain problems,
- Reducing the recovery time of sportsmen who have suffered traumas or injuries
- Delaying in the consolidation of fractures, stimulating bone regeneration and

38. The depolarization of an excitable cell is the decrease of intracellular negativity, i.e., the decrease of an electri-
cal potential of the cell membrane.
39. In physiology, it is indicated as an action potential, the response to a short-lived event that reverses the electri-
cal polarity of the cell membrane in the excitable cells.

126
 Therapeutic Waves

repair, improving bone density, and in helping in the recovery of osteoporosis, ar-
thritis and osteoarthritis,
- The care of soft tissues such as muscles, ligaments and skin,
- Patients with Parkinson's, Alzheimer's and Stroke,
- Migraine, insomnia, stress, anxiety and phobias.

The studies and experiments40 carried out so far have shown that PEMF with
great intensity and pulse duration of about 100 μs, have been effective for:
- Glaucoma,
- Retinopathy,
- Headaches - Horton cellular giganto temporal arteritis,
- Tinnitus,
- Mastoiditis (adjuvant in antibiotic therapy),
- Otitis (adjuvant in antibiotic therapy),
- Sinusitis, Laryngitis, Pharyngitis,
- Dental abscesses - granulomas (inflammatory phase only),
- Osteoporosis of the jaw and paradontosis,
- Herpes simplex of the lips,
- Musculoskeletal disorders of the neck of inflammatory etiology,
- Carotid stenosis,
- Hyperthyroidism,
- Flogosis of the joint capsule and tendons,
- Epicondylitis,
- Carpal tunnel,
- Rhizarthrosis,
- Herpetic and post-herpetic neuralgia,
- Hiatal hernia (adjuvant),
- Gastralgia (alternative: high-frequency magnetotherapy in magnetic field)
- Hepatobiliary syndromes with obstructive etiology (alternative: high-frequency
magn.),
- Fatty liver disease (alternative: high-frequency magnetotherapy),
- Tears of the intercostal muscles and / or rheumatic pains,
- Herpetic and post-herpetic neuralgia,

40. Marco Montanari : MAGNETOTERAPIA INNOVATIVA A BASSA FREQUENZA A SCARICA CAPACITIVA -

published in 2017- http://www.fieldsforlife.org

127
 Therapeutic Waves

- Herniated disc and sciatica,

- Coxarthrosis,
- Gonarthrosis Venous disorders: Phlegmasia alba dolens (in particular thrombosis
of the popliteal tract of the femoral vein),
- Phlebitis and thrombophlebitis,
- Diabetic foot,
- Achilles tendinitis,
- Depressive syndromes,
- Parkinson's and Parkinsonism.

In the following paragraphs, some of these scientific studies will be analyzed

in greater detail.

Pain
In damaged tissue, decreases occur in the amount of ATP, that in turn causes a
decrease in oxygenation and cellular nourishment, which will hinder the function-
ality of the sodium pump, favoring the increase of tissue toxic substances. All of
these metabolic changes are then perceived by the individual as pain.
Most of the therapeutic uses of magnetic field exposure include, among the ef-
fects, a reduction in pain. There are a number of scientific studies indicating that
endogenous and exogenous opioid systems can be influenced by exposure to mag-
netic fields.
Some animal investigations revealed increases in pain after the exposure ses-
sions. In contrast to these studies, further research has shown that exposure to
magnetic fields has practically relieved pain. In particular, in a study41 conducted
on land snails, it can be deduced that the specific ability of PEMF to induce anal-
gesia does not originate from a stress response of a non-specific magnetic field, but
rather appears to be related to the specific form of magnetic field pulse (in fact in
this study it is reported that two types of pulsed waveforms failed to induce analge-
sia).
Human research has revealed positive effects from exposure to magnetic
fields. Surely, the effect is primarily due to a decrease in inflammation, edema and

41. W. Thomas, M. Kavaliers, F. S. Prato, and K. P. Ossenkopp, “Antinociceptive Effects of a Pulsed Magnetic
Field in the Land Snail, Cepaea nemoralis,” Neuroscience Letters, 222, 1997.

128
 Therapeutic Waves

a muscle relaxant. Furthermore, the induced currents in the nerve fibers, act by
blocking the passage of pain sensations, that can create endorphins and increase the
activity of lactate-dehydrogenase in the exposed musculature (so, that conditions of
degradation from lactic acid, will stimulates nerve receptors, which will then cause
pain).

The regeneration of tissues

After years of studies and research on pulsed fields, today we can affirm that
the phenomenon of tissue regeneration extends to all the tissues of the human and
animal organism. Scientific publications concerning bone fractures and bone for-
mation, cartilaginous tissues, nervous tissues, etc., grow exponentially and with the
successes obtained, in addition to increasing the interest of biologists and clini-
cians, encourage researchers to endeavor new experiments and investigations.
In an autonomous way, the body uses its own bioelectrical characteristics to
naturally produce electric currents that are involved in repair and regeneration.
Several studies have shown that the endogenous electrical currents flowing in the
body is not a secondary process, but in reality is a control system used by the body
to regulate the healing of various organic tissues.

Musculoskeletal disorders
The use of PEMF stimulation in the clinical treatment of therapeutically com-
plicated problems of the musculoskeletal system, unconsolidated bone fractures,
failed joint fusions, congenital pseudarthrosis, cartilage tissue repair, arthritis,
rheumatoid arthritis and fibromyalgia can achieve excellent results.
The overall success rate for these skeletal muscle problems probably exceeds
80%.

Hundreds of studies on the subject have explained, demonstrated and de-

scribed as possible causes of success from PEMF stimulation:
- Increases in mineralization,
- Angiogenesis,
- Production of collagen and endochondral ossification,
- Membrane effects (such as changes in Ca's ion channel),

129
 Therapeutic Waves

- Effects mediated by cytokines42 (e.g., TGF-β, PGE2),

- Greater cellular energy through a mechanism where the repetition frequency of
the pulses (normally from 2 to 15 Hz) leads to an enhanced production of ATP.

Bone healing

The first studies to stimulate bone healing with electromagnetic waves were
obtained using electrode systems directly implanted at the site of the fracture (the
MET technique was then used, described in the previous chapter). Subsequently,
the use of time-varying or pulsed magnetic fields used, were applied with magnetic
coils that encompass the limb.
The pulsed magnetic field, which induces a small electric field (of the order of
several μV / cm) in the tissues, is responsible for the physiological and therapeutic
effects. So it is the electrical component (induced), rather than the magnetic one
that causes the main effects and reactions.
Currently, PEMFs are mostly used to heal bone fractures in non-union condi-
tions (failed fusions), delayed union, osteotomy43. Several studies have shown that
this technique can promote bone formation around dental implants and can initiate
chondrocyte growth and differentiation, thus promoting the angiogenesis and endo-
thelial release of FGF-244. Furthermore, PEMFs improve the synthesis of proteins
constituting the extracellular matrix such as aggrecan45 and type II collagen.
Therefore, the cellular mechanisms involved in these processes are different,
including increases in growth factors.

If a bone is mechanically stressed, a potential difference is generated in it,

which consequently causes the circulation of tiny electric currents (piezoelectric
effect). This effect, together with a mechanical effort, was considered the mecha-
nisms underlying the transduction of physical tensions (compression and tension)
in an electrical signal that promote bone formation. It was thus theorized that the
piezoelectric properties of bones and cartilages form the basis for their formation

42. Cytokines are small proteins produced by various types of cells usually in response to a stimulus that can
change the behavior of other cells by inducing new activities such as growth, differentiation and death.
43. Osteotomy is a surgical procedure during which a bone is cut to shorten it, lengthen it or modify its alignment.
44. FGF2, also known as the growth factor of the base fibroblasts (bFGF) and FGF-β, is a growth factor and a sig-
naling protein encoded by the FGF2 gene.
45. Aggrecan, also known as CSPCP (Cartilage-Specific Proteoglycan Core Protein), is a macromolecule present
in the extracellular matrix of cartilages.

130
 Therapeutic Waves

and maintenance. Therefore, the bones will have the correct endogenous produc-
tion of electric currents to stimulate the primitive cells to differentiate into osteo-
blasts and chondroblasts. The electric currents created through the piezoelectricity
are also necessary for the deposition of calcium crystals.
Once the electrical properties of the tissues are considered to be of proper im-
portance, then therapeutic strategies that support the biophysical electricity of the
body can be developed to enhance the healing of the diseased tissues.

Currently the theory of piezoelectricity has been partially overcome and it is

believed that the origin of the electromechanical transduction, is due also to elec-
trokinetic effects (sliding potentials), however the facts do not change much in re-
gards to the effects of these tissues when invested from electromagnetic fields. A
magnetic field moves electrically charged particles, which create small currents in-
duced in the highly conductive extracellular fluid of the tissue; the potentials that
are created, can act as transduction signals that then promote bone formation (a
similar mechanism of action also occurs at the level of cartilage, which stimulate
the chondrocytes). This explains the reasons why there are accelerated processes of
bone healing.
Moreover, according to some authors, the vitamins useful for perpetuating the
process of normal cartilage and bone maintenance, i.e., vitamin D (in particular
D3) and vitamin K, administered during the treatment of the affected area, will im-
prove and accelerate the training of new bone tissue and differentiate the expres-
sion of bone from cartilage in the tissue in question.

In conclusion, although PEMFs contain both electric fields and magnetic

fields, the bone remodeling processes seem to respond primarily to the electrical
field component. The magnetic field contributes less benefit to the process. From
this observation (confirmed by similar studies on MET Electrotherapy) it could be
inferred that since the electric field produced is very small compared to the mag-
netic field that induces it, to achieve the desired effects in a short time, it may be
necessary to use quite high powers.

131
 Therapeutic Waves

Nervous tissues
Starting from the 1970s, after studies in the field of the locomotor apparatus,
new research has shown that therapies with pulsed electromagnetic fields (PEMF)
can be effective for the regeneration of nerves and myelin sheath. The implications
on the recovery of spinal cord injuries are also staggering.
The most important growth factors that play a role in nerve regeneration are
nerve growth factor (NGF), insulin-like growth factor (IGF) and fibroblast growth
factors (FGF). Activation of the neural tissue by Pulsed Waves has also been noted
for the improvement of cAMP46 concentration, whose main function consists in the
activation of an enzyme to regulate the trans-membrane calcium passage through
the ion channels or by cascade, in bringing to the increase of the available glucose.
The experiments performed on animals, have given positive results on injuries
of the median-ulnar nerve, sciatic nerve, peroneal nerve, peripheral nerve and of
the myelin sheath.

The many successes obtained with nerve regeneration have indicated the pos-
sibility that the use of PEMF can be effective in the treatment of disorders of the
central nervous system, such as multiple sclerosis (MS). MS is a neurodegenerative
disease in which the myelin sheath surrounding the neurons is damaged and nerve
conduction is slowed. In a dedicated study47, patients found a significant improve-
ment in the performance scale (bladder control, cognitive function, fatigue level,
hand function, mobility, sensations, spasticity and vision).
Further evidence exists in the work of Sandyk48. This study describes the con-
sistent improvement of a patient with degenerative progressive multiple sclerosis.
The patient showed noticeable improvement when subjected to treatment with ex-
tracranial applications at a frequency of 2-7 Hz and a magnetic field intensity of
7.5 pico Tesla (thus a very low power). In this study, it is hypothesized that thera-
peutic effects imply the mediating of the pineal gland, which is known to act as a
magnetosensor. This study demonstrates, for the first time, the remarkable effec-
tiveness of small intensity magnetic fields, in the symptomatic treatment of MS and

46. cAMP is a cell metabolite produced by the enzyme adenylate cyclase from ATP. It is an important "second
messenger" involved in the mechanisms of signal transduction within living cells in response to various stimuli,
such as those induced by glucagon hormones or adrenaline, which are unable to cross the cell membrane.
47. T. L. Richards, M. S. Lappin, J. Acosta-Urquidi, G. H. Kraft, A. C. Heide, F. W. Lawrie, T. E. Merrill, G. B.
Melton, and C. A. Cunningham, “Double-blind Study of Pulsing Magnetic Field Effects on Multiple Sclerosis,”
The Journal of Alterna- tise and Complementary Medicine, 3, 1, 1997.
48. Int J Neurosci. 1992 Oct; 66(3-4)."Successful treatment of multiple sclerosis with magnetic fields." Sandyk R

132
 Therapeutic Waves

underlines the key role of the pineal gland in MS pathophysiology.

In an article by the same author49, "Magnetic Fields in the Therapy of Parkin-

sonism" the problem of Parkinsonism is also addressed.
Furthermore, in this case, an extracranial treatment with magnetic fields of the
order of picoTesla was used and the conclusions are that in all the patients an im-
provement of the disability and cognitive deficits were observed.

Many disorders of the central nervous system, spinal cord and psychiatric na-
ture (depression, mood disorders, etc.) have been successfully resolved, with a
technique practically identical to PEMF, called Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation
(TMS or rTMS).

Based on the consistent bibliography of research and scientific studies, it can

therefore be concluded that all types of problems related to the back, scoliosis, low
back pain, sciatic nerve pain, problems with the cervical spine, hernia or damage to
the disc and any other area of the body, which requires the regeneration of nerve
tissues, may be beneficial with these therapies.

Papimi
Papimi®50 is one of the most famous and certainly the most powerful pulsed
wave device on the market. The impulses generated by the spiral have a very short
duration (40-50 micro seconds) and a much higher power (higher up to 100,000
times) compared to other PEMF devices. For this reason, although they do not heat
the organs, they are able to pass through a biological tissue up to a depth of 20 cm,
thus favoring the stimulation and regeneration of the cells according to the princi-
ples set out above.
The device was invented by Greek Professor Panos T. Pappas, who patented it
in the USA in 1996 (Patent No. 5,556,418). In the patent it is explained how, by
bombarding the cell membrane with a burst of short-duration magnetic pulses, the
potential can be increased by ion exchange. The same stresses carried out on the
membrane of degenerated cells or larger microorganisms, can increase the pressure

49. Sandyk R: Magnetic fields in the therapy of Parkinsonism (1992).

50. The Papimi® device is produced in Greece by PULSE DYNAMICS L.T.D. with German components.

133
 Therapeutic Waves

inside the cells that can make them explode or kill. Therefore, this process can be
used to cause therapeutic changes even in infected tissues or organs.

Operating principles
As stated in Chapter 3, while an
electric field can undergo deviations
caused, for example, by the dielectric
membrane of the cells, the magnetic
field penetrates and diffuses freely in a
tissue. With this apparatus the impul-
sive magnetic field develops and dis-
appears abruptly leaving instead of it
an oscillating electric field also in the
deep tissues. With any other conven-
tional device/apparatus, it would have
been impossible that an externally in-
duced electric field penetrate deep into
a fabric. This is because its conductive
surfaces form a shield, known as the
"Faraday Cage" that prevents or hin-
ders its overcoming. Furthermore, as
the applied frequency increases, pene-
tration deep into the tissues is also hindered due to the well-known phenomenon
called "skin effect". Therefore, the creation of an electric field induced by the pow-
erful magnetic field created by Papimi, is certainly the best possible way to make
the electromagnetic energy penetrates into a deep tissue.
The Papimi® consists of a main body containing a plasma chamber in which,
thanks to the discharge of powerful condensers, a strong current is produced which
is able to bring the air and the gases contained, to the plasma state. The current so
produced flows in a probe formed by some concentric coils, consisting of an insu-
lating tube containing a large copper conductor. In this way the solenoid-shaped
probe transforms the oscillating electric field according to the electromagnetic
plasma packets, into a magnetic field.
The success of this technology consists in the emission of a train of very short
pulses that in just 40/50 micro-seconds produce oscillations of the order of 100
nano-seconds, whose therapeutic properties are extremely interesting (a study and

134
 Therapeutic Waves

application of the nano-pulse therapies, will be examined in the last chapter). Ac-
cording to Fourier's mathematical analysis, such short pulses include frequencies
ranging from 0Hz to some GHz providing multiple frequency contributions. In this
way Papimi behaves like a large frequency generator that allows the body to self-
select the frequencies necessary for the cells to restore functionality.

Among the biological effects produced, we observe:

- Restoration of the membrane potential altered by the pathological state and re-
balancing of the intra and extra-cellular ionic contents;
- Reactivation of mitochondrial oxygenation with consequent rebalancing of me-
tabolism and increase in ATP production;
- Analgesic effect;
- Increased endocellular and biological activity;
- Revival of neural tissue and superior neuronal cells;
- Improvement of the immune system.

Therapeutic indications
- All the indications already listed in the PEMFs;
- Ultrafast healing of skin lesions (severe sports injuries, scratches, incisions,
burns, etc.);
- Ultra-fast and effective anti-inflammatory and anti-swelling use, almost for every
cause (for example scleroderma, hemorrhoids, cancer, etc.);
- Tissue regeneration in the treatment of ulcers, sores and skin lesions;
- Urinary incontinence;
- Benign prostatic hyperplasia;
- Improvement of athletic performance.

135
 Therapeutic Waves

Conclusions on PEMF
Therapy with PEMF is a method that allows results, which are superior to any
other type of therapy, provided that the following conditions are met: accurate di-
agnosis, selection of the diseases to be treated, use of suitable equipment and cor-
rect use of the same. When the waveform, frequency and amplitude fall under cer-
tain parameters and the duration and frequency of the application are adequate, re-
search has shown that PEMFs are able to produce miraculous effects without side
effects or risk of infection.

Considering the large number of pathologies successfully solved using this

technique, it can be understood that PEMFs act at the cellular level to stimulate cell
metabolism and restore the membrane potential without any harmful side effects.

PEMFs are a completely safe and natural form of treatment, proven in count-
less scientific studies with surprising results, which can bring benefits to everyone,
even animals.

136
 Therapeutic Waves

6. Other studies, research, tech-

nologies and equipment

Radio Electric Asymmetric Conveyer (REAC)

technology
As reported so far, it is known that every element consituing a cell is capable
of producing and therefore transmitting and receiving physical and electromagnetic
energies. Thanks to these capacities the cells are able to communicate and recog-
nize each other. Let us now focus our attention on stem cells to understand how it
is possible to obtain surprising results when stimulated by waves at precise fre-
quency.

Each electromagnetic field that interacts with a biological tissue causes the
formation of an induced microcurrent; based on this principle, the REAC was de-
signed by medical researchers Salvatore Rinaldi and Vania Fontani (international
patent WO2001EP07800, EP1301241, US7,333,859).
This bio-stimulation technique is based on the interaction between the elec-
tromagnetic field produced by a frequency generator and the oscillation generated
by the cells in response to that of the generator itself. The resulting electromagnetic
field induces the cells or the organism to respond in an autologous way with elec-
tromagnetic micro-currents that are self-generated in response to the incident field;
these microcurrents can drive the pluripotency of stem cells, differentiation and
cellular reprogramming activity. With this technology the autologous electromag-
netic currents are focused asymmetrically with a single transporter probe to pro-

137
 Therapeutic Waves

duce a therapeutic effect on a certain selected area of the entire organism or to elic-
it transcription and signaling events that drive the reprogramming and differentia-
tion of stem cells in cell cultures.
A special feature of REAC technology is the low power level used in radio
frequency emissions, so the current intensity flows are comparable to those of cell
polarity.
The devices use two carrier frequencies: 2.4 GHz and 5.8 GHz; the 2.4 GHz
frequency chosen to better interact with tissues and cell cultures, while the 5.8 GHz
frequency chosen to better interact with the nervous system.
When functional modulation effects are needed, short-term treatments are
used, while when evolutionary changes need to be induced, long-lasting treatments
are required.

Several scientific publications have been produced in recent years authored by

Professor Carlo Ventura51, who is making new and avant-garde studies on this
theme.
Using the conveyed magnetic, embryonic-like can acquire characteristics of
adult human stem cells (obtained for example from adipose tissue52), able to trans-
form into cells of cardiac, neuronal, muscular, skeletal type. In addition to the cells
of adipose tissue, it has been possible to obtain embryonic-like characteristics also
from skin fibroblasts.
The results have been obtained thanks to the fact that all the cells, including
the stem cells, produce magnetic fields and oscillate with frequencies within the
range of the audible and subsonic frequencies. These characteristics make the cells
have the ability to respond to external electromagnetic stimuli whose specific prop-
erties lead to different results.
Indeed, stem cells are found in every tissue of the human body. Without hav-
ing to rely on an exogenous cell transplant, it is possible to reach the location of the
tissue-resident stem cells and try to reactivate them with this technology. The ex-
periments performed so far in vitro, are certainly very promising for the implica-

51. Director of the molecular biology and bioengineering laboratory of stem cells at the Institute of Cardiology of
the University of Bologna.
52. Maioli M, Rinaldi S, Santaniello S, Castagna A, Pigliaru G, Delitala A, Bianchi F, Tremolada C, Fontani V,
and Ventura C. “Radio electric asymmetric conveyed fields and human adipose-derived stem cells obtained with a
non-enzymatic method and device: a novel approach to pluripotency”. Cell Transplantation, 2013 Aug 30. doi:
10.3727/096368913X672037.

138
 Therapeutic Waves

tions that could be had in heart diseases, given that even the heart has its resident
stem cells53.
Excellent results have also been achieved regarding cellular aging, character-
ized by the shortening of telomeres54 (telomerase is no longer expressed) which un-
til now was considered an irreversible process. With REAC the reactivation of te-
lomerase has been observed at the level of gene transcription.
These results showed that the “fate” of stem cells can be modulated by an elec-
tromagnetic energy capable of stimulating a very precise gene response.

Ion Cyclotron Resonance (ICR)

This technology allows to stimulate the passage of ions through the cell mem-
branes of an organism, modifying their permeability and therefore improving the
ionic exchange with the extracellular matrix. Increased bioavailability of ions es-
sential for proper metabolism increases cell efficiency and restores normal mem-
brane potential.

Research conducted by the scientist W.R. Adey in the mid-seventies, allowed

to discover that with the use of very low intensity and frequency electromagnetic
fields it is possible to stimulate biological ions in organic tissues. Carl Blackman,
an Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) scientist discovered in later years that
these results were closely connected with the direction of application of electro-
magnetic fields.
In the mid-1980s Professor A.R. Liboff, discovered a surprising phenomenon:
a low-frequency alternating magnetic field can change the concentration of free
calcium in a nervous tissue, only if a static magnetic field is simultaneously ap-
plied. Thus, the discoveries of Adey and Blackman could now be easily explained
by assuming that the earth's magnetic field or Geomagnetic Field interacts with the
applied variable magnetic fields. The phenomenon, known as Ion Cyclotron Reso-
nance (ICR), can act directly inside the organic tissues. At this point Liboff demon-
strated that the frequencies observed and reported in previous studies and research,
capable of stimulating fundamental biological ions (calcium, potassium and mag-

53. Basoli V, Santaniello S, Rinaldi S, Fontani V, Pigliaru G, Wieser M, et al. (2019) Physical stimulation by
REAC and BMP4/WNT-1 inhibitor synergistically enhance cardiogenic commitment in iPSCs. PLoS ONE 14(1):
e0211188. https://doi.org/ 10.1371/journal.
54. Telomeres are small portions of DNA that are found at the end of each chromosome.

139
 Therapeutic Waves

nesium), corresponded to the Ionic Resonance frequencies, considering that the

static field was that one terrestrial magnetic.
The most important effect was observed at the field frequency closes to the
cyclotron frequency of a calcium ion.
The frequency of the cyclotron (fc) is defined (Liboff, 1985) as:

where q and m are the charge and the mass of the ion and Bo is the static field
in direct current (DC).
There are three conditions that characterize this phenomenon:
- a simultaneous action of the two parallel magnetic fields in DC and
AC is required;
- the resonance effect is obtained at the cyclotron frequency;
- very small values of static magnetic field Bo (some tens of micro
Tesla) and extremely low frequencies of alternating sinusoidal BAC magnetic
field, of the order of some tens of Hz.

Considering Bo = BAC, the conditions of exposure to the two magnetic fields is

is described by the equation:

B = Bo (1 + cos ωt) = Bo (1 + cos2πfc).

Indeed, it can be seen that the time-varying component of the magnetic field
will add a perturbation to the resonance frequency. However, if B is linearly polar-
ized, it does not alter any of the basic conclusions.
Another interesting observation can be made by taking into consideration the
odd harmonics of fundamental cyclotronic frequencies.

Fundamental fc 3rd Harmonic 5th Harmonic

(Hz) (Hz) (Hz)
Ca 2+ 15 45(a) 77(b)
Mg2+ 25(c) 76(b) 126
+
K 8 24 (c)
39
2+
Zn 9 28 47(a)

140
 Therapeutic Waves

The table above shows the fundamental frequency, the 3rd and 5th harmonic
of four ions considering, for example, a value of Bo equal to 20 μT. As you can see,
in more than one case the frequencies are numerically very close one another; for
example, the 5th harmonic of the calcium ion is superior only by 1 Hz with respect
to the value of the 3rd harmonic of the magnesium ion. This means that, by using
devices capable of providing odd harmonics, different ions can be simultaneously
stimulated with the same combination of fields in AC and DC. This interaction can
be particularly effective in several cases.
The numerous confirmations of this discovery, obtained in works performed
on different models and in various experimental tests (bones, behavior of rats, dia-
tom motility, cell cultures, neural cell cultures, complex biological systems, plants
and cells-free systems), have convinced the scientific community of the real exist-
ence of the effects listed above. These works have opened up new paths in the
search for the therapeutic properties of electromagnetic fields.

Analysis of the phenomenon

In the model based on the resonance proposed by Liboff to explain the aspect
of the interaction between electromagnetic fields and biological systems, it is sug-
gested that, at the cellular level, the sites of interaction may be the ionic membrane
channels, precisely because of their electrical characteristics. In fact, the transport
of ions through the wall of the lumen of the channels is governed by oscillating
electric fields. The resonance phenomenon would occur when the cells are exposed
to the combination of a weak static electromagnetic field (determined by a direct
current) with the alternating low-frequency field calculated according to the for-
mula above. Once the resonance frequency is determined, the static magnetic field
accelerates the ions in a spiral motion within a membrane channel, altering the
normal electrochemical physiology of the cell. This interpretation of the processes
of action of the resonance phenomena proposed by Liboff, could be valid also for
the normal mode of operation of the many cellular mechanisms, since the establish-
ing of static and oscillatory currents that are determined in an organic tissue, in-
volve both the cell and the extracellular matrix.

The most recent analysis approach of this phenomenon has been proposed by
the Professor Emilio Del Giudice who has framed the problem in terms of quantum

141
 Therapeutic Waves

electrodynamics55. Liquid water has been considered for many decades, as a mo-
nophasic liquid, a mere collection of single molecules held together by short-range
static forces (hydrogen or other bridges), whose bond was probably offset by ther-
mal collisions. However, in recent years a non-homogeneous structure of liquid
water has been highlighted.
In the document " Il concetto di risonanza, iono risonanza ciclotronica e
domini di coerenza ", Professor Settimio Grimaldi explains that the solvent, water,
can be considered as a two-phase or fluid system: the first consists of sets of mole-
cules, called Coherence Domains (CD) (with a diameter in the order of 100 nm, at
room temperature). In Coherent conditions, the H2O molecules oscillate in unison
and in phase with a resonant electromagnetic field, whose frequency also depends
on the number of coherent molecules. The non-coherent phase is formed by inde-
pendent molecules linked by short-range electrostatic forces, in equilibrium
through thermal fluctuations. The two phases have very different dielectric con-
stants since that one of the coherent phase originates from the high polarizability of
the molecules, while the non-coherent state has a much lower polarizability (due to
the orientation of the dipoles).
In an electrolyte, a coherent system is formed in the solvent and the main ef-
fect of ionic coherence is the elimination of interionic collisions, since all ions os-
cillate at the same frequency. When cyclotron resonance frequency conditions are
reached, the ion undergoes an acceleration as its kinetic energy increases until it
allows the exit from the CD (causing a current peak), thus making it biologically
available. Therefore, once the resonant conditions are met by the frequencies, a dif-
ferent number of useful ions can be available in an organism.

The importance of the Geomagnetic Field

It is now well established that the earth's magnetic field (from 70 μT to the
poles at 25 μT at the equator) not only protects us from charged particles of the so-
lar wind, but also affects animal and plant behavior. Even ferromagnetic substances
detected in the human brain can be affected by the earth’s magnetic field. The
Earth's magnetic field plays a significant role in orientation (magnetoreception),
but also in the formation of the diurnal and nocturnal rhythm (circadian rhythm) of

55. LA DINAMICA DELL’ACQUA ALL’ORIGINE DEI PROCESSI DI METAMORFOSI DEGLI ORGANISMI

VIVENTI, Emilio Del Giudice, Paola Rosa Spinetti e Alberto Tedeschi.

142
 Therapeutic Waves

human beings. The pineal gland56 (epiphysis), which plays the role of an internal
clock, as well as reacting to light, is also sensitive to terrestrial magnetism. Finally,
the Geomagnetic Field is decisive in the storage of energy within the CDs of water
which constitutes almost all of the number of molecules (99%) in a living organ-
ism.
There is also a terrestrial magnetic field called the Hartmann grid: according to
geobiology the Earth would be crossed by a system of lines that would form a grid;
the crossing points of these lines, called "radiant knots" or "Hartmann's knots",
would be harmful to the organism as they would cause the so-called geopathies.
According to scholars of these theories, spending many hours at a node could dis-
rupt cellular electrical activity and damage cellular reproduction activity (with con-
sequences ranging from bone decalcification to tumor).

However, the geomagnetic field is not constant over time and is not uniform in
space, also due to the displacement of the poles: its variations can be detected at a
daily, monthly or annual level. Furthermore, we must consider that continuous var-
iations of the static field are determined by the magnetic field of the sun and the
interplanetary one.
However, our planet is not only characterized by a static magnetic field, but
also by a variable magnetic field, whose resonance frequency is determined by the
terrestrial radius and the speed of light. Although the Schumann resonance magnet-
ic field is several orders of magnitude lower than the terrestrial one, one might ask
how the interaction between these two fields can interact according to the rules of
the ion cyclotron resonance: in my opinion this argument deserves an investigation.

As already mentioned above, at this point it is reasonable to think that many of

the experiments performed with low-frequency variable electromagnetic fields,
even of low intensity, were actually the result of ICR effects in which the local
static field was involved, but not taken into consideration by the observer. At the
same time, given that local magnetic fields cannot be the same in different labora-
tories around the world, it is possible that identical procedures have led to different
results or to the poor reproducibility of a biological response.
If the trend of cyclotron resonance frequencies is examined, as a function of
the static magnetic field from 0 μT to 80 μT, some useful observations can be
drawn.

56. The epiphysis is a gland located in the center of the brain with a shape similar to a pine cone.

143
 Therapeutic Waves

In the graph above, the two vertical lines represent the lower and upper limits
of the Geomagnetic Field on the earth's surface (area in gray). It can be immediate-
ly noticed that within the limits of the earth's magnetic field, biologically interest-
ing ions, Ca2+, Mg2+ and K+ go into resonances in a range of frequencies ranging
from 10 Hz to 80 Hz. In particular, the Calcium ion, has a frequency of 19 Hz at 25
μT up to a maximum of 50 Hz at 65 μT. These considerations suggest that the in-
teraction revealed by the experiments with Ca2 +, could be the result of a biologi-
cal function (unknown at the time) linked to the earth's magnetic field.

The devices
Many of the successes found with Pulsed Electro-Magnetic Fields (PEMF),
especially in the field of bone pathologies, were (and are) more likely to be special
cases of ion resonance, obtained thanks to the ability of broadband frequencies of
PEFM signals, to sometimes include frequencies of ion resonance. The ICR tech-
nology is able to overcome many of the problems encountered with PEMF thera-
pies since it is possible to stimulate a specific ion and regulate the intensity of the
static field and of the alternating magnetic field to "syntonize" on the frequency of
the chosen ion (such as example the results obtained with the calcium ion in cases
of failed bone welding). The experimental results obtained on cell cultures or on an
organism prove, without doubt, that the ICR can have deep positive effects on liv-
ing beings.

144
 Therapeutic Waves

The QUEC PHISIS QPS1 represented in the photo,

is a certified medical device.

The current devices that use this technology can emit weak electromagnetic
waves which, by calculating the cyclotron resonance of the ions in the Water CDs,
excite the ions themselves making them bioavailable.
The most technologically efficient devices also have:
- A system capable of performing an environmental geomagnetic reading
since, as explained above, the value of the earth's magnetic field measured on site
is a fundamental parameter for the accuracy of the final result;
- A bioimpedentiometric57 reader by which it is possible to check in real time
the permeability of the passage of ions through tissues, cellular membranes and the
movement of intra-extra cellular water. Resistance values (through tissues and flu-
ids) and Reactance values (through cell membranes) measured during a treatment
can be processed to obtain clinical data on a person's state of well-being.

Among the biological effects produced, we observe:

- Stimulation of the biological functions of the cells;
- Rebalancing of the correct membrane potential;
- Activation of enzymatic processes;
- Restoring the correct ion exchange for cellular metabolism.

Therapeutic indications:
- Balance the subjective metabolism;
- Adjust the enzymatic functions, ion channels and body pH;
- Strengthen the immune system;

57. Bioimpedance analysis is widely described in the 2nd chapter.

145
 Therapeutic Waves

- Favor the bioavailability and assimilation of nutrients for cellular metabolism;

- Stimulate and regulate the heart and blood circulation;
- Regenerate the bone, muscle, soft tissue and skin systems;
- Balance water retention;
- Enhance the effect of drugs and supplements;
- Antioxidant and detoxifying function against free radicals, metabolites, toxins;
- Pain relief function (acute and chronic) ;
- Muscle relaxation, from anxiety and stress;
- Improve physical recovery under stress (physiological microtraumas and muscle
protein catabolism);
- Improve the quality of life for cancer patients suffering from degenerative diseas-
es.

Since 1987 the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approves the medi-
cal treatment of ICR in cases of non-bone welding and to help spinal fusion.

Plasma medicine
Plasma is considered the fourth state of matter, together solid, liquid and aeri-
form state. It is widespread throughout the universe (99.9% of the visible matter in
the Universe) and it is an ionized gas made up of a quasi-neutral mixture of free
electrons and ions. Moreover, it is a super electrical conductor and so it influences
electromagnetic fields.
In general, the plasma is obtained by supplying the molecules of a gas with
sufficient thermal energy to dissociate the molecules and ionize the atoms and
molecules of the gas itself. The plasma can also be produced by exposing matter to
the gaseous state, to a strong electric or magnetic field (cold plasma): this is the
type used in this kind of medical applications.
Plasma medicine is an emerging field that combines plasma physics and clini-
cal medicine. Plasmas are studied for different biomedical applications, such as the
sterilization of implants and surgical instruments, and then extended to the direct
treatment of human body cells in disinfection (devitalization of bacteria), treat-
ments, dental58 applications and cancer59.

58. Sladek, R.E.J. "Plasma needle : non-thermal atmospheric plasmas in dentistry" (2006).
59. Gay-Mimbrera, J; García, MC; Isla-Tejera, B; Rodero-Serrano, A; García-Nieto, AV; Ruano, J. "Clinical and

146
 Therapeutic Waves

A "low temperature" plasma (maximum limit 40 ° C) is used to generate both

chemically reactive electrons, ions, atoms and molecules of oxygen (ROS) and ni-
trogen (RNS), and electromagnetic radiation (high frequency electromagnetic
fields, IR, visible light, UV and VUV photons).
Different types of cold plasma jets have been developed; in the literature they
are known as plasma pencil, plasma needle, atmospheric pressure plasma jet
(APPJ), etc. The varieties of plasma jets can be classified at atmospheric pressure
according to different parameters such as: frequency of repetition of the applied
voltage pulse, configuration of the electrodes and type of gas.
A simple typology of these apparatuses consists, for example, of a dielectric
tube with two tubular metal electrodes and a noble gas flowing through the tube60.
The electrodes are powered by a series of high voltage pulses (4–10 kV), at a fre-
quency of 20 kHz. The electric field is directed parallel to the gas flow. Generally,
the gas used is helium or argon and sometimes it is mixed with a small amount
(<5%) of O2, or N2 to increase the production of chemically reactive atoms and
molecules. Passing through the high voltage electric field, the gas creates an in-
tense plasma inside the glass tube that comes out at the end of the capillary tube,
with a plume of plasma a few centimeters long. In this way the plasma supplies re-
active species to the surface of a biological sample. Most devices of this type pro-
duce thin plasma jets (1-2 mm diameter). Larger surfaces can be treated by joining
many of these jets simultaneously. The distance between the device and the skin is
variable.

The development of systems for cold plasma treatment for medical use (cold
atmospheric plasma - CAP) offers great potential for the future. The predominant
mechanism of action of a plasma treatment consists in the generation of reactive
oxygen and nitrogen species, which include free radicals. Since prokaryotic cells
(typical of unicellular organisms) are more sensitive to oxidative stress than eukar-

Biological Principles of Cold Atmospheric Plasma Application in Skin Cancer". Advances in Therapy. 33 (6):
894–909 (June 2016).
60. M. Teschke, J. Kedzierski, E.G. Finantu-Dinu, et al., IEEE Trans. Plasma Sci. 33 (2005) 310.

147
 Therapeutic Waves

yotic cells, by CAP it is possible to determine a selective devitalization of bacteria.

Furthermore, the increase in oxidative stress on cells explains the selective killing
of cancer cells, which are already oxidatively stressed61.
With regard to nitrogen compounds, namely nitric oxide (NO) and nitrogen
dioxide (NO2) produced by a CAP, it was found that these substances induce acidi-
fication and the accumulation of nitrites / nitrates in the treated tissues62. Because
many pathological conditions, such as impaired wound healing and microcircula-
tion, are often related to the limited bioavailability of NO, CAP sources can serve
as NO release systems. Indeed, it is possible that NO plays a crucial role in the ef-
fects induced by CAP for decontamination and healing of chronic skin and
wounds.

NO is a very short-lived gaseous molecule (3-4 seconds) capable of perform-

ing several particularly important functions, in a human organism:

- Its oxidizing action and the consequent ability to release free radicals is able
to destroy the plasma membrane of microbial agents;

- Can stimulate the cellular proliferation of T and B lymphocytes during the

immune response;

- It is a fundamental regulator in different stages of myogenesis (formation of

muscular tissues). Skeletal muscle tissue has the vital ability to regenerate after
damage, whatever its origin. This regenerative capacity is consequent to the entry
into activity of biogenetic precursor cells, called stem cells or satellite cells (SC),
located under the basal lamina of myofibres. The SCs are activated by NO after
muscle damage and contribute significantly to its repair. The SCs activation stimu-
lates the proliferation and differentiation processes of these cells for damage repair.
At the end of the process, the SCs enter into a state of quiescence ready to support
new possible damages.

61. Graves, David B. (2012-01-01). "The emerging role of reactive oxygen and nitrogen species in redox biology
and some implications for plasma applications to medicine and biology". Journal of Physics D: Applied Physics.
45 (26): 263001.
62. Christoph V. Suschek, Christian Opländer, The application of cold atmospheric plasma in medicine: The po-
tential role of nitric oxide in plasma-induced effects, Clinical Plasma Medicine, Volume 4, Issue 1, 2016.

148
 Therapeutic Waves

- Promotes skin repair and participates in wound healing orchestration63. NO

critically influences the behavior of macrophages, fibroblasts and keratinocytes
within the intercellular communication network during repair.

An excellent collection of studies and research on this subject is represented

by the Abstract Book "Plasma for bio-decontamination, medicine and food se-
curity". This is a selection of reviewed manuscripts released by the NATO Science
Advanced Research Workshop, held in Jasná, Slovakia, from 15 to 18 March 2011.
This book provides an extensive overview of knowledge and research activities on
plasma applications in the fields of bio-decontamination, water chemistry, effects
on cells, biofilm inactivation, sterilization and medicine (in particular tissue treat-
ment, wound care, dentistry). Research has shown that plasma can effectively kill
bacteria, yeasts, molds, spores, biofilms and other dangerous microorganisms. Cold
plasma devices can be used for the bio-decontamination and sterilization of surfac-
es, medical instruments, water, air, food, up to living tissues, without causing dam-
age. This allows new biomedical applications, such as the treatment of skin diseas-
es, treatment of ulcers, blood clotting, wound healing. Furthermore, plasma allows
painless treatment of dental caries, root canal disinfection and other dental applica-
tions. Finally, apoptosis (programmed cell death) of plasma-induced tumor cells
produces great potential for cancer treatment.

Therapeutic indications:
- Sterilization of infected wounds and treatment of chronic wounds;
- Ulcers and burns;
- Increased blood coagulation and sterilization;
- Dental and ophthalmological applications;
- Aesthetic applications;
- Cellular regeneration;
- Selective inactivation of tumor cells and cell regeneration.

63. Stefan Frank, Heiko Kämpfer, Christian Wetzler, Josef Pfeilschifter; Nitric oxide drives skin repair: Novel
functions of an established mediator.

149
 Therapeutic Waves

Vacuum Ultraviolet Radiation (VUV)

Ultraviolet (UV) radiation is a type of light that cannot be perceived by the
human eye and constitutes about 8% of solar radiation. Prolonged exposure to
these rays can lead to the destruction of collagen bridges increasing skin aging and
at high dosages can cause skin cancer (basal cell carcinomas, spinocellular carci-
nomas and melanomas).
Ultraviolet light can generally be divided into four parts:
1) UVA, or near UV (400-315 nm): UV-A irradiation promotes degradation
and excretion of uric acid; its use is therefore indicated in the case of gout. It also
causes an increase in antibodies in the blood, thus increasing the immune system's
ability to respond to infections.
They penetrate deeply into the skin, therefore it is mainly responsible for aging
skin (wrinkles).

2) UVB or medium UV (315-280 nm): exposure is commonly used to treat a

range of skin diseases including vitiligo, acne and psoriasis (the rays penetrating
the skin slows their growth).
Furthermore UVB light:
• Mobilizes calcium phosphate and increases calcium metabolism in the
bones (irradiation applications are therefore indicated for the treat-
ment of fractures);
• Stimulates the production of vitamin D and so it is essential for the
prevention of even very serious diseases;
• Lowers the blood sugar level too high;
• Stimulates the tan.

2b) UVB-NB (311-313 nm): they are UVB rays but in a very narrow range of
wavelength so that therapies that use these frequencies can have the maximum ef-
fective radiation dose and the minimum dose of harmful radiation. They are used
for the treatment of numerous dermatological pathologies including psoriasis, viti-
ligo, atopic dermatitis, cutaneous lymphomas, mycosis fungoides, mastocytosis,
nodular prurigo, pityriasis lichenoid, etc.

3) UVC or far UV (280-180 nm): UV-C irradiation is extremely dangerous

(especially for the eyes which can cause cataracts and eyelid tumors) and carcino-
genic (skin cancer). The natural UVC radiations of the sun are completely shielded

150
 Therapeutic Waves

by the Ozone band.

UVGI rays (253.7 nm) fall within the same frequency range of UVC. It is the
Ultraviolet Germicidal Irradiation, able to modify the DNA or the RNA of micro-
organisms (molds, bacteria and viruses) preventing them from reproducing or be-
ing harmful. Germicidal lamps are used to sterilize workplaces and instruments
used in biology and medicine laboratories for the disinfection of food, water and
air.

4) VUV or Vacuum UV (200nm - 40nm): it is called in this way because this

type of ultraviolet does not propagate well through the air. The photon energy of
VUVs is very high and almost every substance absorbs it. The air reduces its
strength, so with increasing distance it becomes increasingly weak.

Researchers at Columbia University Medical Center have shown that VUV ra-
diation (in this case, 207 nm) has a germicidal effect and can also safely kill drug-
resistant MRSA64 (so-called "superbugs"). Furthermore, unlike conventional UV
germicides, VUV rays do not cause biological damage to exposed skin65.
Surgical site infections continue to be a critical health problem worldwide:
these results represent an enormous potential to combat the deadly and costly
scourge of drug-resistant infections, without risk to the health and safety of patients
and medical staff .
VUV (or ultra-UVC) radiation, unlike conventional UV germicide, neither can
penetrate through the outer and dead layer of the skin and therefore does not dam-
age the underlying epithelial cells, nor can penetrate the outer layer of the eye.
However, it penetrates and kills bacteria and viruses that live on the skin. In fact,
the bacteria (diameter less than 1 µm) are much smaller than almost all human cells
(diameter between 10 µm and 25 µm). This implies that the VUV light can pene-
trate into all bacteria but fails to go beyond the outer perimeter of the cytoplasm of
human cells and to reach the cell nucleus.

64. MRSA is a human bacterial infection caused by particular Staphylococcus aureus strains, resistant to some
antibiotics.
65. Manuela Buonanno, Milda Stanislauskas, Brian Ponnaiya, Alan W. Bigelow, Gerhard Randers-Pehrson,
Yanping Xu, Igor Shuryak, Lubomir Smilenov, David M. Owens, David J. Brenner: 207-nm UV Light-A Promis-
ing Tool for Safe Low-Cost Reduction of Surgical Site Infections. II: In-Vivo Safety Studies, 2016.

151
 Therapeutic Waves

In the previous section it was observed that a cold plasma (CAP) can generate
both VUV light and chemically reactive oxygen and nitrogen molecules66. Similar-
ly, a VUV radiation can induce the production of NO and ozone in the cells, elimi-
nating bacterial, viral, fungal and parasitic infections, thus being very promising as
well as for the sterilization of environments and wounds during surgical operations,
also for the treatment of various skin diseases. In practice, almost all the therapeu-
tic indications contemplated for the CAP may be valid for this particular ultraviolet
radiation. If new studies and researches on this subject confirm these properties, it
could be deduced that it is precisely the VUV radiation that procures the effects
observed with the CAP.

The water memory

The theory on the memory of water proposed to the scientific community since
the beginning of homeopathic medicine has always been seen by most doctors as
something imaginative and not scientifically demonstrable (at least according to
the criteria established by the same that deny their existence). In this regard, it is
useful to remember that in addition to in vitro experiments, homeopathic remedies
work perfectly even on subjects who are not aware of what they are taking (e.g.
children, elderly or animals) and therefore the results cannot be "liquidated" as an
effect placebo. Despite this, there are still many who desperately try to discredit
homeopathy and the theory of water memory, but their task, dictated only by igno-
rance or economic interests, becomes increasingly difficult over time as in recent
decades scientists like the Benveniste biologist, the physicist Del Giudice and the
Montagnier doctor, have provided all the theoretical and practical evidence on the
subject.

Recently, the news that Jayesh Bellare, professor of chemical engineering in

India, has succeeded in demonstrating the presence of a consistent number of mol-
ecules of active principle in all homeopathic dilutions. Thanks to a transmission
electron microscope (TEM), it was found that infinitesimal parts of the original
substance dissolved in the starting solution (nanomoles), are stabilized by the

66. Simon Schneider, Jan-Wilm Lackmann, Dirk Ellerweg, Benjamin Denis, Franz Narberhaus, Julia E. Bandow,
and Jan Benedikt; The role of VUV radiation in the inactivation of bacteria with an atmospheric pressure plasma
jet.

152
 Therapeutic Waves

metasilicates coming from the glass used to prepare the dilutions and maintained,
in an almost constant number, in all subsequent dilutions. These quantities, even if
minimal, would be sufficient to provoke a therapeutic response according to the
principles of the pharmacology of microdoses.
This latest discovery has led some to say "You see, it is not fresh water!", Oth-
ers to deny theories of water memory and confirm instead the laws of chemistry. In
reality I believe that although Bellare with his researches has satisfied all the ex-
perts in supramolecular chemistry and nanotechnologies, in reality he has not at all
demolished quantum theories on water memory and on Coherence Domains. On
the contrary, the studies shown below show how the properties of water are abso-
lutely exceptional.

In 1988 the French scientist Jacques Benveniste, author of about 300 publica-
tions in international journals, presented an article in which he stated that white
blood cells (basophils), can produce an immune response, even when activated by
a solution of antibodies diluted to such a point, to no longer contain any of these
biomolecules.
Benveniste proposed a new interpretative model, of an electromagnetic type,
which explained how a molecule is able to emit an electromagnetic signal which,
by resonating with that emitted by the receptor, activates it by inducing the corre-
sponding cellular function. If instead of molecules, this signal is emitted by a fre-
quency generator or by suitably informed water, the result does not change.
Several hundreds of experiments followed, which confirmed the possibility of
using informed water with different substances, for specific molecular activities.
Leaving aside for a moment the important discoveries concerning the memory
of water, Benveniste with his research, offered us another interesting explanation
of how electromagnetic waves can act on an organism, that is the activation of
specific cellular functions, if invested by a precise frequency.
His claims about the theory of water memory sparked a huge scientific contro-
versy and, of course numerous attempts to discredit him. Benveniste was a re-
nowned biologist, candidate in 1980 for the Nobel prize; he died in 2004 after
strenuously defending his theories.

In the 1990s, the theoretical physicists Emilio Del Giudice and Giuliano
Preparata of the University of Milan explained that when a substance (solute) is
dissolved in water and the solution is given sufficient mechanical energy (succus-
sions), the energetic information of the solute is imprinted in Coherence Domains

153
 Therapeutic Waves

(CD) of the solvent, modifying the oscillation of the existing ones or creating new
ones. So in this way you can get a copy of the solute, even with a totally different
chemical composition. Moreover, thanks to the fact that in a Coherence Domain
there is a reduction of entropy and the electromagnetic field created remains con-
fined within the domain itself, the CD remains intact until it is broken by an exter-
nal energy supply (this explains why a homeopathic substance remains effective
for many years). Each new dilution and subsequent dynamization, involves a modi-
fication of the energy in the CDs and of the oscillation frequencies, up to even
modifying some physical parameters causing, for example, a variation of the pH
and a progressive increase in calorimetry and conductivity (greater capacity to
transmit electricity).
Finally, when a homeopathic remedy is assimilated by an organism, the oscil-
lation frequencies characteristic of each DC will serve to trigger a series of chemi-
cal reactions between resonant molecules (as already explained in the paragraph
dedicated to this fascinating topic). The results of these reactions are well known to
the millions of users of homeopathic remedies, all over the world.

Montagnier's research

Professor Luc Montagnier67, in recent years has resumed Benveniste's research

to apply it to new fields of study and experimentation and to demonstrate that the
memory of water, although it is difficult to make the scientific world accept it, it is
an absolutely valid theory. To explain scientifically the empirical results obtained,
Montagnier recognized the validity of the CDs, declaring that water is not an inert
substance at all.
Everything starts from the observation that the cell DNA, as already explained
above, behaves like a transceiver antenna able to emit electromagnetic signals. Ul-
tra low frequency waves, from zero to a few thousand Hertz, can be detected in
certain dilutions of filtrates68 coming from cultures of microorganisms (viruses and
bacteria) or from human plasma infected by the same agents or, again, from the
DNA extracted from them69.

67. Nobel Prize for Medicine in 2008 for the discovery of the HIV retrovirus.
68. 100 nm in the case of bacteria and 20 nm for viral suspensions or extracted DNA - which means that the size
of the structures that generate electromagnetic signals is between 20 and 100 nm.
69. Montagnier, L.; Aïssa, J.; Ferris, S.; Montagnier, J.L.; Lavalléee, C. Electromagnetic signals are produced by
aqueous nanostructures derived from DNA bacterial sequences. Interdisciplin. Sci. Comput. Life Sci. 2009,1,81-
90

154
 Therapeutic Waves

Starting from a basic solution, the dilutions are carried out according to home-
opathic practice, that is taking one part of the solution and nine parts of sterile wa-
ter (1:10, D170). The dilution is performed in 1.5 ml eppendorf plastic tubes, which
are then firmly capped and strongly shaken on a Vortex apparatus for 15 seconds.
The procedure is repeated several times up to D12 (10-12). Montagnier noted an
emission of electromagnetic waves from 1 to 3 kHz only in the decimal dilutions
included from D7 to D12, while no signal is detected in the basic solution or in di-
lutions lower or higher than the range indicated above.

This phenomenon makes us reflect on the fact that probably:

- The vortexing agitation procedure, has increased the electromagnet-
ic energy stored in the Coherence Domains, up to making it detectable by the
instruments,
- It is possible that at the other dilutions the signal, although present,
may be of such intensity or frequency as not to be detectable by the instrumen-
tation,
- Starting from a specific frequency of the basic solution, each dilu-
tion has lowered (or raised) the frequencies until they are within the range de-
tectable by the instruments,
- More simply, the combination of the effects related to the deter-
mined frequency range and the intensity of the emitted signal, have made it
possible to perform measurements, only in certain dilutions.
What is certain, however, is that water has the property of receiving, storing
and transmitting electromagnetic waves.

For the reading of the signals, the instrumentation, already designed by Ben-
veniste e Coll (1996; 2003), includes:
- a copper wire coil (300 Ohm impedance) to detect the electromagnetic sig-

70. The letter "D" indicates a decimal dilution, while the following number indicates the number of times the dilu-
tion is performed.

155
 Therapeutic Waves

nals emitted by the DNA solutions contained in the tubes;

- a sound card capable of amplifying the signal picked up by the coil by 500
times;
- a portable computer powered at 12V (to eliminate interference at 50Hz of the
electrical network) and different software for signal processing (Fourier trans-
form, spectrum display, etc.).
Given the above, Montagnier has shown how to store, in absolutely pure wa-
ter, the electromagnetic signals detected by DNA-containing filtrates or water com-
ing into contact with these biomolecules, diluted according to the methods used in
homeopathy, described above.

In a first experiment, Montagnier's team prepared two test tubes in which the first
contained a D6 (10-6) DNA dilution, prepared from a solution with an HIV DNA
fragment, while the second contained only distilled water. The two test tubes were
then placed inside a solenoid and exposed to a very weak electromagnetic field at a
frequency of 7 Hz (close to that of Schumann) with the task of inducing an ampli-
fication of DNA signals. The whole system was isolated from the Earth's magnetic
field by a 1 mm layer of mu-metal71 (an alloy that absorbs ultra-low frequency
waves), to prevent it from interfering with the experiment. After about 18 hours,
each tube emitted Electromagnetic Signals (EMS). Therefore also the test tube con-
taining only water emitted EMS at the dilutions corresponding to the positive ones
for the EMS of the original test tube.

71. It is a material used as a magnetic screen designed to separate components or systems that are very sensitive to
external fields.

156
 Therapeutic Waves

Finally, both samples contained in the tubes were subjected to the polymerase
chain reaction (PCR). The result of the experiment was that identical genes were
found in both samples, even though one contained only water (therefore the EMS
signal was not suppressed by PRC enzymes). The DNA sequence was replicated,
thanks to the generation of low-frequency electromagnetic waves transmitted from
the dilution of DNA to the tube containing distilled water, by stimulating the elec-
tromagnetic background at a frequency of 7 Hz.
This experiment, easily replicated and replicable, is perfectly explained by the
quantum coherence72 theory which demonstrates how the original DNA frequen-
cies can be transferred into CDs (in the test tube containing pure water) so that the
enzymes of the PCR process exchange them for the DNA itself.

In a second experiment the DNA transduction of a patient with HIV was used,
in order to create a file that was then sent online to another laboratory where the
DNA sequence was reconstructed from this file.
In a video73 made in a laboratory in Paris in order to show all the procedures
used, Montagnier explains how this experiment is performed.
The first operation consists in examining, with a spectrum analyzer, the envi-
ronmental electromagnetic noise, so that the amplitudes are recorded and verify
that it is as low as possible. Then from a test tube containing diluted DNA from an
HIV-infected patient, a part is taken that is placed in a new tube in which nine parts
of water are added; the tube with this dilution is vigorously shaken for 15 seconds
(similar to the homeopathic succussions). Proceeding in the same manner for an-
other 9 times, obtaining a series of dilutions that, after a few passages, can no long-
er contain any residual molecule of the starting DNA (in fact starting from the few
initial molecules, after which a division by 10 is performed for each step , it will
not be mathematically possible that in the last dilution anything other than distilled
water may be present). High dilution is the heart of all experiments about the theo-
ry of water memory.

72. Water Bridging Dynamics of Polymerase Chain Reaction in the Gauge Theory Paradigm of Quantum Fields.
L. Montagnier, J. Aïssa , A. Capolupo , T. J. A. Craddock , P. Kurian , C. Lavallee , A. Polcari, P. Romano, A.
Tedeschi and G. Vitiello.
73. A video film made by Christian Manil, with the collaboration of Jeanne Mascolo de Filippis - Producer: Daniel
Leconte.

157
 Therapeutic Waves

Once these operations are com-

pleted, the coding is performed, which
is performed on the test tubes contain-
ing the different dilutions (from D2, to
D9). The process is carried out by
placing each of the tubes with the so-
lution, on a sensitive microphone and
recording the electromagnetic field
produced by each dilution. The examination of the recordings shows that in two
test tubes, those with dilutions D6 (10-6) and D7 (10-7), there is emission of an
electromagnetic signal (unlike what is claimed by classical physics, according to
which, water cannot have any emission of electromagnetic signals).
The signals recorded analogically are displayed with a spectrum analyzer able
to show the frequencies of the electromagnetic field emitted by the two dilutions.
According to Montagnier, the high dilution of DNA in water has kept the traces of
the original DNA and returns them as electromagnetic signals.
At the end of this phase, the experiment proceeds with the transmission online
of the recorded audio file, in order to reconstruct the DNA sequence in a laboratory
located 1500 km away. The files are sent to the "Department of Biological and En-
vironmental Sciences" of the University of Benevento, in Italy. Vittorio Colantuo-
ni, Professor of Molecular Biology, receives them.
The Italian team proceeds with the experiment by performing the opposite
procedure, that is, the received signals are processed by a computer and sent to a
test tube of pure water. The Professor Dr Vitiello, provides to insert a tube contain-
ing distilled water, in a solenoid and to enclose the whole in a cylindrical mu-metal
container to prevent external interference may change the result. A computer sends
to the solenoid, the analog signal coming from the French laboratories, for about an
hour.
Once the imprinting is over, the Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR)74 technol-
ogy is applied, which consists in putting into water some basic elements, called nu-
cleotides (organic DNA molecules), while an enzyme, called polymerase, will act
as a catalyst, reconstructing the complete DNA sequence. The polymerase acts on-
ly when a model is made inside the water, which consists of a DNA fragment; in
this case there being nothing, but only "informed" water with the DNA signal sent

74. It is among the most widely used techniques for DNA analysis thanks to its sensitivity, efficiency and simplici-
ty. Developed in the mid-1980s, it specifically and selectively amplifies a small region of the genome.

158
 Therapeutic Waves

from Paris, theoretically no reaction should occur. Contradicting every logical pre-
diction, the PCR process used in the test tube containing the informed water recon-
structs a DNA sequence, even though it has not entered any model. An independent
laboratory analyzes and compares the DNA sample obtained after the PCR opera-
tion, provided by the laboratories of the University of Benevento, with that from
the Paris laboratories of Montagnier: the results of the analysis of the two DNA
samples show that the sequences are 98% identical, confirming the success of the
experiment.

The explanation given to the examined phenomenon brings us back to the Co-
herence Domains described in the Chapter 1. In fact, when some DNA samples
came into contact with the water of a test tube, these emitted electromagnetic sig-
nals that radiated the Coherence Domains. The signals, which carried the infor-
mation of the original molecule, were in this way trapped in the Domains and, even
if the DNA disappeared through the high dilutions, the trapped electromagnetic
signals simulated the DNA and its properties. In the Italian laboratory, during PCR
operations, the polymerase enzyme was able to reconstruct the complete DNA se-
quence, thanks to the information contained in the water CD.

With this experiment, also replicated in other laboratories, Professor Monta-

gnier could demonstrate unequivocally that water has the ability to build and main-
tain a memory in which information is stored that can play a fundamental role
when interacting with organic tissues.
After these discoveries, Montagnier continued his work on the signals emitted
by HIV-infected DNA, also identifying frequencies coming from bacteria that are
most likely involved in retrovirus transmission. These bacteria (Mycoplasma
pirum) could be those that constitute the "cofactor" responsible for the spread in

159
 Therapeutic Waves

healthy cells.

Numerous experiments conducted by Montagnier's team have shown that

while it does not appear that some bacterial species emit electromagnetic signals
(this is the case of probiotic bacteria such as Lactobacillus and some forms of
Escherichia coli), others, such as B Streptococcus, Staphylococcus aureus , Pseu-
domonas aeruginosa, Proteus mirabilis, Bacillus subtilis, Salmonella, Clostridium
perfringens, have the characteristic of emitting signals to various orders of dilution.
Each of these bacterial species has a frequency emission spectrum, typical of that
particular species.
Even from the plasma of patients suffering from various infections and chronic
diseases, it is possible to detect electromagnetic signals. In addition to HIV, elec-
tromagnetic signals have been observed in diseases such as Alzheimer's, Parkin-
son's, Multiple Sclerosis, Neuropathies, Chronic Lyme Syndrome, Rheumatoid Ar-
thritis. The emission of these signals confirms an index of their viral or bacterial
etiology.

Evolution and current research

The measurements, observations and results obtained from these experiments

lead us to new frontiers of medicine, through which it is possible to treat patients
with electromagnetic signals and / or informed water that can become a non-
pharmacological, yet always profoundly medical, instrument of therapy and regula-
tion.
As already mentioned, it is assumed that the water of an organism is entirely
characterized by CD which, in addition to maintaining information of an endoge-
nous electromagnetic nature, can be influenced by external electromagnetic sources
or by CDs coming, for example, from substances assumed (as happens with home-
opathy).
By performing the procedures described above, then it might be possible to in-
troduce into a tube containing water, a molecule of a medicinal product. Subse-
quently, after having performed some dilutions, one could record the waves emit-
ted by the water so prepared and then emit them inside an organism to obtain its
biological effects.
It is not difficult to imagine how these theories are opposed by the whole sci-
entific world which sees such a hypothesis as a threat to the world linked to the
economy of pharmaceutical companies. Therefore, it is clear that Montagnier, like

160
 Therapeutic Waves

many other scientists before him, has ventured towards a risky and full of obstacles
and controversies, to the point that nowadays many people already define him as a
sick and delusional doctor.

But the one just described is by no means a hypothesis yet to be tested. In past
years there have been several scientists who have achieved success with the dupli-
cation and imprinting in water of homeopathic substances (such as the German
doctor Franz Morell, the German dentist H. Schimmel and several other Italian and
German doctors). In these cases, the information takes place directly in the water,
without dilutions or succussions.
If every atom, molecule, organic and inorganic substance "vibrates" at a cer-
tain frequency, it is more than plausible to think that even a drug is characterized
by its own oscillation frequency and, once identified, can be transferred to an or-
ganism to verify the effects.
In the following, there are the results obtained to date.

»»» The Italian doctor Massimo Citro, in the book "The Basic Code of the Uni-
verse" takes up a concept already proposed by Benveniste: if it is true that the ac-
tion of a drug has an effect on a cell like a key that opens the lock of a door ( where
the locks are the receptors of the cell membrane), then one can think that with the
right frequency it is possible to obtain the same effects. Citro has carried out sever-
al experiments in this sense, discovering that the result is identical, whether the
molecules of the drug come into physical contact, or whether they send signals to
the cells. This shows that in the field of medicine, and in particular in the field of
drugs, the information content transmitted and / or exchanged is what determines
every molecular reaction. In this case there is only one difference: the chemistry
and all the toxic residues that are formed at the end of a reaction, remain outside
the game.
For the trial Dr Citro used a method he called Transfer Pharmacological Fre-
quency (TPF). The equipment includes:
- a frequency generator which has the function of stimulating the extremely
weak signals of the substance to be transferred;
- a brass electrode in which the substance to be transferred is placed, enclosed
in a glass vial;
- a high impedance signal amplifier, with bandwidth from 4 Hz to 35 kHz;
- an electrode similar to the previous one, connected to the outlet, in which a
glass bottle with a solution of water and alcohol is placed;

161
 Therapeutic Waves

- a Faraday cage, to protect the equipment from external electromagnetic inter-

ference.
The information emitted by the drug in the form of electromagnetic waves, is
captured by the device, amplified and transmitted in the water-alcohol solution. Al-
ternatively, the output can be connected directly to an organism, with a cable
equipped with electrodes; the effects are identical to taking the solution, but much
faster.
Water information takes place thanks to the following process: when the mol-
ecules of the substance to be transferred are hit by the generator's electromagnetic
wave, they enter a state of strong excitation in order to create stronger emission
signals. The input electrode picks up incoming waves like a radio antenna. The
amplification device records these signals, converts them into electric fields and
amplifies them. Finally, with the output electrode, the transmission process is com-
pleted, just like in a radio transmission / reception system.

»»» In 2016 some independent researchers could obtain surprising results, apply-
ing a mathematical formula able to derive a frequency, starting from the molecular
weight of any substance (including drugs). The result obtained from this formula is
an extremely high number of frequency, but using the sub-harmonics in octave (i.e.
the lower octaves) you can choose to use a frequency compatible with the genera-
tor used for the emission. The frequencies obtained in this way can be applied in all
possible modes (especially with contact electrodes).
Compared to the method examined above, this application has the great ad-
vantage of being able to use around 9,000 different substances, without possessing
complex apparatuses or other constraints and limitations (there is no need to physi-
cally possess the substance to be duplicated, only a database with the molecular
weights of all is needed useful molecules). On the other hand, if it is a complex
substance such as (for instance the extract of a plant), then it is not possible to carry
out any application.
The first experiments have already shown the effectiveness of some types of
drug frequencies (especially antibiotics and painkillers). On the contrary, substanc-
es such as vitamins, antioxidants and other types of supplements, according to a
personal experimentation, they have shown a very low effectiveness. This result
was anyway predictable, because an organism needs to take them physically and
process them chemically, since nutrition is indispensable.
This latest modern techniques of using electromagnetic frequencies further
widens the therapeutic boundaries.

162
 Therapeutic Waves

»»» All the practices examined so far have shown that water behaves exactly like
a magnetized tape that preserves the energy footprint (i.e. the frequencies) of pre-
viously dissolved substances and transmits them with an electromagnetic message.
Starting from these assumptions, I performed, as a researcher, a series of experi-
ments in which I was able to memorize frequencies of active principles (obtained
with the mathematical method described above) on the magnetic strip of cards. In
this way the magnetic dipoles oriented according to a specific frequency (as in tape
recorders), were able to transfer information to the organism with which they came
into contact.
The first experiments carried out with this technique have shown that in many
cases it is possible to obtain all the benefits, even immediate, that a drug can pro-
duce, without being subjected to chemical poisoning (namely without toxic effects
and with an almost total absence of side effects). Further research on the best
methods of performing an imprint of this kind led me to perfect a method in which
it is possible to store (or record) up to ten frequencies on the same magnetic band.
In this case it was not a question of frequencies of active principles but of healing
frequencies, taken from the Rifing databases. In all the cases, the results obtained
so far can be considered very encouraging.

»»» Smartphone programs that use frequencies for various types of treatments
that can be applied, for example, with a headset, are already available. The time in
which it will be possible to transmit the frequency of a drug and then apply it ap-
propriately, perhaps it is not so far away, indeed there are those who say that it is
already a reality. Moreover, depending on all that has been explained above, it can
be imagined that making an application for therapeutic uses to be used with head-
phones, electrodes, lasers, etc., is an extremely simple thing.

How homeopathic remedies work

Speaking of water memory is like talking about homeopathy, so we can con-

clude this topic and what has been exposed so far in a scientific way, trying to ex-
plain in a more simple and illustrative way how homeopathic remedies act on the
human organism.

Physics has taught us that any matter, in all its forms and states, is energy and
is therefore characterized by its own electromagnetic field and by a characteristic

163
 Therapeutic Waves

frequency. These parameters can change depending on a series of factors. Thus,

even if the material remains the same from a chemical point of view, its energy and
frequency change.
Let us take water as an example. If we heat it or cool it, water changes its en-
ergy. If we apply an electromagnetic field at a certain frequency (dielectric heat-
ing), water heats up.
In addition, water also another property: if in a container we introduce another
substance to water and we shake the container, the water changes its energetic state
and maintaining it for a very long period (in CDs). Its oscillation frequency, at the
molecular level, changes and remains in that state until another electromagnetic
field comes into play to change its frequency. Of course this frequency is different
for each substance with which the water is "energized" through the succussions of
the container.

It is based on this principle that homeopathic substances act on our sophisti-

cated organism. According to these criteria (widely and scientifically proven previ-
ously) water, even if chemically no longer contains traces of the substance with
which it has come into contact, can transmit the stored information and cause cer-
tain reactions in the people who take it, such as if that substance was still somehow
present.
Now let us compare our body to a piano with millions of strings, thinking that
each string or musical note corresponds to an organ, a cell, a protein, and the func-
tion it performs. Whenever one of these notes is out of tune we perceive this state
as a problem, a malaise or an illness. The homeopathic remedy, characterized by its
own energy and frequency, can have the property of tuning that note, that is to cor-
rect the frequency of that tone out of tune.
The difficulties to perform this operation are enormous since the "piano" are
many and almost always everyone is tuned in a different way. Only by thoroughly
studying the characteristics of each piano (that is, each person) is it possible to find
the homeopathic substance suitable for tuning that or those notes that are out of
tune. This is not always possible.
That is why a homeopathic remedy can be effective for one person and not ad-
equate for another that will need a different remedy to fix its health (even if there is
a small number of effective remedies for most people).
These concepts are light years away from traditional medicine that would like
to see the effectiveness of a remedy on all people (i.e. the repeatability of results on
all). It is not necessary to prove that a person has recovered from a disease with one

164
 Therapeutic Waves

remedy and another with a different one. Then refusing to understand these con-
cepts, in the best hypotheses they brand homeopathy as a placebo effect. Unfortu-
nately, knowledge and understanding of certain concepts is not for everyone, and it
does not matter if around 500 million people in the world treat themselves with
homeopathy.

165
Therapeutic Waves

166
 Therapeutic Waves

7. NASA's research on electro-

magnetic waves

In recent years, I have given several lectures and conferences on the therapeu-
tic properties of electromagnetic waves. I have often said in my lectures: "I did a
lot of research on the web, just out of curiosity, to see if I found a single article,
about how astronauts are treated on orbital stations for any health issues or dis-
eases, since they stay there for many months. Well, I have never been able to find
an answer. So I asked myself, how do astronauts treat themselves, if not with these
methods? "
At a conference that I organized, there was a retired doctor who had worked at
NASA. At the end of my lecture, this doctor introduced himself and we started to
talk a little on the subject. He confirmed that my statements and deductions were
completely accurate and that NASA owns state-of-the-art technologically advanced
and sophisticated electromagnetic equipment.

NASA has invested a lot of money into research on the therapeutic use of
electromagnetic waves, including stem cell research. In a specific study, NASA
first discovered that a specific electromagnetic magnetic field signal greatly in-
creases stem cell growth, and later that same electromagnetic signal can stimulate
the growth of more than 120 genes75.
Thomas J. Goodwin, Ph.D., NASA researcher, in a scientific paper published
in September 2003, "Physiological and molecular genetic effects of time varying
electromagnetic fields on human neuronal cells," reports the results of an experi-
mental research, in which he studied the effect of electromagnetic fields on the

75. Genes are portions of the genome located in precise positions within the DNA sequence and contain the infor-
mation necessary to encode molecules that have a function.

167
 Therapeutic Waves

stimulation of neural stem cells, responsible for the transmission of electrical sig-
nals throughout the body.
The aim of the study was to find out whether it was possible to stimulate neu-
ral tissue regrowth with electromagnetic fields and improve electrical conductivity
between neuronal cells. The results obtained on a neural cell culture have shown
that stimulation with an electromagnetic field has dramatically improved the re-
growth from 250% to 400%.
The study concludes with the statement that the bioelectrical and biochemical
process of electrical stimulation of nervous tissues is now a proven and document-
ed reality; this technique could be used for a number of purposes, including the de-
velopment of tissue for transplantation, the repair of traumatized tissues and the
treatment of some neurodegenerative diseases.

This system for the growth of mammalian cells within a culture medium, fa-
cilitated by a variable electromagnetic field in time, was patented on October 11,
2002 (United States Patent 6,485,963), with the title "Growth stimulation of bio-
logical cells and tissue by electromagnetic fields and uses thereof." In the "Sum-
mary of the Invention," it is interesting to read that to increase the growth of nerve
cells and other tissues, a variable electromagnetic field was used with a square
wave at a frequency of 10 Hz.

In the following years, other patents were filed concerning increasingly so-
phisticated methods and apparatuses, in which Thomas J. Goodwin is among the
inventors.
The last patent is dated March 13, 2018 and specifically concerns an ionic
magnetic resonance multiple chamber (AIMR) culture apparatus to enhance or
control the growth of biological cells and tissues. The apparatus has various em-
bodiments and may include an electromagnetic chamber for the culture system and
a modulating device for producing ionic magnetic resonance frequencies, ranging
from about 7.8 Hz to about 59.9 Hz. In one embodiment, the alternating ionic
magnetic resonance frequencies produced, are about 10, 14, 15, 16 or 32 Hz and,
optionally, resonances that oscillate between about 8 and 14 Hz, while the alternat-
ing ion magnetic resonance field can have a field strength of about 0.01 Gauss to
about 10000 Gauss.
From the above description, we understand that it is an extremely complex
and very promising machine. But what is clear, however, is that to obtain results of
certain effectiveness, the electromagnetic fields used has a very complete series of

168
 Therapeutic Waves

variable electrical parameters that intersect and combine to obtain particular con-
figurations, to be adapted and modified according to the culture.

If this technology is applied to culture systems for proliferation, growth, en-

richment, conditioning, modification and / or aggregation of mammalian cells and
tissues, how are the devices intended for direct human applications evolving?

Without doing too much research, one answer can easily be found in another
recent NASA patent of February 20, 2018 (Pat. No. 9,896,681).
The invention provides methods that include the exposure of mammalian cells
or tissues to one or more stimulation fields, variable over time with predetermined
profiles, by modifying the amplitude, waveform, magnetic field, slew rate, drop
time, frequency, wavelength and duty cycle. In particular, the cells or tissues of
mammals taken into consideration are chondrocytes76, osteoblasts77, osteocytes78,
osteoclasts79 and nucleus pulposus80 associated tissue (it may also include cartilag-
inous tissue, bone tissue, connective tissue, spongy tissue, tendon and muscle) or
any combination. Gene regulation81 on these cells, tissues or bones can promote re-
tention, repair and reduction of compromised cartilage, bones and associated tis-
sues.

Therefore, the use of an electromagnetic field can modify, enhance or

control
growth and specific gene expression of biological cells and tissues.

This also means that even under normal conditions, cells use their electrical
properties to control gene expression.

These statements are of enormous importance and thus give a completely new
and different explanation from those examined so far. Without discarding all the

76. Cells suitable for the production of articular cartilage.

77. Cells specialized in the production of bone.
78. Mature bone cells; they represent the mature stage of osteoblasts.
79. Large cells, equipped with many nuclei, mobile and specialized in the reabsorption of bone tissue.
80. A gelatinous substance in the center of the spinal disc, which distributes the hydraulic pressure in all directions
inside each disk under compressive loads.
81. Gene regulation is the process that allows a cell to express a certain group of genes in one context and to si-
lence others.

169
 Therapeutic Waves

interpretations concerning the effects on the cell membrane, ion exchanges, etc.,
reported in the previous paragraphs, it is finally clarified that surely the predomi-
nant effect of the Electromagnetic Waves is to stimulate the genes, i.e., the elemen-
tary units of information genetics that correspond to segments of DNA, capable of
producing proteins.

The various documents that accompany this patent and the others mentioned
above provide a detailed list of all the genes that are involved in different therapeu-
tic or culture applications.

The apparatus for biomedical therapeutic applications, necessary to produce

the stimulation fields, includes:
- A generator of signals or functions, able to supply to the target tissue, for a
predetermined exposure time, an adequate magnetic field, characterized by a series
of electrical parameters (frequency, wavelength, etc.);
- A means of transmitting the generated field, such as antennas or magnetic
coils.
The system can take various configurations in which a time-varying stimula-
tion field can be used in combination (or not), with a pulsed stimulation field, to
perform various therapeutic applications. Each stimulation field is characterized by
a "profile" that defines the various parameters; for example the Magnetic field can
vary from 0.6 G to 200 Gauss, the frequency from about 9 Hz to 200 Hz, the rise

170
 Therapeutic Waves

time from about 0.125ms to 1ms, and the duty cycle from 65% to about 80%, with
the square waveform.
Furthermore, the apparatus can operate for a predetermined exposure time
from about 1 hour to about 1200 hours continuously or based on a time program.
Deviations from the programs established for each type of application, can provoke
different responses regarding mammalian cells, ion transport and therefore genetic
and protein expression. For example, a stimulation field of a predetermined profile
can be used to preferentially excite specific subcellular organelles within the cells
in question.
In addition, the inventors have realized that the different stimulation fields can
influence cells with regard to gene regulation, so as to produce a net regenerative
effect (anabolic) or a net repair effect (catabolic) that can be used in combination
with each other to design customized therapeutic applications.
In conclusion, by choosing the frequency, the appropriate waveform (e.g., a
biphasic square wave or impulsive monophasic) and determined field strength, dif-
ferent results can be obtained; with these assumptions it is possible to carry out a
series of studies or research, in order to obtain the best possible results in the re-
pair or regeneration of an organic tissue.
Going into details, three examples shown in the patent documentation, clarify
the above.
The waveforms used:
- The first, is basically a biphasic square wave, with a frequency of about 10
Hz, an 80% Duty Cycle and 10% Dwell;
- The second, is a single-phase impulsive wave, with a frequency of 15 Hz and
a Duty Cycle of 30% (70% Dwell).

Square waveform Impulse waveform

171
 Therapeutic Waves

An- Cata-
Stimula- Wave B-Field Genes
abolic bolic Ef-
tion Field form Magnitude Regulated
Effects fects
First
Squar
Stimulation 0.059 G 2021 37 11
e wave
chondrocyte

Field
Second
Squar
Stimulation 0.65 G 1097 52 3
e wave
Field
Third
Pulsed
Stimulation 2.5 G 850 12 15
wave
Field
Fourth
Squar
Stimulation 0.65 G 2495 87 6
osteo-

e wave
Field
blast

Fifth
Pulsed
Stimulation 0.65 G 437 20 7
wave
Field

Summary table of the results produced by the experiments

1) In the first example, a sample of chondrocyte cells were used, exposed to

a first stimulation field, characterized by a square wave and a magnetic
field of 0.059 gauss. It was noted, that although the magnitude of the B
field is rather low, the first stimulation field has involved the regulation of
over 2000 genes. Furthermore, genes normally associated with a regenera-
tive function (i.e., anabolic genes) are much more numerous than genes as-
sociated with a reparative function.
2) In the second experiment, two samples of chondrocyte cells were used, and
exposed to:
- A second stimulation field, characterized by a square wave and a
magnetic field of 0.65 gauss;
- A third stimulation field, characterized by an impulsive wave and a
magnetic field of 2.5 gauss.
It was noted, that despite the magnitude of field B is considerably
higher, the number of regulated genes is much lower than in the first exper-
iment (contrary to expectations). Moreover, with the second field genes
normally associated with a regenerative function (i.e., the anabolic genes)
are increased, while with the third stimulation field the genes associated

172
 Therapeutic Waves

with a reparative function are higher. Another aspect that surprised the re-
searchers was the fact that the effects of the third field were very low com-
pared to the others, even if a magnetic field of 2.5 gauss was applied.
3) In the third experiment, osteoblast cell samples were used, exposed to:
- A fourth stimulation field, characterized by a square wave and a
magnetic field of 0.65 gauss;
- A fifth stimulation field, characterized by an impulsive wave and a
magnetic field of 0.65 gauss.
In this experiment, it was noted, that although the magnetic field is
identical, the results associated with the fourth and fifth fields are consid-
erably different. It is also surprising, as chondrocytes and osteoblasts, have
had a different gene response even if exposed to the same stimulation field
(the second and the fourth). This means that the same profile of the stimu-
lation field applied to different tissues will lead to different results.
Regarding the different genetic responses in chondrocytes with respect
to osteoblasts, the inventors hypothesize that due to substantial differences
in the total density of CA2 + and K + ions in cartilage with respect to min-
eralized bone, the subcellular transcription signals are different when ex-
posed to the same stimulation field.

With these results, which offer a new and precise explanation, with respect to
all those read in scientific articles, it is finally explained why each tissue presents a
different reaction when subjected to the same electromagnetic field.
We observed these phenomena several times, during the discussion on meth-
ods of application of electromagnetic waves (especially in Electrostimulation and
Magnetotherapy), when, for example, it was found that with a specific application
it is possible to simultaneously obtain:
- Angiogenesis (reaction on the tissues of blood vessels),
- Elimination of pain (reaction on nervous tissues),
- Restoration of the functionality of a tissue or an organ.

Another aspect of fundamental importance is the demonstration that different

stimulation fields (variations in power and / or waveform) can influence genes to
achieve a regenerative (anabolic) or reparative (catabolic) effect. The consequence
is that with the right settings and sequences of magnetic fields, the effects can be
combined to obtain the best solution based on the case to be treated.
Therefore, if we wanted to draw conclusions from this research, we could say

173
 Therapeutic Waves

that:

- Each organic tissue, subjected to the same electromagnetic stimulation field,

reacts with different methods, thanks to a different gene reaction;
- The intensity of the electromagnetic field, affects the gene response of the
cells differently, depending on the invested tissue. It is important to note that the
higher intensities do not necessarily bring better effectiveness or results;
- Waveform, frequency and other parameters of an electromagnetic wave, in-
fluence on the gene response of the cells differently, according to the invested tis-
sue;
- Strong intensity pulsed fields can be more effective in gene stimulation, for
tissue repair;
- Square-wave electromagnetic fields can be more effective in gene stimula-
tion, for tissue regeneration.

This research, makes us understand how only well organized and conducted
studies, can lead to unexpected results and are absolutely unattainable with the
classic methodologies that "traditional" drug offers. The problem is that many re-
searchers in the world, which study the effects of electromagnetic fields, unfortu-
nately, do not have the resources of NASA, while for pharmaceutical companies,
these researches are just a nuisance to hide or to discredit.
After the analysis of the latter patent, it can be stated that despite everything,
the evolution of the equipment is directed towards increasingly sophisticated and at
the same time flexible technologies, so that it is possible to program all the parame-
ters that distinguish a variable Magnetic field in time.
NASA uses these technologies not only in space, but also to treat astronauts
back on Earth. In fact, in a zero-gravity environment, astronauts lose muscle tone.
Even their bone density is significantly reduced, so when they return to Earth, they
are usually unable to walk on their own and must be helped by means of various
kinds.
Furthermore, the healthy natural magnetic field of the Earth and its resonance
frequencies do not extend into space. The consequence is that when the astronauts
return, they usually suffer from fatigue, depression and many other symptoms.
Therefore, applications of electromagnetic waves are effective for the solution of
many different health problems.

174
 Therapeutic Waves

8. Rifing

Rifing is a technology that takes its name from Dr Royal Raymond Rife, a
great scientist, researcher and inventor who, in the early decades of the last centu-
ry, managed to discover an infallible method to devitalize pathogens (viruses, bac-
teria and fungi). Rife was one of the first in the world to use electromagnetic fre-
quencies for therapeutic use and certainly the first to use this technology for the
treatment of infectious diseases caused by pathogens. Today, Rife equipment can-
not only apply the frequencies for disabling individual microorganisms (killing
frequencies), but also an immense number of frequencies suitable for health resto-
ration (healing), detoxification (detox), and the application of active ingredients.
The modern concept of Rifing is the use of any electromagnetic frequency
able to provide a benefit in health and/or well-being. The frequencies available on
the generators have a range from 0 to some tens of MHz, able to solve, almost al-
ways, a huge number of health problems (from mental problems to even rare or se-
rious diseases). This technology is currently used by experimenters in most coun-
tries.
Very few countries allow formal use. However, Rifing offers the most exten-
sive and complete application of electromagnetic waves for therapeutic purposes.

175
 Therapeutic Waves

Dr Royal Raymond Rife

Royal Raymond Rife was born on May

16, 1888, in the state of Nebraska, by Royal
Raymond Rife senior of Ohio and Ida May
Cheney of Creston, Iowa.
From a young age, he devoted all his in-
terests in the field of bacteriology. He worked
hard in this field and photographed many spe-
cies of microorganisms for the University of
Heidelberg.
Thanks to the important contributions that
Rife provided to the University, he was award-
ed an honorary doctorate in parasitology in
1914.
Since his studies on bacteria necessitated frequent use of microscopes, Dr
Rife developed a propensity for optics and began studies in this area. From 1915 to
1920, Rife worked in his private laboratory, identifying and classifying the micro-
organisms that cause many diseases. By the end of 1920, he had begun to work on
cancer, but the limits of the microscopes available at this time hindered him in the
discovery of the viral cause of disease. In fact, standard search microscopes built
with optical lenses, like those manufactured today, could only enlarge a microor-
ganism up to 2,500 times.
Rife felt that with this limitation, he could never discover the true cause of
many illnesses. In 1920-21 Rife built his first microscope; the famous "Universal
Microscope," which was a thousand times more powerful than other traditional mi-
croscopes. His microscope used
monochromatic light frequen-
cies and quartz prisms instead
of electron beams, which kill
microbes. Rife was the first man
to observe microorganisms
without killing them.
By 1938, Rife had built
another four models of micro-

176
 Therapeutic Waves

scopes, each more precise and powerful than the one before, finally reaching up to
60,000 X magnifications. For the first time in history, photographs and film foot-
age was taken of viruses and bacteria. (See the "The San Diego Union" news arti-
cle).

In 1931 Rife met Dr Arthur Isaac Kendall, director of medical research at the
Northwestern University Medical School of Illinois. Dr Kendall had invented a
protein culture medium, which he called "K-Medium," which allowed a bacterium
to remain isolated and to continue reproducing. This became a very important sup-
port for Rife's experiments. Studies on culture media led to another notable discov-
ery: the PH factor (acid-basic equilibrium). Rife declared that with a neutral PH, he
could not produce any culture. On the contrary, with a basic or acid PH, it was able
to produce a culture of microorganisms. Therefore, on the basis of this information,
Dr Rife came to the conclusion that as long as the human body is able to maintain
the PH of the different organic systems in the right and natural equilibrium, it be-
comes impossible for a disease to develop.
After conducting thousands of experiments on infected cultures and animals,
Rife was joined by some of the most prestigious doctors in the country, who fi-
nanced him and used his equipment on men, with positive results.
After making friendship with Dr Kendall, in 1931 another person provided the
maximum professional support to Dr Rife: Dr Milbank Johnson, member of the
board of directors at Pasadena Hospital in California, very influential in Los Ange-
les medical circles.
Dr Rife, Dr Kendall and other scientists demonstrated that it was possible to
grow bacteria artificially.
Dr Rife and Dr Kendall wrote a report on their research entitled "Observations
on Bacillus Typhosus in its Filtrable State", published in the December 1931 issue
of "California and Western Medicine", the official journal of the medical societies
of California, Nevada and Utah.
The discovery of the powerful microscope is also reported in the journal "Sci-
ence" on 1 December 1931 and in the "Science News Letter" of 12 December 1931
in an article entitled "Filtrable Germ Forms with New Super Microscope".

177
 Therapeutic Waves

After the successes obtained by

Dr Rife and Dr Kendall, Dr Milbank
Johnson on November 20, 1931 or-
ganized a dinner in his Pasadena es-
tate in honor of the two men, so that
the discoveries could be announced
and discussed. Forty-four of the
most prominent doctors,
pathologists and bacteriologists in
Los Angeles took part in this histor-
ic event advertised as "the end of all
diseases." Among those present were Dr Alvin G. Ford, who 20 years later claimed
to know little about Dr Rife and his findings and Dr George Dock who worked at
the University of California Special Research Committee of the South, first super-
visor of clinical work, later among opponents of Rife.

Already in the 1920s Rife began to work using instruments capable of deliver-
ing electromagnetic frequencies. Dr Rife wondered: "What would happen if I sub-
jected these micro-organisms to different electrical frequencies?" With this revolu-
tionary idea, he began to gather all the necessary tools such as standard research
microscopes, electronic generators capable of producing the high frequencies with
which he would work, bacteriological test tubes and instruments, guinea pig cages
and other animals, machines for photographing species and additional equipment to
build his own models.

Between 1921 and 1922, he built the first machine capable of delivering elec-
tromagnetic frequencies, the Rife Ray 1. Dr Rife was assisted by Lee DeForest, the
father of modern electronic tubes, which gave an important contribution to the first
radio technology.

In 1933, he began working with Philip Hoyland,

who lived in nearby Atladena, California. Hoyland
helped Rife to build equipment, equipped with a ray
tube that is a kind of plasma antenna consisting of a
lamp filled with helium, powered by a very high volt-
age and driven by precise radiofrequencies.
Both in the experiments performed in the labora-

178
 Therapeutic Waves

tory and directly on the persons in care, Dr Rife used this device to emit the fre-
quencies capable of devitalizing the microbes by resonating them with electromag-
netic waves.
Hoyland built most of the first machines, and in 1938 partnered with Royal
Rife, to form Beam Rays Inc. This company produced the Rife Ray 5 or Beam
Ray, until it became bankrupt a few years later after a series of vicissitudes and ju-
dicial problems.

Through arduous experimentation and looking through the microscopes of his

invention while applying different frequencies, Dr Rife discovered that it was pos-
sible in this way to devitalize these microorganisms. In fact, to determine which
frequency would have killed a particular microorganism, it was absolutely essential
to be able to observe them while they were alive, so that they could see the effect
in real time.
His work was based on a basic principle called "coordinative resonance." To
explain this principle, one could take as an example that of two tuning forks set to
an absolute value: the moment one is stimulated, the other resounds. He thought,
therefore, that with the stimulation of an electronic frequency able to pass through
the tissues of the body, it was possible to devitalize a bacterium, without damaging
in any way the organs or the cells invested, which instead have much higher reso-
nance frequencies.
Dr Rife described how he managed to find all the frequencies capable of killing
the various microorganisms. As a crystal glass breaks if invested by its resonance
frequency, in the same way the pathogens can be devitalized once their specific
frequency has been identified.
So these electromagnetic waves, showed to possess the property of devitalizing
or "killing" the microorganisms if invested by the exact resonance frequency (dif-
ferent for each organism). To discover the exact frequency of a pathogen, Rife with
infinite patience observed the reactions under the microscope, varying from time to
time the frequency of his equipment, until he found the desired effects. Someone
said that Rife had nerves of steel and that he spent whole days motionless in front
of his microscope, drinking only a little water.
Rife called the precise frequency able to kill a microorganism, MOR (Mortal
Oscillatory Rate).
In 1922, Dr Rife began to study a way to identify and destroy the viruses that
caused cancer. His research on cancer took him ten years later, in 1932, to isolate
(seems after 20,000 attempts) the responsible pathogen that he called simply the

179
 Therapeutic Waves

BX virus.
In opposition to established medical theories, Dr Rife in 1953 affirmed, that:
"This BX virus can easily turn into different forms during its life cycle according to
the environment in which it grew up." Thus, its characteristic is pleomorphism
(passage to different forms), causing different diseases depending on the stage of
its development in the organism.

In 1934, Dr Johnson began the first successful trials at the Jolla Clinic in Cali-
fornia, on a series of patients with cancer and tuberculosis. In this hospital the first
clinical cancer work was started, established under a special committee of the Med-
ical Research of the University of Southern California, under the supervision of
Johnson himself. The trial involved 16 terminal cancer patients. After 3 months, 14
of these desperate cases were declared as clinically healed by the staff of five doc-
tors (Dr Alvin G. Ford was the pathologist of the group), after another 130 days,
following a change introduced in the treatment, even the last two patients healed.
The treatments consisted in the application of electromagnetic waves for duration
of 180 seconds, using a Rife Ray 3 set on the deadly frequency for cancer "BX," at
intervals of 3 days. It was found that this time spent between two treatments, led to
better results than the cases treated daily. In this way, the lymphatic system was
given the opportunity to absorb and eliminate the toxic residues produced by dead
microbes. The application of electromagnetic waves did not cause the body tem-
perature to rise, nor were special diets given during the entire clinical treatment.
The results of this study showed that the cancer was caused by microorganisms
and that such pathogens could be painlessly destroyed and finally that this disease
could be cured.
In the years following the clinical success of 1934, the technology and cura-
tive treatment of cancer patients with Rife Ray, were discussed in medical confer-
ences and data released in a medical journal.

In 1935, Dr Johnson continued trials with a new machine installed at the Santa
Fe Hospital in Los Angeles. In 1936, Johnson realized that Rife needed a new
workshop to continue his work and, thanks to the help of some friends, he found
the funds for the construction of a new and comfortable structure. In October-
November of the same year, Dr Johnson began using a Ray Machine in the Pasa-
dena Home for the Aged clinic, reporting that he achieved excellent results.
Unfortunately, Dr Johnson, a sufferer of heart, died in October 1944, while he
was preparing a press release on the successes obtained with these machines.

180
 Therapeutic Waves

In 1937, Dr Rife consented to the establishment of Beam Ray, a company

formed to produce the machines he invented. Engineer Philip Hoyland, designer of
frequency generators, was among the members. Fourteen machines were built by
Beam Ray, the "Rife Ray": two were sent to England, a third to Dr Richard Hamer
and a fourth to Dr Arthur Yale, two others were sent to Arizona doctors and the
other eight to doctors from Southern California.

In an article dated May 6,

1938 in the Evening Tribune,
Rife, through a reporter, report-
ed that he had experienced elec-
trical stimulation on various mi-
croorganisms and that he had
noticed the individual differ-
ences in the chemical constitu-
ents of the diseased organisms
and had observed the electrical
characteristics and the polarities in the organisms.

In 1939, Philip Hoyland initiates a vile lawsuit against his own partners in
Beam Ray Corporation. Hoyland loses but, according to some, this process has the
desired effect: the company goes bankrupt for legal fees. Meanwhile, during and
after the trial, the San Diego Medical Society warns all the doctors who were in-
volved with Rife Ray that if they continued to use it, they could lose their licenses.
Once declared illegal, most of the 44 doctors who had acclaimed him eight years
earlier, denied ever having met him. Some incidents such as the destruction of his
laboratory, the killing of some people close to him and the destruction of all the
documentation in their possession convinced Rife to put an end to his research. The
purpose of those who wanted to put an end to this inconvenient technology was
now reached.

Dr Rife with his machines, successfully treated hundreds of patients who were
diagnosed with incurable cancer and he received 14 awards and an honorary doc-
torate from the University of Heidelberg. All this occurred without the use of poi-
sonous drugs, invasive surgery, high medical costs and without the dependence on
doctors.

181
 Therapeutic Waves

How Rifing works

As already mentioned, the three main fields of applications of the frequencies
generated by a modern Rife Machine are primarily concerned with the following:
- Killing or the ability to devitalize pathogens. One must think of this modali-
ty, not only whenever the pathogen is known, but also when we know or suspect
that such microorganisms can be involved in the problem presented;
- Healing which allows you to successfully treat a huge number of physical
and mental health problems that certainly cannot be linked to the presence of path-
ogens;
- Detoxing which includes all the frequencies that can help to remove toxins
of various kinds.
The current Rife Machines devices are able to generate frequencies that, thanks
to powerful software, have functions that allow for many types of configurations
and databases that contain thousands of frequency programs, which can be applied
in different ways, and allows you to energetically rebalance an organism and bring
it back into a state of well-being.

But, what is the meaning of energy rebalancing?

Energy has always been associated with the creation of matter and the vital
force that pervades the whole universe. Any element of the inorganic and organic
matter, starting from a single atom, is characterized by its own energy and there-
fore by specific frequencies. Consequently, every cell, every organ, has and emits
its particular frequencies. The human body, in its entirety, can be considered as a
complex system of vibrations created by the interference of the many, but ordered,
single frequencies that compose it.

Frequencies that are not in resonance with our natural vibrations create an im-
balance, a disharmony that with time becomes chronic and becomes a disease.
A traumatizing event or in general, a health problem, causes the effect of a dis-
tortion of the electromagnetic field that regulates chemical and genetic cellular re-
actions. With a Rife Machine, you can apply the correct frequencies to eliminate
the distortions that produced them and restore the initial state of balance, well-
being and harmony. That is why we talk about energy rebalancing. Working on
this principle, a Rife Machine can be able to give exceptional results and, in the
opinion of many users, surprising results.

182
 Therapeutic Waves

Healing
In Comparison of asymmetrical and symmetrical pulse waveforms in electro-
magnetic stimulation (J Orthop Res 1992; 10: 247 - 555) it is said that pulsed elec-
tromagnetic field stimulation (PEMF) is a non-invasive therapeutic modality that
has been used successfully to stimulate healing of failed unions of surgically re-
sistant bone fractures in humans.
The objectives of this study were:
- To determine if stimulation with an impulsive asymmetric waveform was
necessary for effectiveness, and
- Determine whether symmetrical stimuli can also produce a beneficial thera-
peutic response.
To answer these questions and to identify which asymmetric PEMF compo-
nents used in the clinic produce a therapeutic response, a fibular rabbit osteotomy
model was used.
The results indicated that asymmetry is not necessary and that even a square
wave signal with reduced pulse width can stimulate increases in rigidity. The data
also indicate that the main component of the signal pulse responsible for the clini-
cal therapeutic effect is the high-amplitude, narrow-asymmetrical pulse portion of
the PEMF (while the orientation of the field, does not matter).

This statement identified in the scientific article cited above, is particularly in-
teresting: "Enhancement of fracture stiffness by electromagnetic stimuli having
particular amplitude and pulse widths, support the hypothesis that this specific
stimulus pulses convey information, not just energy to the tissue to produce specif-
ic response(s)."
Let us try to make a recapitulation of the essential points of this research:
- A square waveform was used, which worked very well,
- With a narrow width of the pulse;
- In addition, impulses at a certain frequency, provide information to tissues
and cells.

These results obtainable with PEMF combine in an incredible way with those
of Rifing. But while with Magnetotherapy and Pulsed Waves, there are a series of
studies and research that satisfactorily give an explanation to the electrical and bio-
logical processes that lead to the empirically found therapeutic effects, very little is
known about Rifing.

183
 Therapeutic Waves

The technique used for killing has been well illustrated by Dr Royal Rife, but
as regards the methods and frequencies used in therapeutic healing treatments,
there is little known until now, on the origins and how they act in an organism.
We will analyze certain things of Rifing in this field of application:

# most healing programs are made up of a series of frequencies (up to 10); on-
ly in rare cases the programs are formed by a single frequency;

# the waveform normally used by the equipment, is the square one (complete
with positive and negative half-wave, or symmetrical);

# the effects and the results obtainable with the various therapies that use elec-
tromagnetic waves, are also obtained with Rifing, but using different application
methods and electrical parameters.

So there is "something" fundamentally, common to all the dozens of applica-

tions analyzed in the previous chapters, which leads to the answers, effects and
identical results, that is the restoration of a condition of health, well-being and
elimination of pain, which can lead to complete healing (even if this condition oc-
curs only in a limited number of cases and in special conditions).

Information = energy
There is a simple way, which is used to explain the principle of operation of
healing frequencies, through entrainment. The explanation is as follows: If two
pendulum clocks are mounted on the same wall, after a certain period of time their
movements will synchronize with the same oscillation frequency.
The same thing happens with
two or more metronome on the same
plane or with any other device with
mechanical oscillations, when they
are placed on a non-rigid support.
Therefore, the frequencies of the
two pendulums synchronize, be-
cause one carries the other.
Similarly, an electromagnetic frequency known for its therapeutic properties

184
 Therapeutic Waves

can be used, to drag an organ, a tissue, cells, etc., to their exact "equilibrium fre-
quency," when their energetic properties are disturbed by factors of various nature
(traumas, injuries, pathologies and toxins).
Thus, if we expose a living system to an electromagnetic wave even of weak
intensity, but properly studied with regard to the effects, this could interact in reso-
nance at the molecular level and thus influence the biological processes, which will
develop weak alternate endogenous currents at that same frequency.

If with such an explanation it is possible in a immediate way to provide an ex-

planation easily understandable to all, then this argument cannot be considered suf-
ficient, from the scientific point of view.
All the explanations given in the previous paragraphs contribute significantly
to this need for clarity, but that also the information is not yet sufficient or com-
plete. What probably is still missing is precisely the importance of the information
that a signal at a precise electromagnetic frequency is able to give.

At this point we could venture into explanations that somehow can be provid-
ed by quantum physics, but to do so without going into too much complicated de-
tails, we will use homeopathy as a model, already extensively covered in this book.
To prepare a homeopathic remedy, you always start from small quantities of a
substance of organic or inorganic origin and dilute it in small quantities of water.
Then one drop of the first dilution is taken and further diluted with another well-
defined amount of water. The procedure can continue for dozens of times, but the
fundamental thing is that after each dilution, the contents of the tube is stirred or
beaten (succussion). From a physical point of view, the succussions have the func-
tion of transferring information from the substance of origin, to water, which has
the fantastic property of recording and storing such data for a very long time (even
years). Current research teaches us that these properties are obtained, thanks to the
fact that water molecules are organized in "Coherence Domains” or in particular
aggregations, able to conserve such information energetically.
We know that when the homeopathic remedy is taken, the data is then trans-
mitted to our body, which decodes them and, if they resonate with cells or micro-
organisms, they cause certain curative effects, otherwise the answer will be null.
Single homeopathic remedy, based on the starting substance and dilution, can
successfully treat a huge number of health problems, which will work even simul-
taneously on biological, pathogens and mental aspects.
But, what does this "information" consist of?

185
 Therapeutic Waves

It is simply energy, and energy translates into frequencies and waveform,

which in the case of a homeopathic remedy, these frequencies must be so many, in
order to then practically act simultaneously on different aspects of human health.
Naturally, the same happens for the homotoxicology and the floral essences,
but also for the essential oils and for the food we ingest; in the latter case we must
always take into account that we not only have the intake of chemical substances
indispensable for survival, but also a transfer, often fundamental, of energies (posi-
tive or negative).
Therefore, we have come to the conclusion that the energies, or the frequen-
cies, are able to inform an organism, to modify its functions. The reason why it
could be explained in a simple way is that with the fact that every atom, molecule,
cell and so on, has its own energy, which can be influenced by an external field.
However, regardless of the explanations that classical or quantum physics is able to
offer us, the empirical results, those obtainable on the field, are certainly an unde-
niable scientific truth.

The experiences and successes that can be achieved with Rifing using the
right frequencies and a square waveform, are practically the same as those normal-
ly obtained with Electrotherapy or Magnetotherapy, even with the latter two, very
often some different electrical parameters are used (e.g., only positive half-waves,
more or less long pulses, pause times, different amplitudes or field strengths, etc.).
Therefore, at least one other factor common to all these therapies must be
identified, which can then explain the reason for these identical results.
From the data resulting from the scientific publications and related experi-
ments, it can be noted that different electrical parameters can influence the success
of a treatment with electromagnetic waves. The most important of them is the
waveform. In particular, square and impulsive waveforms, which are most often
used in both Electrotherapy and Magnetotherapy.

The reason for the suc-

cess of these wave types
consists mainly in the rise
time, which is the transition
time from a low to a high
level. In practice, looking for
e.g., the square waveform
shown above, in theory the wave passes from negative to positive in a time equal to

186
 Therapeutic Waves

0, so this passage is represented by a vertical line (upper image). In reality, when

an electric wave makes this passage, it takes a time that cannot be equal to 0, but,
for example, a few micro or nano seconds; consequently, the real transition from
negative to positive will be a slightly oblique line (lower image). The steeper the
"rise time" (or fall time), the more effective the waveform will be. Among all the
electrical parameters that distinguish a waveform, this is the most important re-
quirement for successful therapy (highlighted in various scientific publications).
For the same reason, different therapies such as Electrotherapy, Magnetother-
apy and Rifing, can lead in many cases to identical results. Indeed, the effects of a
transition from a low potential to a high one, compatible with the times in which
certain bio-chemical reactions take place, can be fundamental for ionic exchanges
and other effects that are determined in a chain.

Conclusions
All the parameters that distinguish an electromagnetic wave have a series of
effects on organic tissues that can be decisive for the restoration of the state of
health.
These effects affect on:
- Electrical properties of tissues (membrane potential, ion channel opening,
ion formation and displacement, injury current, etc.),
- Biological properties (increase in ATP, oxygenation, blood circulation,
hormonal processes, etc.),
- Gene stimulation (repair or regeneration of cells and tissues),
However, they can also be determined by a series of information capable of
energetically modifying cells and organelles whose electromagnetic field has been
distorted by the onset of pathology.
Regarding this fundamental transfer of information, homeopathy and the prac-
tice in the applications of electromagnetic waves, teach us that an infinitesimal en-
ergy is sufficient to be implemented; a particular application of Rifing (remote
transmission), addressed later, will confirm this hypothesis.
In conclusion:

The Healing frequencies used in the Rifing are able to restore a state of health
or well-being thanks to all the electrical, chemical, biological and genetic princi-
ples and effects that an electromagnetic field is able to carry on living tissue
and

187
 Therapeutic Waves

to a series of energy information transmitted, thanks to the frequencies used.

This last condition, by itself, is sufficient to reach the goal.

Detox
Exposure to toxins we continuously take on leads to the production of free
radicals. Unless adequate amounts of cellular and extracellular antioxidants are
available, free radicals begin to damage cell structures such as membranes, mito-
chondria, nucleic acids of DNA and cell proteins. Recent research has shown that
the application of techniques using electromagnetic waves such as electrical stimu-
lation to micro currents (MET), low-power Lasers, LEDs and infrared82 lamps and
infrasonic devices, can provide electrons with antioxidant effect.

Electromagnetic fields can strongly influence the permeability of the cell

membrane, which in turn can affect the entry of nutrients and release of toxins
from the cells to the extracellular matrix.
The frequency programs available with Rife Machines are used both to
"move" the toxins so that they leave the occupied position (and are put back into
circulation and subsequently expelled through the excretory organs), and to im-
prove or enhance the function of organs and basic systems such as liver, kidney,
intestine and lymphatic system.

In addition, some Rife Machines also feature infrared laser LEDs, with which
it is possible to modulate the light at the detox frequencies, to combine the effects.

82. This photonic antioxidant effect provides an explanation of how infrared and visible light rays can be involved
in the healing of various diseases.

188
 Therapeutic Waves

Killing
Dr Royal Rife, thanks to his intuitions, his genius and his long research, has
given us the resonance frequencies of dozens of pathogens, an infallible method for
their devitalization and indicated the way to continue the research. Thanks to these
indications, today it is possible to have thousands of programs of frequencies suita-
ble for the killing of the same number of pathogens, while the researches are con-
stantly evolving.
Viruses, bacteria and fungi are involved in almost all physical and mental ill-
nesses. Regardless of whether they are the cause of a disease or if they have arrived
because of the condition of a sick person, if identified and eliminated, it is possible
to solve a large number of problems and in many cases create the conditions for a
definitive solution of a disease.
Often the most complicated thing is to understand what the pathogen may be,
which is probably the cause of the pathology found.

An example
How many people, especially when they are over fifty, suffer from backache
or sciatica? The answer is obvious. Anyone who makes use of any of the tech-
niques described in this book (From Cromopuncture to Rifing) knows very well
that few applications are usually sufficient to derive great benefits that, at least for
a few months, make us forget about the problem.
However, these techniques, which practically "work" on inflammation, pain or
disk herniation, do not always work. Why?
One of the possible reasons is the involvement of pathogens, even in this type
of pathology.
At the University Hospital of Birmingham in England, Dr Tom Elliott, a pro-
fessor of microbiology at the Birmingham hospital, found that sciatica could be
caused by a bacterium, Propionibacterium acnes (the same responsible for acne).
The microbiologist reports: "It is the first time that we were talking about back pain
that can be caused by an infection, but remember how many surgeries we have had
in the stomach, before realizing that the cause of the ulcer was a bacterium, the
Helicobacter pylori, that can be defeated with antibiotics."
These bacteria normally live in hair follicles, acne or gums and can pass into
the bloodstream if a person is simply brushing their teeth. They usually do not pose

189
 Therapeutic Waves

a threat as friendly bacteria, but when a person has a herniated disc, you start a
genesis of new blood vessels that develop in the nucleus pulposus to repair the tis-
sue. This allows bacteria to reach a disk where they can thrive, causing inflamma-
tion. They also release propionic acid, which can irritate the nerves and thus cause
sciatica.
Another possible explanation for back pain comes from visceral therapy. The
psoas83 muscles, which support the column, are contiguous to the walls of the co-
lon. This organ is the most frequent site of inflammation due to incorrect diets.
Pathogens can migrate from the intestine through blood and lymph and fixate in
one of the psoas muscles (left or right) causing chronic inflammation: the result is
low back pain.
Infections can remain latent for months and even years and can be fixed in any
tissue, including the connective and ligamentous. They can migrate from one tissue
to another and remain in a subclinical state for decades, giving a blurred picture of
symptoms, but yet chronic.
Based on these explanations, the principle that bacteria are fixed in the in-
flamed areas is affirmed. Therefore, they are not the cause of the problem, but they
find fertile ground in which to replicate and as often happens, do not stop where
everything flows, but where there is stagnation.

The strategies to be adopted

The example just described makes us understand that when utilizing therapies
that use electromagnetic fields, you cannot solve a problem such as back pain or
sciatica; a possible solution is the devitalization of pathogens that may be involved
in this pathology.
The frequency programs available today in most Rife Machines allow you to
hit a very large number of pathogens.
So, what are the best methods to deal with the killing of pathogens? The prob-
lems are of different natures.

1) The first suggestion could be to never give up. If we go back again to the
example above: we are used to reading and hearing everything, except for
an infectious nature of that type of pathology.

83. It is an internal muscle of the hip that plays the fundamental function of connecting the legs to the vertebral
column.

190
 Therapeutic Waves

Beyond Rifing, in general this case teaches us that when:

- We perform various kinds of analyzes and nothing significant or conclusive
emerges,
- With classical or alternative methods used, you cannot solve the problem,
- With Rifing frequencies, if there is not a program able to bring us back to a
state of well-being, then we must understand that we have taken the wrong path. It
is necessary to investigate deeply, to document and to consult specialists in sectors
that apparently have nothing to do with the existing pathology. Psychosomatics,
psychoneuroedocrinoimmunology (or PNEI) and the five biological laws, teach us,
for example, that the mind and emotions can play a fundamental role in many dis-
eases, even serious ones. So why not consult an expert in these areas or a psy-
chologist?
In particular, one of the possibilities is to think of a cause of an infectious na-
ture, even when nothing makes us imagine that it is possible.

2) At this point, the problem is to identify what the pathogen may be and how
it is involved in the problem that afflicts us.
There are only two solutions: performing clinical analyzes, but when it is not
possible, as in the case of viruses, finding the specialists or the means to document
(in this case, even specific books or the internet, they can help us).

3) With Rifing, the application of killing frequencies involves other obstacles

to overcome.

- The first concerns, which frequency programs to use, when our database
makes available several. Regardless of the method of choice (examined later), the
simplest way could be to use two or three programs at a time, to be used with the
various application methods, for at least 7 days; once this cycle has been complet-
ed, one passes to the next one with three other frequency programs, until it is ex-
hausted.

- The second occurs when the pathogens indicated as a possible cause are dif-
ferent. Also, in this case, as in the previous one, there is no other choice but to pro-
ceed patiently to the application of all the programs that could be useful.
At the end of this phase, all that remains is to identify the way, in which to
have a confirmation of the effectiveness or not, of the treatments performed. The
most immediate result (which everyone hopes for) is to see that you have eliminat-

191
 Therapeutic Waves

ed the problem. When this does not happen or cannot be verified for various rea-
sons, all that remains are to rely on clinical analyzes.

- Another question that requires attention is the choice of the various electrical
parameters to be set, when possible, to obtain the best possible results.
Dr Rife taught us that when a pathogen is hit by resonance frequencies, it vi-
brates to "explode" or otherwise crumble. However, these microorganisms do not
remain inert when threatened by such danger. They can adapt and change, but even
by slightly changing their resonance frequency, they can hide in various ways and
protect themselves effectively (e.g., biofilms84).
This is why every Rife Machine manufacturer adopts certain strategies. The
most common and effective are:

• The use of waveforms with very steep "rise time," such as the square wave
or the reverse sawtooth (these waves also have the advantage of producing
a very high number of harmonics, which effectively contributes to devitali-
zation);

• The use of the eleventh harmonic: Dr Anthony Holland has shown that
when the 11th harmonic of any frequency is applied simultaneously, the
“killing” results improve;

• Use of a carrier higher than 100 kHz, in order to overcome the plasma
membrane and penetrate with the waves inside a cell. Indeed, in the Chap-
ter 3 it was highlighted that at low frequencies (below 100 kHz) the elec-
tric field lines bypass cellular (dielectric) membranes, without penetrating
them. Therefore, if the program to be used contains low killing frequen-
cies, it is advisable to use this arrangement.

• A very limited variations of the applied frequencies (e.g., of +/- 0.02%) so

that any variations in the resonance frequency of the pathogen can be in-
cluded in this range. It should also be considered that the Tolerance of
MOR (the Mortal Oscillatory Rate discovered by Dr Royal Rife) within
which devitalization is obtained, corresponds to a percentage of +/-

84. A biofilm is a complex aggregation of microorganisms characterized by the secretion of an adhesive and pro-
tective matrix.

192
 Therapeutic Waves

0.025% of the characteristic frequency of a pathogen. Thus by summing

the two percentages, a substantially wider range is achieved within which
the true coordinating resonance frequency of the pathogen is more likely to
be included.

• Small sweeps, which include a very narrow range (e.g., from 99.9 kHz to
100.1 kHz) within which the resonance frequency of the pathogen is likely
to be included. It is a method proposed by different authors, alternative to
that of fixed frequency. Naturally, to be effective, any increase in frequen-
cy, to start from the initial one, must be lower than the percentage of MOR
(0.025%) and remain on this frequency for at least 3 min (minimum time
established by Rife, so that the devitalization of a pathogen can occur), be-
fore moving on to the next one.

Finally, it is noted that there are some websites85 that, following studies and /
or measures with particular devices, have identified the resonant frequencies of
various pathogens. These frequencies can then be purchased for use with its own
generator.
Let us take a closer look at the last two strategies described, with an example.

85. Two of these websites are "DNA Pathogen Frequencies" and "Frequency Foundation.”

193
 Therapeutic Waves

The image above represents a spectrum analysis of a square wave (details of a

spectral analysis will be explained later).
The vertical white lines represent the frequencies supplied by the Rife Ma-
chine. The height of these lines is proportional to the intensity or amplitude of the
signal.
The gray ellipse represents an area in which a colony of bacteria is present.
To be able to devitalize this colony, it is first necessary that:
1) The power supplied by the generator is higher than that required for the de-
vitalization, so is superior both to that Amp1 and Amp2 (in the image this condi-
tion is satisfied);
2) The frequency is correct and is cantered with respect to the frequency range
covered by the colony (in the image this condition is satisfied).

Of course, this is in many cases not enough (it depends on the width of the
frequency range of the bacteria colony or, in other words, on the width of the el-
lipse).
Observing the image and the frequency range of the colony (from 99.9 kHz to
100.1 kHz), generating a fixed frequency of 100 kHz will not be devitalized all the
bacteria in the colony, so the situation could improve, but it would not be decisive.
Moreover, as soon as the frequency was interrupted, the situation would reoccur as
before.
At this point it is clear that a sufficient frequency oscillation or, better, a small
sweep, for example from 99.7 kHz to 100.3 kHz, could guarantee the devitalization
of the entire colony of bacteria.
As we will see further below, we have no certainty that the frequencies identi-
fied by Dr Rife or those proposed by the frequency databases are the fundamental
ones of devitalization. Most likely, in fact, they are sub-harmonics, or submultiples
of the real frequency of killing. The question may not be a problem, because the
higher harmonics of the fundamental frequency delivered by the generator could do
with this task, but naturally it is essential that such harmonics have sufficient inten-
sity for this purpose.
Considering this example and observing this image, it could be that we know
that the devitalization frequency is 100 kHz, but that the real devitalization fre-
quency is 700 kHz. In this case, if a square wave is used, which then produces a
harmonic of 700 kHz, the bacteria would be devitalized only if the amplitude of
this harmonic is higher, as already mentioned, is both at Amp1 and at Amp2 (natu-
rally in this hypothesis, we must imagine the gray ellipse moved at the frequency

194
 Therapeutic Waves

of 700 kHz).

Bob Haining of the British Rife Research Group, at the end of 2016 pub-
lished a document that reveals the discovery that the most accurate frequency for
the BX virus is 12.832 MHz. Bob subsequently published the success of using this
frequency with a harmonic of a carrier wave.
Therefore, the true fundamental frequency of the BX virus could be higher
than 4 octaves compared to the known one of 1,604 MHz.

One thing is certain:

Even a harmonic of a frequency, if of sufficient intensity,

can devitalize a pathogen.

Therefore, it might not matter if the one we are using is a fundamental fre-
quency or a harmonic. However, we need to know that if, for example, we think
that the frequency of 1 MHz is that of devitalization, but in reality the real reso-
nance of the pathogen is 8 MHz, i.e., the octave higher harmonic (or third octave
higher), then our generator must be powerful enough to perform the task.
In fact, every harmonic produced by a fundamental loses power as it becomes
higher, so to devitalize a pathogen, it must have an intensity greater than the actual
killing frequency.

Let us try to make some other considerations. The bacteria reign includes uni-
cellular microorganisms, usually of the order of a few micrometres, which can
range from about 0.2 μm of mycoplasmas up to 30 μm of some spirochetes. A fre-
quency that has a wavelength of 10 μm corresponds to about 30,000 GHz (we are
in the infrared range). But if there is a relationship between the size of an object
and its resonance frequency then it can be assumed that the actual resonance fre-
quencies of pathogens are much higher and, consequently, only the higher harmon-
ics of the killing frequencies used in the Rifing they are the ones that come closest.
No problem, just hypothesize it, to try to study how to get the best results.

- If you use an application mode with electrodes (or something similar), you
have the advantage of being able to use a square wave, which by its nature has a
very high emission of higher harmonics, which therefore "naturally" approaches
the emitted frequency to the real resonance of the pathogen. Since with this mode,

195
 Therapeutic Waves

there are no power problems (a small signal emission is sufficient), and the only
limit is the maximum frequency that the generator can supply: the higher the fre-
quency range, the better the killing capacity will be.

- With the plasma tube, the sine wave is usable, while the limit is represented
by the maximum frequency of emission of the same; in this case, the limitations
could be higher than in the previous case. To make up for these limitations, we
need an adequate power source since, as already mentioned, a harmonic must have
sufficient intensity, to devitalize a pathogen.

An alternative method of killing

In the DNA (deoxyribonucleic acid) the genet-
ic information of all the cells is deposited which is
transported from one cellular generation to another.
It is formed by two polynucleotide filaments
wrapped to form a very long double helix. Each
strand of the helix is formed by the succession of
monomeric units (nucleotides), consisting of the
deoxyribose sugar, a phosphate group and a nitrog-
enous base. The bases belonging to the two fila-
ments meet on the central axis of the helix joining by means of hydrogen bonds,
according to a specific complementarity that always sees adenine in front of the
thymine and cytosine bound to guanine. The amount of information contained in
the DNA is proportional to its length.
Viruses contain 103 to 104 nitrogenous bases (Base Pair) while human DNA
contains more than three billion base pairs. For this reason, the genetic information
of simple organisms such as bacteria is contained in a single DNA molecule im-
mersed in the cytoplasm along with all the other cellular organelles. In more com-
plex organisms, eukaryotes, information is contained in a nucleus and consists of
several DNA molecules (chromosomes). The human genome is composed of 23
chromosomes.

We know well that Royal Rife and subsequently several other researchers have
used empirical or experimental methods to determine the resonance frequency of a
microorganism, in order to provoke its devitalization. Charlene A. Boehm, in her
patent "Methods for determining therapeutic resonant frequencies" offers a new

196
 Therapeutic Waves

method to devitalize a pathogen.

The document states that:
o Even an object of biological nature, has a natural resonance frequency;
o There is a precise correlation between the length of the object (e.g. DNA
or RNA of a pathogen) and the wavelength of the genomic material that
occurs in its surrounding medium;
o knowing, the number of base pairs in the genomic material, the spacing of
the pairs of nucleotide bases in a double helix of DNA and the speed of
electromagnetic radiation through a medium (tissue in vivo), it is possible
to mathematically derive the resonance frequency of the object under ex-
amination.

Therefore, starting from the assumption that the DNA of each pathogen is
characterized by a precise natural resonance frequency, it is useful to highlight two
concepts that are well explained in this document:

1) Since the frequency obtained from the calculation is very high (we are in
the range of light waves frequencies), it is possible to use a sub-harmonic calculat-
ed in lower octaves, which is obtained by dividing by 2 the initial frequency and
then continuing to divide by 2 the result iteratively, up to obtaining a frequency
that can be compatible with the used function generator.
It is like in music when, starting from a very high note, one moves several
times towards a lower octave, obtaining a note that is always lower and therefore
with an increasingly longer wavelength (at each lower octave, the wavelength is
doubled). When the octave shift is precise, the lower octave of a frequency, alt-
hough having a much longer wavelength, will resonate with the first frequency,
amplifying each other.
In an identical manner to that which occurs in music, a lower frequency of one
or more octaves with respect to that one determined by the above calculation can
send the pathogenic agent into resonance (and therefore devitalize it).

2) Dividing the fundamental frequency of a pathogen identified by the calcula-

tion performed several times by 2, that is, using one of the lower octaves, one often
arrives at results very similar to those found empirically by Rife and by the schol-
ars who identified the MOR of many agents pathogens (so the methods and data
confirm each other).

197
 Therapeutic Waves

With this premise, we can observe that can be very useful for choosing a good
killing method. When I use a square wave or, better, a sawtooth wave, I produce a
series of odd and even upper harmonics that are certainly useful for the devitaliza-
tion of the pathogen to strike. The problem is that the intensity of the harmonic fre-
quencies decreases as the harmonic increases in value (thus becoming less and less
effective in order to devitalize the pathogen).
If, on the other hand, you use a function capable of rapidly generating a suc-
cession of higher octaves, both the known frequency and the harmonics are sent
with the same Amplitude and Intensity. Compared to the harmonics produced by a
square wave, via this method the frequencies will not be attenuated at all, but emit-
ted on the organism with the maximum power available from the generator.
This function could be particularly effective when in a killing program, we no-
tice low frequencies (of the order of some hundreds of Hz). Take for example the
frequency of 727 Hz; by applying this function we will obtain the following fre-
quencies, emitted by the generator, all with the same Amplitude: 727 Hz, 1454 Hz,
2908 Hz, 5816 Hz, 11632 Hz, 23264 Hz, 46528 Hz.
To increase the probability of devitalization and to overcome the inevitable er-
rors that were determined during the identification of the frequency or caused by
the vehicle or by the biological tissue that hosts these pathogens, I believe it is al-
ways essential to apply a small frequency oscillation.

Never give up
We conclude this topic in the same way it started. For this reason it is good to
know that there are also methods that allow us to perform a personalized analysis
of the pathogens present in the organism and to identify the frequencies. In addi-
tion to Non-Linear Systems (NLS), already examined, some Rife Machines have
Biofeedback systems able to do this type of analysis. In principle they are based on
responses of our organism to electrical signals with sine wave, sent via metal or
adhesive electrodes (TENS).
A machine86 that I have had the opportunity to verify its effectiveness was
based on the principles of Bioimpedanceometry, which I previously carefully ex-
amined. Unlike the device that uses a fixed frequency for its analysis, it is intended
for the Biofeedback of this Rife Machine to use a scan ranging from a few kHz to

86. This is the new "GX" frequency generator of the Rife devices, Spooky2.

198
 Therapeutic Waves

some MHz. In this way, when the impedance of the organism or of the analyzed
tissue is "disturbed" or "modified" by the presence of pathogens, the machine
memorizes that frequency and then repurposes it, thanks to software. Each fre-
quency identified could corresponds to the resonance frequency of a pathogen. Of
course, it is not currently possible to know the type of each pathogen identified and
therefore whether it is harmful or not. In any case, the application of those memo-
rized frequencies will result in their devitalization. This simple but ingenious pro-
cess can allow you to solve another large number of infections (especially if local-
ized).

Final considerations:
Although the modern Rife Machines are built with advanced technologies and
therefore with a precision and reliability certainly higher than that available almost
a century ago, I do not believe that, the results obtained by Dr Rife are comparable
to those that can be obtained today.
In this regard, reading any testimony on the subject, while noting that a mod-
ern Rife Machine can solve a huge number of health problems, I realized that the
more serious the problem, the lower the chances of success.
Some hypothesize that Rife's successes were not based on frequency accuracy
but on accuracy in hitting the target and natural frequency mutations. For these rea-
sons I am convinced that the current technology still has to progress or, worse, I
suspect that we are not aware of all the notions that Dr Rife possessed (this does
not exclude that there are people who know the original application methods).
I am equally convinced that we are very close to the discovery of the details
that we still lack and the effort of many independent researchers, who will soon be
able to offer us the right key.

199
 Therapeutic Waves

The Herxheimer reaction

From the name of the German physician Karl Herxheimer, the Herxheimer
reaction (or Herx) can basically be considered a side effect of an antibiotic treat-
ment - be it pharmaceuticals, herbal products, colloidal silver or long exposures to
the Rife technology, with killing frequencies.
When these treatments kill microbes in your body faster than the drainage
system is able to remove them, these manifestations usually produce flu-like symp-
toms. These effects may include headache, joint pain / swelling, swollen glands,
constipation, fatigue, drowsiness and many other discomforts.
Many people who are in good physical / systemic condition may not have any
noticeable Herx effects.
Those who do not enjoy excellent health (even if they do not realize it) can
suffer with some discomfort. Relief usually occurs within a few hours of discontin-
uation of therapy / treatment; in this case, drinking large quantities of water helps
the system to eliminate toxins more easily.
It is desirable for the patient to resume treatment, but with a smaller dose or
exposure, alternating with long pauses.
However, many of those who have experienced long chronic diseases, see
these side effects as an indicator that what they are doing is working and try to
maintain a tolerable level of discomfort until they have a remission of their condi-
tion.
The people who have suffered for so long with Candida are more likely to
witness this effect of the "death" of a large number of micro-organisms. This hap-
pens because Candida is very often dominant and therefore has all the time to dev-
astate the immune system and the digestive tract, reducing the body's ability to
manage their death.
When using Rife technology, the first rule is to proceed slowly. Using a few
frequencies for a total of 10 to 15 minutes per treatment is a wise thing. Wait a day
to see what it feels like. If you do not experience any of the above symptoms, the
next day you can perform another session by adding more frequencies. If you have
a Herx effect, wait until it has passed before continuing the treatments.
Just remember that if you initially feel worse, it means that the Rife Machine
is working. It is the result of the cleaning of all the unwanted “guests.”
When Rife Machines kill germs, cells often increase their permeability; this
allows the expulsion of any poisons or toxins contained in the body. The applica-
tion of frequencies for detoxification often has a similar result. We all have toxic

200
 Therapeutic Waves

substances, which have accumulated in our body year after year. The frequencies
of Detoxing are designed to release these toxins into the blood for subsequent
removal. Our body has several natural mechanisms to remove these poisons, but
eliminating all toxic substances takes time. During this period, symptoms present
in the body, such as flu-like sensation, heavy perspiration and night sweats, fever,
with or without chills, headache, malaise, diarrhea, nausea and vomiting, joint and
bone pain, itching, flushing, heat and redness of the skin. Usually these symptoms
will only happen at the beginning of a new treatment. The reactions will soon tend
to stop and then you will feel better within a few days.
Not everyone feels this reaction. This means that there is not a large popula-
tion of microorganisms, and the programs selected are the right ones. The excreto-
ry organs will work well to eliminate toxins quickly and efficiently.

The following recommendations may help during a treatment:

1. Be sure to perform a detox program before and/or during treatment.

2. Increase the break time or reduce the duration of treatments, if necessary.
It is useless and harmful to put a strain on the body's capacity.
3. Drink a lot of distilled water or water and lemon.
4. Eat natural foods that can help maintain the biodiversity of the intestinal
flora and eliminate toxins. Foods rich in fibers help the function of the
excretory system.

201
 Therapeutic Waves

The frequencies of Rifing

We have seen that the first and fundamental element of information transmit-
ted to our cells, by electromagnetic waves is frequency.
In Rifing, it is rare for a program to consist of one or a few frequencies. Nor-
mally the programs to be applied to try to solve a specific health problem are com-
posed of about 10 frequencies.
If you perform a search on the web, it is very easy to identify and consult dif-
ferent databases with long lists of names of diseases, organs, systems, etc., fol-
lowed by the corresponding frequencies to be applied to try to solve them. In my
book "The frequencies of Rifing," published in 2016, I tried to collect all the data
that I was able to identify and after a long and complicated cataloging, I managed
to list almost 7000 entries.

How were these frequencies identified? Why are there so many frequencies
for each pathology? What is the purpose of using so many? Can they be harmful?

All those who approach this technology pose these same questions. Me too,
but I have never been able to find explanations that have fully satisfied me, perhaps
simply because I have never had the pleasure of meeting one of the authors of these
programs.
After some years of study, I arrived at the conclusions or deductions that I
will illustrate below.

§ How were these frequencies identified?

The modalities with which the frequencies of healing, detoxing and killing
have been obtained are the most disparate.
- Regarding healing and certainly detoxing, I have often found a perfect match
between frequencies mentioned in scientific publications and those used in Rifing
programs. Therefore, one of the main sources of these frequencies is certainly that
of the international scientific world. It is well known that from the early twentieth
century to today (thanks to scientists like Rife and Lakhovsky), the experiments
and researches carried out with electromagnetic waves and with the various appli-
cation methods, are in the thousands. This precious information should not be for-
gotten, so they were wisely collected by the various authors who created the Rifing
programs.
- Another part certainly comes from research carried out in countries such as

202
 Therapeutic Waves

Russia, where it is not easy to obtain scientific publications. Then there are fre-
quencies discovered by public or private research laboratories for the most differ-
ent purposes, which however have been tested for its effectiveness, before the dif-
fusion.
- Even for killing frequencies, identifying the sources is not easy. Apart from
the few tens of frequencies discovered by Dr Rife and Dr Hulda Clark, all the oth-
ers have been identified by the most diverse means, such as electronic devices (also
of a quantum type), Bioresonance devices, etc.

In any case, regardless of the origins of all the frequencies used in the Rifing,
what is important is that most of them have been tested before diffusion and the
proof is given simply by the effectiveness and the results they produce.

§ Why are there so many frequencies for each pathology?

The reason why each program contains (in most cases) a high number of fre-
quencies is probably that in this way we try to implement all the possibilities avail-
able to solve a problem. According to this criterion, a Healing program can have
some frequencies that directly affect the problem, others (of aid) that can be used to
activate or improve the functioning of organs, tissues, cells or systems (e.g., im-
provement of blood circulation or system immunity, drainage of toxins, oxygena-
tion, etc.), others that are intended to target any pathogens that may be present or
otherwise involved in a problem that apparently has nothing to do with viruses,
bacteria or fungi.
Similarly, the same principles are used for killing.
Furthermore, support frequencies have been added in many programs
(727/728, 784/786/787, 880, 464/465) indicated for the devitalization of common
pathogens, of which it is very likely to be infected. Of course, it comes to harmon-
ics, which often also have undergone rounding.
Other programs, to end a session, use cleansing, relaxation and general well-
being frequencies such as 304, 5000, 10000 and 3176.

§ What is the purpose of using so many?

At this point, the purpose appears clear. A Rifing program is normally com-
posed of different frequencies, because this greatly increases the probability of ob-
taining success from the proposed treatment. Of course, sometimes this is not
enough: the appropriate choice of several other factors will be those that can fur-
ther increase the percentage of successes obtainable.

203
 Therapeutic Waves

§ Can they be harmful?

The fear that the frequencies applicable with the Rifing may in some cases
cause damage, is certainly legitimate, given what you hear about mobile phones,
radio links, Wi-Fi, etc. Considering what is stated in the Chapter 3 on "Harmful ef-
fects," it can be said that no cases of such effects are known in any of the applica-
tions concerning exposure to electromagnetic waves for therapeutic use (excluding
contraindications). Moreover, if we reflect on the fact that each frequency is nor-
mally applied for about three minutes (even if sometimes repeated cyclically) it is
understood that under these conditions, absolutely no damage can be created. In the
worst case, there is no result, since the energy of the signal sent, not finding its res-
onance frequency, will simply be lost.
The only side effect that you could have using Killing frequencies, would be
the Herxheimer effect. Should this effect occur, it is sufficient to interrupt the
treatment until the physical conditions have improved.

204
 Therapeutic Waves

Waveforms
When a frequency program is to be run, a series of doubts may arise
about the best waveforms to be used in the various cases of healing, killing and de-
toxing.
Each waveform has a different function: the following indications can be use-
ful to make the right choice.

Let us start with Killing.

A square wave is obtained by

adding to a sinusoidal (fundamental)
wave, the odd harmonics, and in par-
ticular the third with amplitude equal
to one third of the fundamental, the
fifth harmonic with amplitude equal to one fifth, and so on (amplitude inversely
proportional to the frequency). So, a square wave is characterized by a very large
number of odd harmonics.

A sawtooth wave, on the other

hand, contains a very large number of
harmonics, both odd and even, of the
fundamental frequency and the ampli-
tude of these harmonics does not de-
crease as rapidly as for the square
wave.

With the characteristics described above, it can be understood that both wave-
forms lend themselves very well to killing, given that having a very high number of
harmonics means repeatedly striking the pathogen and reaching very high frequen-
cies, that is, approaching that which is probably the real frequency of Coordination
Resonance (MOR) typical of the microorganism.

To better understand what has been affirmed so far, it is important to observe,

with an analysis of the electromagnetic spectrum, which are the real frequencies
generated by these waves and, above all, the intensity or amplitude of the harmon-

205
 Therapeutic Waves

ics, which are generated.

The following images depict a spectrum analysis of the frequencies generated
by different waveforms. On the horizontal axis the scale of frequencies in the range
from 0 to 22 kHz is represented, while the vertical one represents the gain in deci-
bel (which corresponds to the intensity or amplitude of the signal).

This is the spectral analysis of a Sinusoidal signal at a frequency of 1000 Hz.

As can be seen, the image shows a single peak at 1 kHz, which is therefore the only
frequency present or emitted by a generator.

This is the spectrum of a 1 kHz Triangular wave. Some harmonics of de-

creasing amplitude are noted, at about 3 kHz, 4 kHz, 7 kHz, etc.
The amplitude of the fundamental frequency is slightly lower than that of a si-
ne wave.

206
 Therapeutic Waves

This is the spectrum of a Square wave, at 1 kHz. Now we can clearly see
what was outlined in the theory, that is, the fundamental frequency is followed by
the third harmonic (3 kHz), then the fifth (5 kHz), the seventh, etc. Of course, in
the image, you can see up to the twenty-first harmonic, but if the spectrum were
wider, you would see the successive odd harmonics, of ever-lower amplitude.
Another significant detail is that the fundamental frequency (1 kHz) has the
maximum possible amplitude (like a sine wave).
It is also noted, by looking at the image, which, for example, the third har-
monic does not have amplitude equal to one third of the fundamental (as explained
above); this is not an error in the graphical representation but in the use of a deci-
bel87 scale. Without going into mathematical explanations, it may suffice to know
that +/- 3 dB, corresponds to a doubling or halving of the power involved. So a
harmonic of amplitude equal to one third of the fundamental, in a decibel scale,
will have a width less than 5 dB less than the fundamental.
In conclusion, do not be fooled by the height of the harmonics represented in
these images, because in reality what may seem a small difference in amplitude is
actually a sharp decrease in the power emitted.

87. Logarithmic unit used to measure the relationships between the powers of two signals, sinusoidally variable
over time, in particular of electric powers.

207
 Therapeutic Waves

This is the spectrum of a Sawtooth wave, at 1 kHz. The even harmonics (2, 4,
6, 8 kHz, etc.) and the odd harmonics 3, 5, 7, 9 kHz, etc.), follow one another with
a width greater than those of the square wave; so even if the fundamental does not
reach the maximum, we obtain practically twice the number of harmonics (twice
because both the odd and even harmonics are present).
It should also be noted that, from the spectral analysis, there is no difference
between a straight and an inverted sawtooth wave.

Further reflections on the effectiveness in the killing of the Square and Saw-
tooth waves can arise by looking at the spectral analysis at a frequency of 6 kHz.
Square wave

208
 Therapeutic Waves

Sawtooth wave

Things get complicated. Although the main harmonics of both waveforms (6

kHz x3 = 18 kHz for the Square and 6 kHz x2, 6 kHz x3 for the Sawtooth) are
those with greater amplitude, a considerable number of other harmonics appear,
which have not negligible amplitude. Furthermore, regardless of the amplitude, the
number of harmonics seems to be the same for both waveforms.
The differences decrease and the choice becomes more difficult. All that re-
mains is to arrive at a conclusion that considers all the situations thus far observed.
Analyzing the behavior at low and high frequencies, consider the same condi-
tions regarding the amplitude and the harmonics, which are created; it can be said
that both waveforms can perform well the function of killing. In any case, the Saw-
tooth wave always remains the best.

These considerations are certainly appropriate when we talk about relatively

low frequencies compared to the entire frequency range that a generator can pro-
duce. However, what happens when we reach a few million Hz? Does it still make
sense to worry about producing higher harmonics, with Square or Sawtooth waves?
Are frequency generators able to create these waveforms?
We begin by trying to answer the last question.
If a generator has a frequency range of 0 - 10 MHz, it means that it is able to
create a sinusoidal waveform up to a maximum of 10 MHz.
For example, if you wanted to produce a square wave of 1 MHz, you realized
that the machine could reproduce this wave rather imprecisely, since to create it,
you would have only the 3rd, 5th, 7th and 9th harmonic (too few to get a perfect

209
 Therapeutic Waves

shape). If instead we set a 10 MHz square wave on the same generator, we will
display a simple sine wave (and not square) with an oscilloscope.
Moreover, when we go towards the performance limit, errors, distortions and
oscillations of form and frequency begin to take place. Probably all this does not
involve major problems for killing, but it is good to know that exceeding certain
thresholds, talking about harmonics produced by square waves, or any other form,
no longer makes much sense.

We read the technical characteristics of a frequency generator, probably with-

out paying much attention to what they can actually give in terms of performance.
The datum that probably attracts our attention most is the maximum frequency that
can be reached (e.g., 10 MHz or 20 MHz), however we do not imagine that the real
emission of frequencies stops before the declared one. Our limited technical
knowledge also makes us think that these limits can be reached by any waveform.
The reality, as can be seen from the above, is very different. In fact, the limits de-
clared by the manufacturers of frequency generators refer exclusively to sine
waves. When instead of a square or triangular wave that must be produced (now
that you know that starting from a fundamental sinusoid such forms are created by
the sum of a series of harmonics), you can understand that the maximum achieva-
ble frequency will be much lower than the maximum declared (unless otherwise
specified).

The above analysis gives rise to a new series of doubts about the best wave-
forms to be used in the various cases of healing, killing and detoxing, so let us clar-
ify.

Healing
I think it is appropriate to distinguish two cases.
1) It is known that our brain is able to create a series of electromagnetic waves
called Delta waves (from 0.1 to 3.9 Hz), Theta (from 4 to 7.9 Hz), Alfa (from 8 to
13.9 Hz), Beta (from 14 to 30 Hz) and Gamma (from 30 to 42 Hz).
These waves can stimulate and regulate hormonal and immune activity (Del-
ta), regulate cellular and joint activity (Theta), improve bio-chemical activity (Al-
pha), regulate emotional balance Betha), facilitate learning and accentuate the pro-
cesses of memorization and concentration (Gamma).
Therefore, in all cases where you could deal with mental problems (e.g., de-

210
 Therapeutic Waves

pression, anxiety, insomnia, etc.) and therefore with programs that use very low
frequencies, I am of the opinion that Sinusoidal waves are the best for this pur-
pose.
2) Healing frequencies can be considered, all those in which pathogens are not
involved and which serve to rebalance a system (e.g., endocrine, cardiocirculatory,
nervous, immune system, etc.), of cells, of an organ. In all these cases, it has now
been widely demonstrated that the Square wave remains the most suitable for this
purpose.
Also noteworthy are the observations of some researchers who say that the
square and sawtooth waves are particularly effective in regenerating functions and
tissues.

Killing
Dr Royal Rife, Dr Hulda Clark and several other researchers have identified
that the resonance frequencies of pathogens (from fungi to viruses) may include a
range from around 75 kHz to some MHz.
Despite this, in many programs involving problems in which various types of
bacteria are involved (e.g., sinusitis, toothache, sore throat, etc.), it is common to
find very low frequencies (in the order of a few hundred Hz). They are almost al-
ways mixed programs with frequencies of healing and killing in which harmonics
of much higher frequencies are often present; therefore if such programs succeed in
their purpose, the merit is surely to be attributed to the higher harmonics that cer-
tain waves produce.
The best are undoubtedly the Square wave and the Inverse sawtooth that, as
noted by the harmonic analysis, produce even and odd harmonics that can go up to
the 50th.
So when we have to run such programs, surely the best thing to do is to set up
an Inverse sawtooth wave or, alternatively or in doubt, a Square.
Other doubts may arise when frequencies of a particular pathogen are used, of
the order of MHz or higher. Now that we know the limits of a normal generator
used for a Rife Machine, you can make a couple of observations or reasoning.

- The first is the following: if a sawtooth wave is the best solution for killing,
even if beyond a certain limit, this wave is transformed by the generator into sinus-
oidal, patience! The essential thing is that it carries out its task and in addition, we
will have the advantage of using a single waveform, in any case.

211
 Therapeutic Waves

- The second is the following: if

I have the certainty that the frequen-
cy I want to use is very high and I
know that my generator is not able to
reproduce the chosen waveform, it is
better to use a Damped Sinusoid
(the one probably used by Rife),
which has the advantage of creating abrupt transitions from low to high ampli-
tudes: this characteristic should be particularly lethal for pathogens.
Remember once again that all these arguments made on the waveforms are
valid in all cases, except when a plasma tube is used (which normally emits only
sinusoidal waves).

Detoxing
There are not many studies re-
garding Detoxing. Therefore, when
detoxing, it is recommended to use
logical reasoning and follow what is
stated in the generator usage manu-
als, with the two preferred wave-
forms, which are Square and, if
available, the H (also called Square H Bomb). The second is the preferred one be-
cause probably the two strong peaks that characterize it, can contribute to break the
bonds that hold toxins to other molecules, within an organism.

When the frequencies do not work

The causes of non-effectiveness of a frequency program can be of various
kinds. A first factor can be determined by the reliability of the PC and the software
used.
The characteristics and performance of the generator follow, such as:
- The accuracy of the frequency generator: it is normal that if we set a
frequency and in fact, a different one is generated, we cannot expect great re-

212
 Therapeutic Waves

sults from this Rife Machine (an oscilloscope can be of great help in verifying
this parameter);
- The limits in terms of performance, such as a limited frequency
range, insufficient power, etc.
-
In addition to these technical factors, there may be a number of other causes
why results cannot be achieved. The causes could be the following:
• The frequencies used are incorrect, not verified or otherwise unsuitable for the
case;
• The method of application is not the most effective for this purpose;
• The settings of the electrical parameters and settings for healing or killing are
incorrect;
• There are factors that do not allow the efficacy of the treatment (e.g., biofilm,
in the case of pathogens);
• The emission power of the device used, is not sufficient to deeply reach all
the infected tissues (this is an important parameter especially when using a
Plasma tube).
If we think everything is correct and working, but we do not get the correct
results, we simply have to think that we are very likely doing something incorrect-
ly. An example has been described in the chapter on Killing, about the various rea-
sons that can cause sciatica or a backache. So, before giving up, it is always good
to investigate, study and consult the right professionals.
Sometimes the causes and therefore the solutions can be so simple, that we do
not realize it. Vice versa when the causes are for example of genetic or mental
origin, then it can be difficult to solve them, even with the Rifing.

Other cases with difficult solutions occur when a program of frequencies re-
duces or eliminates a symptom, but as soon as the treatments are suspended, one
returns to the initial situation. It is the condition in which the true origin of the
problem has not been identified and is practically equal to the classic daily intake
of a drug or a supplement to mitigate a health problem. Even in this case there are
not many choices. If you do not want to remain "tied" to the treatments that a ma-
chine can offer, you must try other ways, as mentioned above.

213
 Therapeutic Waves

The methods of application

There are many Rife Machines currently on the market, which vary in
price. There are systems that use only software and a sound card of a computer (so
with frequencies that reach a maximum of 20 kHz) to systems that are much more
complex and very expensive.
So, choosing the most efficient Rife Machine and with the best quality / price
ratio, for those entering this technology, is not very simple.
Most likely, they will all work (in this sector, I do not think there are "fakes"),
but what distinguishes them are the real possibilities to solve the greatest possible
number of health problems. Think about it, make a simple Rife Machine, which is
able to deal with a good number of situations and you will only need a few ele-
ments:
- Frequency programs are now in the public domain;
- If you do not want to be limited by the frequency range of a sound card, buy
a frequency generator that will have a frequency range from 0 to some MHz, which
does not represent an excessive expense;
- Finally, you will need good software that can manage databases and electro-
magnetic wave settings
Power, is not a factor of excessive importance since, as already mentioned,
the fundamental function of these machines is to transfer information to cells and
tissues.
It seems easy, right? Of course, with such a configuration you can only use
the mode that uses the contact electrodes on the skin, to transfer electromagnetic
waves; in any case, even if with many limitations, such a configuration can already
give good results. According to these criteria, several simple Rife Machines are
made (usually portable and battery powered).
However, once the first programs have been tested and the first successes are
achieved, it is inevitable that one begins to expect more. For the purchase of a good
Rife Machine, it is advisable to consider and evaluate:
- The software used and in particular: the possibility to configure all the elec-
trical parameters of a wave, the programming of the usable sequences and above
all the number of frequency programs stored in the databases;
- The characteristics of the frequency generator and in particular the maximum
frequency that can be reached (at least a few tens of MHz). This parameter is very
important for killing frequencies, since as mentioned above, the higher this fre-
quency will be the possibility to generate square waves up to some MHz;

214
 Therapeutic Waves

- All the devices available that can be connectable to the generator (including a
plasma unit).
The devices by which frequency programs can be applied represent one of the
main requirements that distinguish some evolved Rife Machines. In fact, the varie-
ty of methods of application can contribute not only to the success of the treat-
ments performed but also to the speed with which it is possible to obtain them.
The most important accessories available are described below.

The Plasma tube

It was the first device used
by Rife to devitalize pathogens.
The tube acts as an antenna that
combines photon emission with
electromagnetic and plasma
waves. By keeping the tube at a
distance very close to the body
and using the appropriate fre-
quencies, it is possible to devitalize the pathogens responsible for even very serious
diseases.
The apparatus capable of powering and managing this transmission device is a
high voltage signal amplifier, which connects to the frequency generator. To be ef-
ficient and emit the frequencies identified by Rife or other researchers, it must be
able to work up to some MHz. Among the various accessories that can be connect-
ed to a Rife Machine, it is the most powerful and effective way to eliminate fungi,
viruses and bacteria.
Plasma tubes can take different forms, but the most common are linear or
spherical tubes (called phanotron). A plasma tube has very complex broadband
emissions and acts as an electric mixer that creates a very large number of harmon-
ics. Its operation involves the conversion of low frequency waves into other forms
of pulsed energy radiation. These forms include acoustic waves that can extend up
to ultrasound, waves in the radiofrequency range (MHz), light waves (from infra-
red to ultraviolet) and probably scalar waves. So the emission spectrum is very
complex and also depends on the construction characteristics, the gas used to fill
the tube (helium, argon, neon, xenon), the gas pressure in the tube and the quality
of the glass.
The operating range of a plasma tube normally is from a few kHz (e.g. 100

215
 Therapeutic Waves

kHz) to some tens of MHz. For this reason, when a low frequency has to be radiat-
ed, it is necessary to use an upper harmonic (upper octave) or more simply to use a
carrier (normally 3.1 MHz, 3.3 MHz or 27 MHz) and a modulation in amplitude
(AM).
In the latter case the two sidebands that are created are of fundamental im-
portance. If the modulating audio frequency is a square wave, it will produce an
enormous number of odd harmonics that will produce an equivalent number of
Sidebands and a very wide bandwidth. In a normal radio transmission in AM,
about 2/3 of the power is destined to the carrier (so this energy is dispersed because
useless), while 1/3 to the side bands. In these devices we can try to channel most of
the power on the Sidebands and the harmonics contained in them, and a lower
power on the Carrier, which in any case (as repeatedly stated) has an important role
since it serves to easily penetrate the plasma membrane of all cells (including that
of bacteria). All this phenomenon/process takes place even before the connection
of the frequency generator to the plasma tube.
The phenomena that are created when these frequencies are radiated by the
tube, become even more complex and still not entirely known, but it is precisely
these phenomena that make this device completely different from a common radio
antenna (which will not produce any useful effect).

The electrodes for contact mode

In the years when Royal Rife began the collaboration with John Crane, a
method of frequency application was introduced, much simpler and cheaper than
the plasma tube: the cutaneous electrodes (introduced in 1958 on a new generator
built by Crane).
In this way, the electromagnetic en-
ergy is transmitted through electrodes
that can be constructed of various kinds
of materials: surgical steel cylinders,
metal plates or adhesive skin electrodes.
With this type of mode, it is possible to
apply frequencies of Healing, Killing
and Detoxing without any frequency
limit (the limit is simply that of the gen-
erator).
Considering that the modern Rife

216
 Therapeutic Waves

Machines can generate frequencies from 0 to some tens of MHz, it is understood

that with such a range it is possible to include almost all types of Electrotherapy (of
course in this case it is Healing applications). Moreover, if the software allows the
programming of the waves and of the parameters that can be used, it is possible to
experiment with new methods of application. In particular by dosing the amplitude
of the voltage or, if possible the current, one can re-enter the field of stimulation
with microcurrents (MET or MENS) with all the advantages, especially at the cel-
lular level, that the type of technology involves (as described in the paragraph
dedicated, among all types of electro-stimulation, the MET is the one that can solve
the greatest number of health problems). In this way, by combining MET with Rif-
ing, it is likely that unimaginable objectives can be achieved. It is worth experi-
menting.

Electromagnetic devices
The Electromagnetic device is a mostly unknown and unused application, but
it can provide great results in Healing and Killing. By properly connecting Magne-
totherapy or PEMF devices (coils of various types and shapes) to a Rife Machine,
it is possible to obtain results that are very often faster than those obtainable with
classical Magnetotherapy.
This topic has been the subject
of studies and research that I have
carried out in recent years.
As in the one described above
(combination of MET and Rifing),
also in this case the idea is to mix the
technologies to sum up the effects. In
fact, the person who uses Magneto-
therapy knows that the frequencies
that are normally used are very few MAGNETIC PEN
and are always the same, whatever
the point of application. Rifing uses many frequencies, which are different for each
type of problem.
By appropriately combining the magnetic coils with the waveforms and fre-
quencies that Rifing makes available, you can get something different and in my
opinion, more efficient than the separately used technologies. This is due to the
simple fact that in this way it is possible to sum up the electrical effects in tissues,

217
 Therapeutic Waves

produced by a magnetic field with the information that the frequencies of Rifing
are able to give.
In my latest research, I have created and designed several electromagnetic de-
88
vices applicable to a Rife Machine, all with exceptional results.
One in particular is proving to give very encouraging results in both Healing
and Killing. It is in fact an electromagnetic mat made with completely different
principles from the classical ones for
use in Magnetotherapy or PEMF
(made with a series of coils, arranged
in the padding of the carpet). In fact,
while the devices made for these ap-
plications have an emission of an ex-
clusively magnetic field, what I have
done allows an emission of an elec-
tric and magnetic field. This explains
the efficiency in both Healing and
Killing applications.
Magnetic carpet

Other devices
Among the accessories that can be connected to a Rife Machine, there are
practically no limits.
In order to improve or enhance the effects, they can in fact be connected:

- Laser LEDs with specific wavelengths, which pulsing at the frequency set by the
generator, can sum up the effects of both technologies (the most frequent and ef-
fective use, above all it concerns the pathologies of the skin);
- Infrared led carpets, which at low frequencies can create effects similar to those
described above;
- Ultrasonic devices, which can also emit frequencies up to 1 MHz, which are use-
ful for the Healing and the Killing;
- Devices for imprinting magnetic bands, or water (to obtain effects similar to ho-
meopathic products);
- Devices for the production of colloidal silver;

88. The main devices designed and tested are: a device for imprinting magnetic cards, a Pen, a Coil for joints and a
Carpet, magnetic. Other devices and methods of application are currently under study and experimentation.

218
 Therapeutic Waves

- Radionics devices;
- Signal amplifiers, which in certain cases or applications may be useful for accel-
erating the effects.

Remote transmission
According to Ross Adey, cell membrane glycoproteins89 act as molecular
chemical receptors, but also as antennas of electromagnetic or electrical fields. In
this way, the cells can function both as receivers and as transmitters.
Cell receptors can be activated by electric fields characterized by particular
frequencies through a process known as electro-conformational coupling (Tsong,
1989), as if activated by a chemical signal. Furthermore, this electrical property of
cell membrane receptors would allow cells to scan incoming frequencies and then
fine tune their circuits to allow them to resonate at particular frequencies (Char-
man, 1996).
In addition to these studies, which explain how local electrical signal recep-
tion can take place, there are others that describe the possibility that such transmis-
sion may occur at a distance.

As reported by the German biophysicist Prof. Fritz Albert Popp, the cells of
an organism, are able to emit and receive very weak radiations of light (biopho-
tons), by means of DNA, which acts as a transceiver station, allowing constant
electromagnetic communication both inter-cellular and with the outside world
(even long-distance).

According to several scholars, one of which is Prof. Georges Lakhovsky, the

double helix of DNA behaves like a dipole. This structure is able to generate and
propagate electromagnetic waves in the surrounding environment. The DNA with
its double-helix structure, has its own value from the chemical point of view, but
certainly also from the physical point of view, generating electromagnetic waves to
convey information within an organism (therefore cells exchange information in
real time, not only through the nervous system, but above all through electromag-
netic signals).
Hence, the DNA double helix acts as an antenna able to transmit and receive

89. Glycoproteins are created from the interaction of membrane proteins and membrane carbohydrates

219
 Therapeutic Waves

coded information of energy signals, via non-local space90.

When using these principles, it is possible to use a Rife Machine to "transmit"
information remotely, using a simple device (remote). The method consists in in-
vesting a biological sample that contains DNA, combined with the energy of the
frequencies; then instantly this energy is transmitted, via non-local space, to the
owner of that DNA.
The devices for operating in the “remote” mode are able to use the enormous
potential of Scalar Waves to make this remote transmission even more effective.
Such waves are difficult to measure with orthodox means and behave like a super-
compressed signal both for the energy of the frequencies and for the transmission
capacities of the DNA.
Albert Einstein called it "Spooky action at a distance." Modern physics calls it
"entanglement." In other words, this means that if any part of a single system is
removed from that system and placed in a different position, every action per-
formed on that part will instantly have effects on the system and vice versa. Simi-
larly, when the energy of the frequencies is applied to a sample with DNA, that in-
formation will be transmitted instantly and without spatial limitations (i.e., without
limits of distance) exclusively to the subject with that DNA.

This special Remote device has been designed, tested and implemented by an
international Team91 of designers.
This means that all the frequency programs available with a Rife Machine can
be applied to an organism without having any physical contact.
The effectiveness of such a futur-
istic and revolutionary device is in
most cases surprising. Using the prin-
ciples, which are described above, it is
plausible that sometimes it is a bit
slower or less effective than the other
modes of application, but considering
the convenience of use, a Remote de-
vice is truly unique.
In the application practice, there are both cases of extreme sensitivity and very

90. Non-local space has been defined as "dark" energy (dark because it is outside the electromagnetic spectrum
and therefore cannot be observed or measured). Nikola Tesla called it "the mind of God."
91. The Remote and Scalar devices have been designed by Team Spooky2, which produces one of the best known
Rife Machines.

220
 Therapeutic Waves

rare cases of inefficiency, but these conditions represent less than 10% of users
who have used it for years.

According to quantum physics, entanglement is a phenomenon that can be es-

tablished between two microscopic particles A and B (photons or electrons) that
are linked together in such a way that, even when they are placed at a great dis-
tance from each other , the modification that should occur to the quantum state of
particle A, would instantly have a measurable effect on the quantum state of parti-
cle B (spooky action at distance). The successes of the latest research bring us
closer to the possible applications of entanglement, which range from encryption to
teleportation to quantum computers (computers capable of developing an extreme-
ly superior computing power than classic computers).
But entanglement also means intertwining, an indissoluble bond, like the one
that can be established even between two human beings united by an affection so
strong as to make them perceive at a distance an event of joy or pain experienced
by one of the two. Thus, when we talk about entanglement, about a device like the
Remote, it is not definitely sure that it follows the same principles as in quantum
physics. Indeed, it is certainly something different, but with identical effects, if
they are observed in experiments that are scientific or empirical.
To have an idea of this phenomenon that can be easily observed in the real
world, what better example can we illustrate than the one concerning monozygotic
twins?
The monozygotic twins, also called monovular or identical, are born from the
same egg cell fertilized by a single spermatozoon. After fertilization, in the very
early stages of development, it may happen that the embryo splits, giving rise to
two distinct embryos that can also share the same placenta (or develop two distinct
placentas). Being originated from the same zygote, the twins will inevitably have
the same DNA and therefore the same blood group and identical somatic charac-
ters. Many of these twins have been the subject of a vast series of scientific obser-
vations that have shown the existence of an entanglement condition in most cases
(it is probable that the cases of absence of this phenomenon are determined by dif-
ferent evolutions, starting from from development in the placenta).
Research in this field has shown that the entanglement between two monozy-
gotic twins can manifest as:
- Telepathy: knowledge of when a twin is about to call another, identical sim-
ultaneous speeches and thoughts, identical simultaneous writing, simultaneous ex-
pression of identical tastes, shared dreams, etc.;

221
 Therapeutic Waves

- Perception of symptoms and pain (sometimes with physical effects), when a

twin suffers an injury or illness;
- Perception of moods and identical feelings.
In conclusion, entanglement in life as well as in physics and biology, can man-
ifest with similar effects, but even if it is difficult to explain, it represents a reality
as fascinating as it is practically verifiable.

Scalar Wave technology

The device just described, is not the only way to use Scalar Waves for treat-
ments of any kind. Recently, the same Team18 of researchers that had developed
the Remote; had devised an apparatus capable of producing scalar waves for treat-
ments able to give even better effective solutions, in case the health issues are of a
more complex nature.
As already mentioned in the first chapter, scalar waves, besides having the
ability to transfer energy, are also able to transfer information, since DNA is a per-
fect scalar antenna. Scalar energy improves the natural potential to promote heal-
ing92; it does so by strengthening the natural electrical charges in the cells, improv-
ing the circulation and cellular metabolism: in practice, giving an organism the en-
ergy and informational charge it needs helps it re-establish its normal biological
and functional processes.
Scalar energy greatly improves the functions of the mitochondria and diges-
tive, endocrine, nervous, circulatory, immune and lymphatic systems, offering a
wide range of health benefits.

In "Scalar Energy: The Science and Wonder Behind Its Benefit" (by Dr
Romerlito C. Macalinao), in addition to the effects mentioned above, a new and
fundamental aspect is examined to understand how scalar waves can bring great
benefits in a very high number of diseases. In this book the author, after having ex-
posed all the benefits that oxygenation of the blood involves, disclosed a series of
studies in which he demonstrates that scalar energy oxygenates the blood, contrib-
uting to the oxygen requirements of the human body that enables the organism at
the cellular level to fight off disease and infection. It is the oxygen effect that al-

92. Dr Glen Rein, Effect of Non-Hertzian Scalar Waves on the Immune System and Biological Interactions with
Scalar Energy: Cellular Mechanisms of Action, Stanford University Medical Center
- Dr Glen Rein - Biological Effects of Quantum Fields and Their Role in the Natural Healing Process - Quantum
Biology Lab, Miller Place, NY

222
 Therapeutic Waves

lows for all the benefits of scalar energy and that explains its healing potential.
People from all over the world have testified the benefits of scalar energy and the
results are as follows:

• Improves cardiovascular and circulatory health; normalizes blood pres-

sure and removes swelling and stasis
• Boosts the immune and endocrine system
• Relieves stress; enhances focus, memory and concentration
• Enhances memory and cognitive function and works as an antidepressant
• Improves the parasympathetic and sympathetic nervous systems
• Reduces pain, swelling and inflammation
• Anti-aging; restores cells and prevents degenerative diseases
• Normalizes body weight; increases metabolic rate and promotes weight
loss
• Improves strength, flexibility, balance and endurance, i.e., athleticism
• Protects the body from e-smog and strengthens the human biofield to fa-
cilitate health and wellness.

Our cells communicate using scalar fields93. When this communication is

blocked, our health will often deteriorate. Scalar fields introduce energy and restore
this communication and the natural means of defense against an organism.

In this book, it has been repeatedly stated that the key to restoring health is in-
formation. With this machine, the information is provided with the appropriate
scalar waves that can be further enriched with those provided by the classic Rife
frequencies or medicinal products (synthetic or natural).
The application is performed by, placing oneself between a transmitting and
receiving unit, in order to be completely encapsulated by the scalar field.
This is certainly the most advanced and promising technology in the world of
Rifing. This research makes constant continuous progress, so I am sure the future
will offer us more and more efficient and evolved equipment.

93. Meyl K., DNA and cell resonance: magnetic waves enable cell communication. DNA Cell Biol. 2012 Apr; 31
(4): 422-6. doi: 10.1089/dna.2011.1415.

223
 Therapeutic Waves

Conclusions

Prof. Georges Lakhovsky in

1926 stated that cells, tissues and or-
gans function as micro-radios that res-
onate at their resonance frequency.
When the cells fall ill, they vibrate at a
different frequency from the natural
one and to heal them they must be sub-
jected to the right frequency, which
will bring them back to vibrate at the
"correct" frequency. Lakhovsky designed and built an oscillator at multiple wave-
lengths which, by emitting innumerable harmonics, was able to resonate with any
group of cells in the human body; he used it to treat many people and is still in use
today.

During that same period in time,

Dr Royal Rife demonstrated that eve-
ry elementary organic particle has its
own resonance frequency and accord-
ing to these principles succeeded in
devitalizing pathogens that can lead
to even deadly diseases.

Today many contemporary scientists, like those of the past, affirm the same
principle: frequencies are the key to diseases but also to healing. After so many
years of darkness, science is rediscovering all this. Matter and energy are not sepa-
rate but are all one. Therapeutic machines that use electromagnetic waves to trans-
mit their energy and / or the information they are able to provide to an organism
are increasingly numerous.

Almost no one has the courage to recognize which scientists have opened the
doors to these technologies; so when their imagination does not provide anything
original, better call it simply quantum medicine.

224
 Therapeutic Waves

9. Considerations on the
technologies examined

After the detailed description of all the most known technologies that use elec-
tromagnetic waves, it is possible to make some observations.

- Even if what has been reported in the previous chapters tries to make a gen-
eralization of the scope of Electrotherapy and Magnetotherapy, there is almost
nothing precise and definite, in the sense that every researcher or every manufac-
turer of such equipment gives different definitions or uses different operating prin-
ciples and electrical parameters (especially waveforms, pulse duration, application
times, etc.).
Therefore, by reading the scientific articles or the technical characteristics of
such apparatuses, it happens that the methods used cannot be cataloged in any pre-
cise way. Naturally, this creates a bit of confusion, since often, different methods
can still lead to identical results. At this point, you can ask yourself which one is
the best, the fastest or the most efficient!
Unfortunately, the answer frequently does not exist simply because the only
way to obtain it would be to compare methodologies and / or devices (data that are
almost never available at all). In any case if, as we have seen, the mechanisms of
action on cells and tissues are almost always the same; the only parameter that
could give us a really important indication, would be to know the number of suc-
cesses obtained and the times in which it is normally possible to reach a positive
result. Here, thanks to a collection of data and information, we tried to give some
answers, but we realize that the issue is not simple.

225
 Therapeutic Waves

- Between Rifing and Magnetotherapy (in general) there are a series of appli-
cations that, even with different methods, principles and frequencies are able to ob-
tain identical results that is the restoration of a state of health or well-being In the
field of Magnetotherapy, the technique that distinguishes itself in a particular way
compared to Rifing, is that of Pulsed Electro-Magnetic Fields (PEMF) which,
thanks to a large number of scientific publications, have shown excellent abilities
especially in the field of repair and regeneration of organic tissues.
In summary, if Rifing and PEMF both succeed in successfully solving a large
number of health problems (even if in ways that are sometimes different, some-
times overlapping), the first is characterized by the excellent capacity for the devi-
talization of pathogens, while the second for the regeneration of tissues damaged
by trauma or serious diseases. For the reasons just described these two technologies
have been the most detailed.

The emission power

The power of a device that emits electromagnetic waves is a parameter that
should be considered solely for the purpose and functions of the therapy.
In general, it can be said that when information is to be transferred, very low
powers are sufficient to achieve the goal. On the other hand, when it is necessary to
trigger bio-electric effects that must cause reactions of various kinds, then the pow-
er of electromagnetic waves and related equipment can be decisive.
Of all the applications examined so far, we see when and why it is necessary
to have adequate power.
- Therapies with light radiations: they are all applications that require ade-
quate power to be effective, especially those that use LEDs and Lasers. The only
exceptions are Chromotherapy and Chromopuntura, where the information of the
colors are used to determine the desired effects.
- Electrotherapies: since these electrodes are applied directly to the skin, it is
normal that a very minimum mount of electrical current is sufficient, for any type
of application. Indeed, in the case of microcurrent stimulation, it has been seen that
if the current circulated in the affected area exceeds the threshold of just 1 mA, the
effects could even be contrary.
- Thermotherapies: they are applications that, because they exploit the elec-
trical characteristics of the tissues to cause their heating, need very high powers, up
to over 1000W.

226
 Therapeutic Waves

- Ultrasound and Shockwave: also in this case the power (of a few watts)
must be adequate for the mechanical transfer of the vibrations produced by the
equipment, to the tissues to be invested.
- Neuroacoustics: even if the nature of the sound waves transmitted through a
headset, are predominantly informational in nature, a modest power is required for
the reproduction of the acoustic pieces.
- Magnetotherapy: as already mentioned, they can exploit both principles
with powers varying from a few picogauss to thousands of gauss.
Since a magnetic field induces in the tissues an electric field that will then
serve to produce therapeutic effects, when it is intended to produce a similar effect,
it is necessary that the electrical power be consistent (in this case we speak of hun-
dreds or thousands of gauss). Power can be decisive even when it is necessary to
reach deep tissues of the human body.
However, when the electrical power is intended to provide the tissues with in-
formation that is useful for gene stimulation, then fields of weak electrical intensity
will be sufficient to achieve excellent results.
- Rifing: in Healing, the fundamental principle is to transfer energy infor-
mation to cells and tissues, so sufficient potencies are sufficient to obtain great re-
sults. This does not exclude that having more power when using electromagnetic
devices (e.g., carpets, coils, etc.), could mean combining the effects and producing
faster results.
As for Killing, things are reversed only when the Plasma tube is used. In fact,
acting as an antenna with its own emission waves that must reach pathogens that
can be found in even deep tissues, and then destroys them (like a crystal glass in-
vested by its resonance frequency), it is understood that adequate electrical power
is needed (normally more than 40/50 W).

227
 Therapeutic Waves

Biological and therapeutic effects

After examining various explanations on the biological effects and modalities
of a large number of applications of electromagnetic fields, it may be useful to
make a recapitulation, so it is easier to identify the best choice for every type of
health problem.
Probably nobody has had a satisfactory experience in all the applications de-
scribed in the previous chapters. Therefore, the following statements are just an at-
tempt to clarify what is based on scientific research, testimonies and experiences of
some therapists: for that reason, absolutely nothing is certain or definitive.
It is also specified that according to the criterion just stated, the therapeutic
indications indicated below for each application are only those of greater im-
portance, listed in order of importance (in relation to the most frequent use and / or
demonstrated efficacy).

Therapies with light radiations

Biological effects:
o Production / balancing of the endocrine system - production of hormones
(Light Therapy);
o Production of Vitamin D (Heliotherapy);
o Oxidative reactions only in pathological cells (Photodynamic Therapy);
o Activation of the mitochondrial respiratory chain and production of ATP
(LED and Laser therapy with red / infrared light);
o Energetic activation, according to traditional Chinese medicine (Chro-
mopuncture, Laser therapy).
Therapeutic indications:
• Heliotherapy: dermatological diseases, osteo-articular, respiratory, hae-
matological, circulatory system and mood disorders.
• Light Therapy: alteration of the sleep-wake rhythm and the circadian
rhythm, mood disorders and mental disorders.
• Photodynamic therapy: dermatological diseases, pre-tumor lesions and
tumor lesions.
• Phototherapy: jaundice, dermatological diseases and cosmetic treatments.
• Chromotherapy: rebalancing of chakras and psychosomatic disorders.
• Chromopuncture: diseases of various kinds.

228
 Therapeutic Waves

• LED and Laser therapy: wounds and dermatological diseases, inflamma-

tions and diseases of various kinds.

Electrostatic Therapy
Biological effects:
o Actions of an excitomotor type, vasomotor (vasodilatation) and antalgic-
sedative;
o Repolarizing effect on cells;
o Increase in the arterial flow of the district;
o Anti-edema effect (which reduces water retention).
Therapeutic indications:
• Cellular metabolism and microcirculation stimulation;
• Type 2 diabetes;
• Anti-inflammatory and acceleration of hematoma absorption;
• Pathologies of various kinds.

Electrotherapies
Biological effects:
o Increase in ATP (MET);
o Improvement of amino acid transport through the membrane and increase
of cellular protein synthesis (MET);
o Biological repair and recovery of damaged cells and tissues with similar
effects to injury current (MET);
o Excitomotor action on muscle fibers (NMES, H-wave);
o Electrical stimulation to nerves that feed paralyzed muscles (FES);
o Blocking of the transmission of painful impulses and generation of endor-
phins (TENS, PENS, PNT and HVGS);
o changes in the neuronal membrane potential, changes in density and func-
tion of ion channels, formation of new synapses (tDCS);
o Stimulation of the hypothalamus to the production of neuro-hormones
(substantial increases in beta endorphins, adrenocorticotrophic hormone
and serotonin) (CES).
Therapeutic indications:
• (MET) Micro Current Electrical Stimulation: attenuation of acute and
chronic pain, reduction of inflammation, edema, lesions, bedsores, ulcers,

229
 Therapeutic Waves

wounds, neuropathies, arthritis and bursitis, regeneration of damaged tis-

sues and lifting effect.
• (NMES) Neuromuscular Electrical Stimulation Devices: increase in
muscle strength and range of motion, correction of spastic contractures,
dysphagia, and neuromuscular stimulation in children with cerebral palsy.
• (FES) Functional Electrical Stimulation: Stroke, Multiple Sclerosis
(MS), Spinal Cord Injury, Cerebral Palsy and Parkinson's disease.
• (TENS) Transcutaneous Electrical Nerve Stimulation: attenuation of
acute and chronic pain.
• H-wave: stimulation of muscles and nerves, to promote circulation and al-
leviate pain, muscle sprains, temporomandibular joint dysfunction, reflex
sympathetic dystrophy and diabetic ulcers.
• (PENS) Percutaneous Electrical Nerve Stimulation: attenuation of acute
and chronic pain.
• (PNT) Percutaneous Neuromodulation Therapy: chronic non-treatable
pain relief, as an auxiliary treatment in post-operative or post-traumatic
pain management.
• (HVGS) High Voltage Galvanic Stimulation: treatment of acute and
chronic pain and reduction of edema.
• (EAP) Electroacupuncture: diseases of various kinds.
• Electrostimulation of acupuncture points: diseases of various kinds.
• (tDCS) transcranial Direct Current Stimulation: neuropsychiatric con-
ditions such as depression, anxiety, Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's, post-
stroke or trauma rehabilitation, addictions, chronic pain. Improvements in
case of dyslexia, learning, memory and autism.
• (CES) Cranial electrotherapy stimulation: mood disorders, mental dis-
orders, brain injuries, fibromyalgia, multiple sclerosis (experimental), quit
smoking and for opiate withdrawal.

Thermotherapies
Biological effects:
o Increase in the temperature of even deep tissues;
o Damage or destruction of cancer cells;
o Release of cytokines which stimulate the arrival of leukocytes on the heat-
ed zone;

230
 Therapeutic Waves

o Analgesic effect for reduction of conduction in sensory nerve endings;

o Acceleration of cell metabolism;
o Vasodilation;
o Deep hyperemia.
Therapeutic indications:
• Infrared rays: decubitus sores, arthropathies, muscular contractures, cuta-
neous trophic disorders and oncological therapies (with the Laser).
• Radar therapy or Microwave: Traumas, osteo-articular and muscular
diseases and Raynaud's disease.
• Marconitherapy: Circulatory alterations, inflammation, infections, chron-
ic arthrosis, trauma, Herpes Zoster and Bell's palsy.
• Tecar-Therapy: Traumas, osteo-articular and muscular pathologies, and
from venous and lymphatic insufficiency.
• Oncological hyperthermia: most of the deep solid tumors, superficial sol-
id tumors, haematological tumors, skin and bone metastases.

Ultrasound
Biological effects:
o Mechanical: micromassage and microconstructions with acceleration of
metabolism and cell reproduction;
o Thermal: vasodilation, superficial and deep vascularization, pain reduction;
o Chemical: modification of pH and permeability of cell membranes.
Therapeutic indications:
• Disaggregation of calcifications (lithotrissia);
• Fibrolytic effect (dissolution of thrombus);
• Trauma, osteo-articular and muscular pathologies;
• Aesthetic applications.

ESWT - Extracorporeal Shockwave Therapy

Biological effects:
o Angiogenesis (development of new blood vessels);
o Acceleration of cell metabolism;
o Regeneration and tissue repair;
o Multiplication and differentiation of stem cells.

231
 Therapeutic Waves

Therapeutic indications:
• Disaggregation of calcifications (lithotrissia) - kidney stones;
• Erectile dysfunction;
• Cellulitis and for body remodeling;
• Tendon and related diseases, even in the absence of calcifications;
• Pain, persistent edema and joint stiffness after surgery;
• Healing of chronic wounds, burns and diabetic ulcers.

Neuroacoustics
Biological effects:
o Rebalancing of organs, tissues and cells, with various stimulation effects;
o Revitalization of neuronal connections, synchronization of the hemispheres
of the brain.
Therapeutic indications:
• Removal of psycho-emotional blocks;
• Increase in physical-postural balance;
• Induction of a healthy and deep sleep;
• Energy balance of the chakras and rebalancing of the aura;
• Diseases of various kinds.

Magnetotherapy
Biological effects:
o Repair and regeneration of tissues, thanks to the stimulation of gene ex-
pression; restoration of the membrane potential towards optimal values,
with oxygenation and ATP;
o Activation of ion channels with ion formation and displacement;
o Vasodilation and neoangiogenic effect (reinvigorates the walls of blood
vessels);
o Antalgic effect.
Therapeutic indications:
• Delays in the consolidation of fractures, stimulation of bone regeneration,
improvement of bone density;
• Osteo-articular and muscular pathologies of any kind;
• Attenuation of acute and chronic pain;

232
 Therapeutic Waves

• Localized inflammation with improvement of vasodilation, angiogenesis

and blood oxygenation;
• Central and peripheral nervous system disorders with tissue regeneration /
repair;
• Mood disorders, mental and psychiatric disorders;
• Dermatological diseases;
• Infections and diseases of various kinds.

Rifing
Biological effects:
o Devitalization of pathogens (fungi, bacteria and viruses);
o Functional rebalancing of cells and tissues;
o All the effects of Electrotherapy and Magnetotherapy.
Therapeutic indications:
• Pathologies of infectious origin or related to the presence of pathogens;
• Pathologies of any nature;
• Detoxification of heavy metals and toxins.

Conclusions
From what has been examined so far, the effects that electromagnetic fields
can cause when they hit an organic tissue are so many and not all known yet.
These effects can be broadly grouped into the following types:

❖ Modification of the electrical properties of cells and tissues:

o changes in membrane potential,
o ion displacement,
o microcurrent formation,
❖ Pharmacological effects:
o analgesic,
o anti-inflammatory,
❖ Stimulation of hormonal and enzymatic processes:
o endorphins,
o serotonin,

233
 Therapeutic Waves

o stimulation of the hypothalamus to the production of neuro-

hormones,
❖ Increase in temperature, resulting in:
o vasodilation and hyperemia,
o release of cytokines that stimulate the arrival of leukocytes,
o analgesic effect for reduction of conduction in sensitive nerve
endings,
o acceleration of cellular metabolism,
o damage or destruction of cancer cells.
❖ Modification of the biological properties of the cells involving:
o Cell membrane, with protein alterations and consequent,
▪ variations in permeability,
▪ changes in ionic exchanges (especially changes in the
calcium content of cells),
▪ transport of amino acids,
o Cell organelles with variations,
▪ ATP,
▪ oxygenation,
▪ protein synthesis,
▪ chromatin,
❖ Biological changes to the fabrics:
o angiogenesis,
o pH change,
o anti-edema,
o revitalization of neuronal connections.
❖ Resonance of elements that make up a cell:
o membrane,
o microtubules,
o DNA.
❖ Variations of gene expression, with effects on:
o cell regeneration,
o repair.
❖ Stem cell activation.

234
 Therapeutic Waves

10. Cancer research

The search for therapies to defeat cancer has been going on for more than a
century. The successes have been innumerable, but many of the innovative discov-
eries obtained by so many researchers have been countered, ended in nothingness,
disappeared and forgotten along with its inventor. Who can have an interest in ex-
perimenting and funding research on substances that can be produced at low cost
or from natural origin which cannot be patented?
We have been assisting for decades in raising funds for "cancer research". De-
spite the various scandals reported in the news, many still believe in it. The statis-
tics on the number of cancer patients and the number of deaths per year unfortu-
nately show us a very discouraging reality.

In recent years, how many times have we read "found a molecule that de-
stroys, ... that kills, ... that cures cancer ...", then we continue to read the article and
discover that it continues with "... the first results are encouraging ..., soon a clini-
cal trial will start ..., it will take many years before it can be used on man ...", and
then? And then the funds to continue the search almost always disappear, and eve-
rything ends up in a drawer or, at best, in some expensive private clinic.

It is the classic rubber wall that will be difficult to tear, but today, thanks to the
dissemination of news and research published on the web, you begin to see a
glimmer: this constant repression of any alternative method of care will not last
forever, also because, fortunately, not all nations suffer the impositions of those
who decide for everyone.

235
 Therapeutic Waves

Until yesterday, the devices that use electromagnetic frequencies for the cure
of cancer have had the same bad fate, but as you will discover reading this chapter
to the end, finally a light at the end of the tunnel is now beginning to be seen. This
thanks exclusively to independent researchers who, in their private or university
laboratories, have carried out their theories, have deepened their studies, to the
point of finding solutions that in some cases have become reality.

236
 Therapeutic Waves

The pioneers

George Lakhovsky (1870 – 1942)

The theories of this illustrious scientist are those
that are closest to modern discoveries about the electri-
cal properties of healthy and suffering cells. Lakhovsky
argued that the cell can be compared to an oscillating
electrical circuit capable of emitting and receiving elec-
tromagnetic radiation, of a specific amplitude and fre-
quency, specific to each type of cell. All the tubular fil-
aments of which a cell is composed (e.g. DNA, cyto-
skeletal microtubules, etc.) are always in the shape of a
spiral, or helix, and therefore constitute microscopic
oscillating circuits that can oscillate according to a spe-
cific frequency. When the balance of emission and reception of these elements is
compromised, one inevitably goes towards a pathological process. For Lakhovsky
the struggle between healthy cells and pathogens, such as viruses or bacteria, was a
"radiation war". If the radiations of the microbes were stronger, the cells began to
oscillate irregularly and became ill; finally when they ceased to oscillate, they died.
The main effect of the frequencies delivered by the device he invented, the
Multi Wave Oscillator (MWO), consists precisely in repolarizing diseased cells,
raising their electric potential and improving their enzymatic kinetics in order to
accelerate tissue repair times and of bones and produce a beneficial anti-
edematous, anti-inflammatory and analgesic action.

George Lakhovsky was born in Russia in 1870. In 1894 he graduated in engi-

neering and had the opportunity to perfect his culture in Paris where in 1905 he
married a girl from this city, from which he had three children. In the early 1920s
he developed his theories on the electromagnetic properties of cells and built a de-
vice called the Radio-cellular oscillator that he experimentally used on geraniums
previously inoculated with cancer-generating bacteria. His experiments gave posi-
tive results: the cancer was eradicated by increasing the normal oscillations of
healthy cells.

Following the positive results of these experiments he thought he could get

237
 Therapeutic Waves

better results. In 1931 he built an apparatus capable of generating a field, capable

of producing a range of frequencies from 3 meters to infrared: the Multi Wave Os-
cillator. This device was successfully used in French, Swedish and Italian clinics to
treat cancerous growths, lesions produced by radio burns, goiters and a range of
diseases considered incurable.
In 1941, when France was occupied by the Germans Lakhovsky, a great anti-
Nazi, had to leave Paris and thus moved to New York. His Multiple Wave Length
Oscillator was used in the physiotherapy department of a large New York hospital,
where arthritis, chronic bronchitis, congenital dislocations of the hip and other
conditions were successfully treated.
Lakhovsky had laid the foundations of radiobiology, but the medical class did
not want to follow up on his discoveries at his death and so today the use of his
Oscillator for medical treatments is officially forbidden by the American Ministry
of Health. He believed that one of the essential causes of cancer formation was the
oscillatory imbalance of the cells. Therefore, to restore the cells in disequilibrium
to their normal oscillations it was necessary to provide an oscillatory shock: an in-
strument capable of providing a multitude of frequencies, would have allowed each
cell to vibrate in resonance with its own specific frequency.
From 1926 to 1938, he wrote 21 books, translated into different languages.
Until his death in 1942, Lakhovsky treated and cured a large number of cancer pa-
tients thanks to his inventions.

Royal Rife (1888 – 1971)

In this book an entire chapter has been dedicated
to his story, his research and the studies of all those
who are trying to reproduce the effects and results he
achieved almost a century ago. Many users of Rife
Machine who have claimed to have cured a cancer
thanks to a device capable of delivering electromag-
netic waves from a plasma tube are many, all over the
world. But the notes and the studies of Rife that we
have received are very small, his scientific publica-
tions carefully destroyed, while the attempts to dis-
credit him or even to deny its existence, are innumerable. Despite this, his fame in
the world today is growing, probably due to a scientific world that for decades
promises to find a cure for cancer but does nothing but bury any new discovery that

238
 Therapeutic Waves

does not include the use of chemotherapy or treatments expensive.

The discovery of the "Bx" virus responsible for cancer and its pleomorphism
has never been confirmed, but undoubtedly viruses play a fundamental role in the
development of a cancer. The news that announces the discovery of having identi-
fied a particular virus as a probable cause of a type of cancer, is increasingly com-
mon. Very probably these microorganisms are not the cause, but they certainly
come and proliferate in a cancer: destroying them can cure the disease. The vaccine
against the human papilloma virus (HPV), responsible for cervical cancer and other
similar vaccines, does nothing but validate these theories.
The study of countless texts and research on the subject have done nothing but
confirm the complexity of the issue, compared to what might seem at first sight.
Rife did not hand down the fundamental details that brought his results to a striking
success and many of the interpretations of the method he conducted are unfortu-
nately wrong. In fact, every detail may have been decisive for the success of his
therapies, such as the technical characteristics of his plasma tube, the type of fre-
quency modulation used and the harmonics of the sidebands, the preliminary ana-
lyzes that surely led with his microscope. Although it is absolutely possible to de-
stroy a microorganism by resonating its membrane, cytoskeleton or DNA, I do not
think we can still say that the technique used by some researchers is identical to
that of Rife. Maybe someday we will know or we will find out.

Fortunately, current studies and research are encouraging and I am sure that
this mystery will soon be solved. Meanwhile, as already mentioned, people in the
world who claim to have cured a cancer and many other diseases (especially of an
infectious nature) with a Rife Machine are thousands. Perhaps, the simultaneous
adoption of other strategies, such as diet, medicinal plants, lifestyles, will have
contributed to the cure, but surely these testimonies exist and are real. Of course, if
one day a serious investigation was conducted into how these people managed to
overcome cancer, it would probably be possible to obtain extremely interesting da-
ta.

239
 Therapeutic Waves

Antoine Prioré (1912 - 1983)

Antoine Prioré was born April 10, 1912 in Trieste,
Italy. Graduated in electrical engineering, he became a
radar technician for the Italian Navy. After World War
II, he decided to live in Bordeaux where he worked for
25 years (between 1950 and 1975) and built a series of
electromagnetic devices that produced a strong magnet-
ic field for the purpose of treating cancer and several
other diseases.
The story of this great scientist began in 1944
when he noticed that some oranges left near some elec-
tronic equipment had remained fresh, as if they had just been picked, while others,
far from the apparatus, had become marches and putrides. This anomaly leads him
to explore the effects of magnetic and electromagnetic waves on various plants,
noting that those radiated with his apparatuses had a growth much higher than
normal. Subsequent research performed on cancerous tissues produces partial or
total remissions when exposed to these waves.

The machine invented by Prioré is impressive and apparently incomprehensi-

ble. Mix various transverse and ordinary electromagnetic radiation at various fre-
quencies in a tube containing a rotating plasma. In particular, the machine includes:
- a large plasma tube with mercury and neon gas, excited at 430 V,
- a magnetron94 (at 9.4 GHz, 40 Kw of peak), which pulses for 1 micro second
at a frequency of 1 kHz,
- two high frequency oscillators (17.6 MHz and 15.8 MHz),
- a magnetic field (600/1200 G) which confines the plasma and which is
pulsed at 50 Hz.
The magnetron microwaves and the two high frequency signals are mixed in
the plasma so that the pulsed 9.4 GHz signal is modulated by the two high frequen-
cy signals. In this way, 17 specific frequencies are mixed and modulated on the
carrier at 9.4 GHz.
Instead of using the common transverse electromagnetic waves, this system
actually uses longitudinal waves and waves polarized over time. In this way it is
possible to gradually restore the damaged or diseased cells in the previous physical

94. The magnetron is a type of thermionic valve (vacuum tube) with high power for the production of microwaves.

240
 Therapeutic Waves

condition, that is, before the damage or disease had arrived. Thus, the cells that
have undergone a degenerative transformation (and only those), gradually change
physically: this is the mechanism responsible for the extraordinary care obtained by
the Prioré team in France in the 1960s and the early 1970s. Irradiation with longi-
tudinal (or scalar) waves stimulates the body to a "temporal inversion" of damaged
cells, initiating an accelerated natural healing process. With this method, the spec-
trum of electromagnetic radiation emitted by a sick or damaged body is captured,
amplified and then appropriately reintroduced into the body, causing a process of
cell change, in a primitive state. In practice, cancer cells heal as they are brought
back to the time they were healthy.

This new scalar technology for the treatment of cancer does not involve killing
the cancer cells but, to bring back the energy of the cells to a previous condition, it
uses the healing power in the longitudinal waves in the time domain (although he
did not know them). Indeed, a plasma can convert a transverse wave into a longitu-
dinal wave and produce conjugate waves in phase (time-inverse).
In hundreds and hundreds of rigorous tests with laboratory animals, the Prioré
machine has treated a wide variety of the most difficult deadly or terminal diseases
known today. Any cellular, biochemical or genetic based disease could be cured.
Prioré said he treated a number of terminally ill cancer patients with his devices.

His latest device is financed by the French government for several million dol-
lars, with the help of the French prime minister of the time. It is a large device (M-
600) suitable for treating people with cancer. The machine is large enough to radi-
ate all over human body. It is used on a number of animals suffering from cancer,
but suffers a breakdown before being applied to human patients (it worked for
about a week until the plasma tube exploded). He had to be able to cure cancer and
leukemia with two irradiations of five-minute each, to be performed one week
apart.
In 1974, following a change of government, Prioré lost his political supporters
and remained without financial support. They spent a few years trying to bring the
device to the market and in the field of medical research and development. A group
of wealthy supporters joins together to provide the millions needed to finance the
economic effort. However, once almost close to the conclusion, mysteriously, all
the funding for the project is suddenly withdrawn (it seems as a result of strong
threats). Prioré never again received those funds. After his death, on 9 May 1983,
the machine fell into disuse and was later dismantled.

241
 Therapeutic Waves

The alternatives to surgery

There are several devices that use eletromagnetic fields for the destruction of
cancer cells and they are considered as an excellent alternative option to a classic
surgery. For this reason, they have been more fortunate destiny than other tech-
niques meant for threatment of cancer.
Many new technologies have introduced important advantages in eliminating
tumors, using less and less invasive forms of treatment and often dedicated to spe-
cific cancers.
Here they are some examples.

Radiotherapy
Radiation therapy is the best known alternative to surgery. Use high-energy
waves or particles to treat cancer. Ionizing radiation (usually X-rays) is used to kill
or weaken cancer cells and stop their growth and division. These radiations damage
the DNA of the target cells that are not able to repair themselves (unlike normal
cells), and die by apoptosis.
With advances in technology, increasingly complex and precise radiant ma-
chines have been developed. Nowadays advanced radiotherapy machines irradiate
cancer areas with a very high precision radius, so as not to cause serious and irre-
versible alterations to the surrounding tissues and reduce side effects. To guarantee
this result, different types of radiation are often used, both photonic (X-rays or γ-
rays) and corpuscular (electrons, alpha particles, protons, carbon ions, etc.) differ-
ently distributed on the neoplastic site.
There are two main categories of radiation used in radiotherapy: external radi-
ation and internal radiation. For each of these categories there are different types
with different characteristics and techniques, depending on a series of characteristic
factors of the treatment to be performed.

External therapy uses X-rays (photons), cobalt irradiation, electrons and rarely
other particles such as protons. External radiation is delivered through a machine
called a linear accelerator, which directs the beam of radiation towards the site of
the tumor trying to create the least possible damage to the surrounding normal tis-
sues.
Stereotactic Body Radiation Therapy (SBRT), also known as radiosurgery,

242
 Therapeutic Waves

is characterized by the combination of an irradiation with ionizing radiation with a

special 3D computer system planning treatment. It is an innovative non-invasive
radiotherapeutic technique which, with great accuracy, allows to direct a single
fraction of ionizing radiation, directly on the tumor volume causing its necrosis
(induced cell death). The element that distinguishes this technology is the setting of
a three-dimensional coordinate system so as to strike the target with extreme preci-
sion and then preserve the adjacent normal tissue while minimizing the side effects.

Protons, neutrons and carbon ions are instead used for Hadrotherapy. Had-
ronic therapy is a therapy that uses hadron beams, particles characterized by partic-
ular physical properties. The advantage consists in the ability to deposit high doses
of radiation in the tumor, limiting the doses to the critical organs as much as possi-
ble, even when they are very close to the point that must be treated.
This technology involves the use of a cyclotron to accelerate particles at high
speeds.

Laser-driven Proton Therapy (LPT) is one of the most recent technologies

in which proton radiation is generated by a laser beam. This technology is based on
proton acceleration obtained by focusing a high-power pulsed laser on a thin metal
sheet. Ultra-short laser pulses cause massive ionization and plasma creation in the
target, expelling large numbers of electrons. The sudden loss of electrons gives the
target a high positive charge and this transient positive field accelerates the protons
at high energies. Laser-guided proton acceleration is a significantly cheaper meth-
od to generate a proton beam. Radiobiological experiments in this direction indi-
cate that protons produced by this technology destroy tumor cells as effectively as
accelerators. Although these studies are still in their infancy, very promising radio-
biological processes are reported, since protons and photons have a parallel de-
structive effect on tumor cell DNA.

Those just described are among the main applications of Radiotherapy, but
with the advancement of studies and technologies, more and more modern, precise
and safe apparatuses are being made (i.e. with an ever lower emission of ionizing
radiation, with the same effectiveness).

243
 Therapeutic Waves

The following are other technologies of application of Radiotherapy:

o Three-Dimensional Conformal Radiotherapy (3D-CRT) ;

o Volumetric Modulated Arc Therapy (VMAT);
o Image-Guided Tadiotherapy (IGRT);
o Adaptive Radiotherapy - 4D;
o Intensity Modulated Radiation Therapy (IMRT);
o Tomotherapy: combines intensity-modulated irradiation technology
(IMRT) with the computed tomography (CT) technique.

External radiotherapy is the preferred treatment method for most types of can-
cer including brain, head, neck, larynx, breast, lung, cervix, bladder, prostate,
vagina and rectum cancers.

Internal radiation is used to irradiate internal organs and tissues that are diffi-
cult to reach with normal external radiation technologies, due to the limits of tissue
penetration. Via this technique, the dosage of medical radiation is administered
orally via a pill or liquid that is absorbed by cancer cells or by placing a radioactive
substance inside or near the tumor through a catheter. The chemical elements that
can be used for internal radiotherapy are cobalt, iodine, iridium, cesium and palla-
dium.

Unfortunately, radiotherapy methods not only kill or damage cancer cells, but
in some cases they also damage the surrounding normal tissues as well as causing a
substantial number of side effects. In the first chapter the risk of developing a tu-
mor following the exposure of ionizing radiation was examined. Naturally, even if
low, this risk persists even with radiotherapy, depending on the type of administra-
tion and the duration of treatments. As far as the potential of radiotherapy to be
canogenic is concerned, it seems that in about 3-10% of cases a secondary tumor
(e.g. leukemia), a so-called radio-induced tumor can develop, usually with a long
latency that can reach up to 10-20 years after treatments. In conclusion, however
effective, radiotherapy is the treatment that has many more harmful or side effects
than those examined below.

244
 Therapeutic Waves

Photodynamic therapy or Photochemotherapy

Photodynamic Therapy (PDT), or Fotochemioterapia, is an innovative tech-
nique, not very invasive and with low toxicity that is used successfully especially
in the treatment of skin tumors (basal cell carcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma)
and internal.
This therapy is based on the irradiation of light at certain frequencies and on
the application of a photosensitizing substance in the form of a cream, for skin tu-
mors or administered intravenously, for internal ones. The light radiation (600-900
nm) triggers an oxidative reaction only in the pathological cells causing their de-
struction and favoring the replacement with new cells.
Each photosensitizing substance is activated by the exposure of a beam to a
specific wavelength, depending on the depth of penetration.
The light source used in the PDT is mainly generated by lasers or light-
emitting diodes (LEDs). Laser light can be directed to the tumor site through opti-
cal cables, in case the internal organs are affected by cancer (cancer of the lung or
esophagus). Argon Laser is used in PDT as it penetrates about one inch through the
tissues without damaging them. LEDs are usually used for superficial tumors such
as skin cancer.
However, the depth of light penetration used in PDT is limited by the wave-
length, which makes the PDT applicable to certain types of cancer. This technique
is used to treat tumors on the lining of internal organs or cavities as areas of the
head and neck, the esophagus or the bronchi. On the contrary, PDT is not effective
for treating large tumors because light cannot penetrate deep into the tumor. Fur-
thermore, it is not effective in the advanced stages of cancer, where the points are
distributed in different parts of the body.
The implementation of this treatment method usually does not require hospi-
talization and is performed as an outpatient procedure. When it is necessary to in-
crease its effectiveness, PDT is used in combination with other methods such as
chemotherapy, radiotherapy and surgery.
PDT offers a less invasive treatment option than other treatment methods. No
long-term side effects associated with PDT are known, while short-term side ef-
fects are of little relevance.
To date, PDT has been approved for the following types of cancer: vocal cord
cancer, cervical cancer, skin (non-melanoma), lung, head and neck, vagina, vulva,
penis and esophagus. This technique is undergoing continuous research and pro-
gress. Numerous research and clinical studies are currently underway to apply PDT

245
 Therapeutic Waves

to brain, prostate, tonsillar, pancreatic, mouth, gall bladder, bladder and perito-
neal cavity tumors.

Oncological hyperthermia
High fever is a symptom that shows a defensive reaction of the body to the at-
tack of bacteria or viruses, but this symptom can also be used for therapeutic pur-
poses as it enhances the activation of a series of immune mechanisms, including
those directed against cancer cells.
Over the years, many scientists have claimed that cancer cells are more sensi-
tive to heat than normal cells and that at high temperatures they can be destroyed.
This explains all the cases of spontaneous tumor regressions in patients with small-
pox, influenza, tuberculosis and malaria, where the only common factor was an in-
fectious fever of over 40°C. Other cases have been documented by doctors and
scholars who have treated some cancer patients with toxins extracted from bacteria,
in order to cause a febrile reaction such as to obtain a remission of the tumor in 45-
50% of cases.
Oncological hyperthermia is a non-invasive therapeutic method, which aims to
destroy solid neoplasms with a rise in temperature up to 42-43°C (109.4°F). De-
pending on the manifestation of the disease, hyperthermia can be applied in three
different ways:

o Total body hyperthermia95: treatment at temperatures limited to 41-42 °

C, used above all for the treatment of metastatic cancer;
o Regional hyperthermia: used to treat large areas of the body, such as
body cavities and limbs;
o Local hyperthermia: applied in the area where the tumor is located.

Local hyperthermia can be generated through a series of heating techniques,

including microwaves, ultrasounds, convection and radiofrequency current fields
(10 ÷ 1000 MHz). The most commonly used therapy, uses the irradiation of high
frequency and high power electromagnetic waves (up to 600 Watts), by applying
electrodes placed externally to the patient body and parallel to each other (capaci-
tive mode), for a maximum duration of 60 minutes.

95. Total body hyperthermia is indicated in cases of disease spreading to the whole body (in some cases hyper-
thermia is also used to control viral diseases such as AIDS or hepatitis C).

246
 Therapeutic Waves

Deep tumors require equipment for Deep Hyperthermia that ensures effective
penetration into the human body and work with antennas at frequencies between 70
MHz and 144 MHz or with a capacitive system at a frequency of 13.56 MHz. The
superficial tumors can instead be treated with microwave devices with frequencies
between 434Mhz and 915Mhz (ICT - Computerized and Thermostated Hyper-
thermia).

At 41 ÷ 43 ° C the tumor cells, that have a chaotic vascular system96 and an al-
tered cell membrane, cannot dispose of the heat, thus tending to accumulate it. This
accumulation of active heat of the intracellular enzymes called Caspase will break
up the DNA, activating the programmed cell death process (apoptosis). Further-
more, electromagnetic waves cause a depolarization of the altered mitochondrial
membranes of tumor cells (with a very low membrane potential). The short circuit
that is created between the two mitochondrial membranes induces the release of
AIF (factor initiating apoptosis) and pro-apoptotic factors in general. Once the AIF
is released into the cytoplasm, apoptosis can proceed independently, given the
presence of the energy needed for the process.
The main alterations that occur with such temperatures in a cancer cell can be
summarized as follows:

• Nucleus:
o chromatin rarefaction;
o nucleolus modifications;
o endonuclear protein reduction;
o inhibition of DNA duplication and its repairing enzymes.

• Plasma membrane:
o variation of permeability;
o changes in active protein transport;
o blood loss;
o increase in cholesterol content;
o bleb formation97.

96. Studies on the vascularization of tumors have shown how the arrangement of the vessels of a tumor is clearly
different from that of the organ on which it is implanted, presenting large irregularities.
97. Blebs are spherical growths of the plasma membrane that are created by detaching the membrane from the
cytoskeleton. They are usually a sign of apoptosis.

247
 Therapeutic Waves

• Cytoskeleton and Cytoplasm:

o fluidity;
o transmembrane transport;
o membrane potential;
o disturbances in cellular respiration and glycolysis;
o hypertrophy of the Golgi apparatus;
o increase in volume and number of lysosomes.

• Mitochondria:
o membrane depolarization;
o leakage of pro-apoptotic factors.

The heat produced by the apparatuses affects only cancer cells in a lethal way
while it does not damage the healthy cells that can withstand this temperature;
moreover, normal cells being well supplied by blood vessels can easily dissipate
the extra heat received. This phenomenon of poor heat dissipation of the cancerous
tissues also depends on the presence of areas of the extracellular matrix with a very
acid pH and free of nutrients and oxygen, therefore a condition whereby the cells
are more sensitive to the cytotoxic effect of heat. Thus, hyperthermia kills cancer
cells in completely different ways than with other anti-tumor therapies and there-
fore it acts where the other therapies are not effective. Hyperthermia, besides being
used by its-self, can greatly increase the effectiveness of other oncological thera-
pies, such as radiotherapy and chemotherapy, thus reducing the side effects. In fact,
when receiving hyperthermia and radiotherapy at the same time, the tumor cells,
which are normally able to partially repair the damage suffered by irradiation, are
no longer able to recover the biological functions and go to death (apoptosis). Sev-
eral clinical studies have also shown that low-dose radiation combined with hyper-
thermia can be effective against cancer, compared to high doses alone. Therefore,
combining heat with radiation can produce effective treatments, while reducing the
side effects of high doses (hair loss, exhaustion and nausea), hence, improving the
quality of life of patients.

Instead of just using chemotherapy, hyperthermia acts by promoting vasodila-

tion and so a more rapid and widespread diffusion of drugs in the circulation. Some
tumors are treated with the triple combination of hyperthermia, chemotherapy and
radiotherapy. Today, with advanced equipment and new knowledge it is possible to

248
 Therapeutic Waves

apply this therapy without causing any serious side effects and with very little risk.

The following tumor forms may be treated with hyperthermia: most solid deep
tumors, superficial solid tumors (skin cancers such as melanomas, epitheliomas,
superficial bone tumors and soft tissue neoplasms such as sarcomas), hematologi-
cal tumors (lymphomas, leukemia, myelomas) and cutaneous and bone metastases.

Among the advantages of this therapy, we can list:

o No need of surgery;
o Rapidity of the therapies: about 45 to 60 minutes per session, performed
in the clinic;
o Absence of pain and therefore relaxing conditions during therapies;
o Absence of toxicity, since no drugs or radiation are used;
o Minimal damage to the tissues surrounding the tumor;
o Absence of side effects when used in combination with radio and chemo
therapy;
o Improvement of the quality of life and increase in the survival rate.

The science of hyperthermia is constantly evolving, to develop increasingly

precise and selective treatments in order to destroy cancer cells without causing
any damage to healthy ones.

Thermal Ablation
The term "Thermo Ablation" means "destruction through heat". It is one of the
best known techniques for destroying cancer cells and it represents a valid alterna-
tive to surgery for different types of cancer. In fact, the cells that form the tissues
cannot hold up at too high temperatures, thus they go into necrosis.
One of the essential characteristics of all ablative therapies is to maintain a
temperature between 60°C and 100°C throughout the volume of the cancerous tis-
sue, so as to induce a coagulative necrosis without causing the carbonization of the
cells (which occurs at higher temperatures at 100°C). In application procedures, the
volume to be subjected to thermal ablation is normally increased, so that apparently
healthy tissues can also be treated (however, they may contain microscopic tumor
centers).
In some cases it is possible that a treatment that uses a thermo-ablative tech-
nique is insufficient for the complete destruction of all the malignant cells, there-

249
 Therapeutic Waves

fore in these cases it is necessary to integrate with other therapies (surgery, chemo-
therapy, radiotherapy, etc.).
In the clinical setting, thermoablation procedures are always supported by a
diagnostic imaging technique (RX, CT, ultrasound) which acts as an anatomical
guide.
Depending on the emission source, thermal ablation techniques are divided in-
to:

>> High-Intensity Focused Ultrasound (HIFU): they are high intensity focused
ultrasounds (from 1000 W/cm2 to 10000 W/cm2) and frequencies between 0.2
MHz. and 4 MHz. It is a procedure that allows the safe ablation of the tissues be-
cause the ultrasounds can be focused precisely on a well defined volume, making it
possible the selective destruction in this position. Via this technique, it is possible
to release very intense energy in the focal point, such that to cause a temperature
spike that determines the necrosis of the cancerous tissue, without damage to the
surrounding tissues.
High intensity focused ultrasounds are generated by the vibrations of a piezoe-
lectric transducer in the shape of a flat disc and focused by an acoustic lens. In this
way, at the focal point, high-pressure mechanical pressure waves are determined
which induce a rapid compression and rarefaction of the tissues which can induce
cavitation98. Thus, the process produces an increasing in temperature that can reach
80-95 ° C, thermally coagulating the tissues. To create lesions of the desired size,
exposure times of 2 ÷ 60 seconds are required; to induce deeper or larger lesions
longer times or greater energy intensity are required.
With this technique it is possible to destroy some tumor forms, benign and ma-
lignant, without surgical incision or insertion of needles or probes. Since no scar is
produced during treatment and the adjacent healthy tissues are not involved, hospi-
talization is very short and it can be longer than a night only in special cases.
Clinical experiences document clear clinical efficacy of HIFU treatment on
uterine fibroids and on some liver tumors, on locally advanced pancreatic cancer,
bone tumors, retro peritoneal masses, breast ductal carcinoma (breast cancer), on
prostate cancer.
Since sound waves do not pass easily through air or solid structures (such as
bones), it is not possible to perform tumor treatments inside the lung and inside the

98. Cavitation is a phenomenon that consists in the continuous formation of tiny bubbles of vapor inside a fluid
that then implode producing a characteristic noise.

250
 Therapeutic Waves

lumen of most hollow organs present in the body.

>> Radio Frequency Ablation (RFA): radiofrequency ablation (in the range 350
- 550 kHz) is a technology that destroys tumor tissue by heat-induced necrosis.
This technique generally involves the use of a pair of electrodes: an active elec-
trode (usually a probe or a long needle) electrically isolated except in the terminal
part of 1-3 cm, which is positioned in the target zone and a larger dispersive elec-
trode , usually applied on the back, which closes the electrical circuit. The active
electrode is supplied with electricity from a radiofrequency generator (maximum
power 200W) in order to cause heat due to the Joule effect, up to reaching a tem-
perature even higher than 100°C. Some apparatuses infuse energy into the tissue in
a pulsed manner. In this way the tissue temperature is better controlled and it is
heated much more effectively and much deeper, allowing to treat larger areas of
diseased tissue.
The electromagnetic waves cause the excitation of the polar molecules that
heat up via friction by following the direction of the applied alternating currents.
The heat causes the evaporation of the liquids contained within the tissues, leading
to the destruction/necrotization of cancer cells. A cooling system with physiologi-
cal solution controls the temperature corresponding to the tip of the needle during
treatment, to avoid the process of carbonization of the cells.
In addition to measure the temperature reached, the system also allows to
measure the electrical impedance of the fabric during the passage of the current;
when the impedance increases due to tissue dehydration during therapy, (that is tis-
sue has become necrotic) the energy supply progressively decreases until it stops.
In order to use this technology and get effective treatments, the size of the tu-
mor mass must not exceed 3 centimeters. In fact the radio waves spread in the sur-
rounding tissues for a 2-3 cm radius, inducing a consistent warming within this
range; for this reason radiofrequency ablation is useful in case of isolated tumors or
small localized metastatic nodules. However, ablation of larger tumors is possible,
but more arrays of the electrode matrix or multiple needle electrode placements are
required. The duration of the treatment is variable from 2 to 12 minutes and de-
pends on the response of the tissue according to various factors, such as the electri-
cal and conductive properties, the treatment modality, the location and the geome-
try of the tumor, the shape of the probe.
It can be used for the treatment of malignant neoplasms including liver, lung,
bone, kidney, prostate, thyroid, breast and pancreas carcinoma and surgically un-
resectable metastases.

251
 Therapeutic Waves

>> Microwave Ablation (MWA): microwave ablation uses electromagnetic

waves in the microwave energy spectrum (from 300 MHz to 300 GHz, usually 2.45
GHz) to produce tissue warming effects. Microwaves induce a rapid oscillation of
water molecules that produce heat of the tissue due to friction, heating the tissue up
to cell necrosis. The way in which therapies are performed is analogous to radiof-
requency ablation, as they use both a probe and a generator capable of creating an
electromagnetic field.
However, there are substantial differences between RFA and MWA tech-
niques:
o Different operating frequencies;
o In the RFA, an electric current within the radiofrequency field is trans-
ported through the monopolar electrode and then closed again on the dis-
persive electrode. Insteda, in the MWA there is a direct emission of mi-
crowaves (like an antenna) and so it does not require the application of a
current return electrode;
o Unlike RFA and Laser, microwaves can penetrate through the carbonized
or dried-up tissues that can form around the ablation applicators, allowing
them to continue their function without loss of efficacy.

Other advantages of microwave ablation are:

o It can produce a higher and faster heating on a larger volume of tissue;

o Effectiveness also in high-impedance tissues such as dried or charred lung
tissues;
o Reduction of procedure time;
o Possibility to use multiple antennas simultaneously;
o Efficacy on lesions near vascular structures;
o Less intra-procedural pain.

The main drawback of this technique consists in the fact that the microwave
probe tends to reach very high temperatures, as a consequence it needs a robust
mechanism for cooling the shaft which naturally leads to an increase in the diame-
ter of the probe.

>> Termo Laser Ablation: the advantage of using Laser light (Light Amplifica-
tion by Stimulated Emission of Radiation) for thermotherapy, compared to the

252
 Therapeutic Waves

methods examined so far, consists in:

o The ability to radiate a well-defined region, with a precise amount of en-

ergy,
o Operating on very small lesions, with power and precision,
o Causing less bleeding and damage to surrounding tissues.

The applications are performed with thin optical fibers (from 300 μm to 600
μm) that carry the laser energy into the tumor mass, thanks to needles implanted
transcutaneously. Laser energy in contact with the tissue determines hyperthermia
with denaturation and coagulative protein necrosis.
The Laser used for these applications is the Nd: YAG with a wavelength of
1064 nm, an ideal compromise to obtain a safe penetration in depth and a sufficient
tissue absorption. The choice of laser energy to be used is proportional to the vol-
ume to be treated (from 1600 Joules to 6000 Joules per fiber, with a power of 2 ÷
20 W).
This laser technology is used for diseases of the retina, for the treatment of
capillaries, to treat peptic hemorrhagic ulcers or to heat and destroy unwanted
cells, including lesions that can cause epilepsy, benign thyroid nodules and in liver
cancer lesions. Also for the treatment of cancer of the esophagus, liver, pancreas,
breast, bones and metastatic brain tumors.
In many cases, the operation is ambulatory, it lasts a few minutes and no gen-
eral anesthesia is required. This technique is minimally invasive, so it is almost free
of short or long term side effects. As in the previous cases, it remains limited by its
ability to generate large volumes of ablation and therefore to be applied to neo-
plasms of a given extension.

This technology, which involves the use of lasers and optical fibers for various
types of treatments, is often also called:

• Laser photocoagulation;
• Laser interstitial thermal therapy (LITT);
• Percutaneous Laser ablation (PLA).

253
 Therapeutic Waves

Pulsed electromagnetic fields

in cancer therapies
Technologies that use pulsed fields are among the most used for cancer treatment.
They include devices that supply magnetic fields (also very intense) with copper
coils, electromagnetic fields with plasma antennas or, more frequently, electric
fields applied with electrodes.
In the latter case the predominant effect of pulsed electric fields is the modifi-
cation of the permeability of cell membranes (for the introduction of substances
useful for their destruction) up to electroporation. As already mentioned in the
chapter on PEMFs where the impulses in question were of a magnetic nature, of-
ten the authors of studies and publications tend to identify as pulses, waves ranging
from a pulse duration (Δt) of a few milliseconds to those of a few nanoseconds.
It is easy to understand that even in the case of Pulsed Electric Field (PEF)
the effects on cells or on tissues are very different depending on the duration of the
pulses99, as well as on their amplitude, number of pulses and, to a lesser extent, on
the frequency of repetition of the same.
It is also useful to repeat a concept already discussed above, namely the im-
portance of "rise time": it is the time of transition from a low (respectively high)
level to a high (respectively low) level
of wave tension. As we will see in the
following, the lower the time it takes
for an impulse to go from 0 V to the
maximum Amplitude of the applied
field (e.g. 1 kV), the more effective
and “important” will be the effects that
will be obtained on the cells or
organelles and, in particular, on their
membranes.

99. Richard Nuccitelli, PhD: Application of Pulsed Electric Fields to Cancer Therapy, BIOELECTRICITY - Vol-
ume 1, Number 1, 2019

254
 Therapeutic Waves

The relatively long pulses (a few milliseconds) are often used to stimulate the
absorption of nucleic acids such as plasmids100 in cells. In the case of cancer, the
goal is to stimulate an immune response when they are introduced into cells (e.g.
stimulation of T cell differentiation, interferon-gamma production and necrosis
factors). These therapies are the subject of studies on melanoma and triple-
negative breast cancer.

Pulses of a microsecond duration are more commonly used for cell permea-
bilization, since they generate pores large enough to allow the transport of ions and
small molecules across the plasma membrane. These fields can generate reversible
and irreversible electroporation depending on the amplitude of the pulsed electric
field. The two main therapies that use pulses lasting 100 μs are Electrochemothera-
py (ETC) and Irreversible Electroporation (IRE).

The ultra-fast electrical impulses, with a duration of nanoseconds, can induce

extremely interesting and very different effects, compared to those examined
above. Thanks to a rising and falling edge that allows the maximum amplitude of
the impulse to be reached in the nanosecond range, it is possible to cause a reversi-
ble electroporation where a single pulse generates millions of pores of a width
equal to 1 nm both on plasma membrane and on the membranes of organelles.
The size of these pores is sufficient to allow ionic exchanges and, in particular, to
allow the increase of Calcium ions (Ca2+) in the cytoplasm101, which increases af-
ter each impulse102. It is known that Ca2+ influence or control many cellular func-
tions such as secretion and mitosis, so it is not surprising that this technology,
called Nano-Pulse Stimulation (NPS), can influence many different cellular func-
tions.
Obviously, to permeabilize both the cell membrane and the membranes of the
small intracellular organelles, the impulse, besides being of short duration, must
have a very high amplitude; for this reason it is essential to use very intense electric

100. Plasmids are small circular strands of DNA that do not contain essential genes for the cell, but which may
contain ancillary information useful to the cell that owns them. Most of the bacteria and some more complex mi-
cro-organisms such as yeasts are present in the cells. Much used in genetic engineering, they can be responsible
for the production of proteins that confer specific properties to the cell.
101. Schoenbach KH, Beebe SJ, Buescher ES. Intracellular effect of ultrashort electrical pulses. Bioelectromag-
netics 2001;22:440–448.
102. Semenov I, Xiao S, Kang D, et al. Cell stimulation and calcium mobilization by picosecond electric pulses.
Bioelectrochemistry 2015;105:65–71.

255
 Therapeutic Waves

fields that can reach some tens of kV/cm.

Electrochemotherapy (ETC)
Electrochemotherapy is a combination of chem-
otherapy with an impulsive electric current, this
is because the ECT is considered the oldest
among the electroporation treatments (discov-
ered in the mid-1980s). The technique consists
in injecting a small dose of chemotherapeutic
substance into the tumor or into a vein. Subse-
quently, through needle-like electrodes, short
and intense electrical impulses are delivered directly on the tumor cells to render
the cell membranes transiently permeable, thus allowing the transport of molecules
otherwise not allowed inside the membrane. Therefore, the electrical impulse helps
the chemotherapeutic to enter the cancer cells destroying them.
The amplitude of the pulses used depends on the shape and position of the
electrodes and on the tissues to be treated. This amplitude must be high enough to
establish an electric field that can reaches up to 1–1.5 kV/cm in the tumor area,
with pulses of 100 μs duration that are delivered in a short period of time at a repe-
tition rate of 5 kHz. Several clinical studies have been conducted mainly on cuta-
neous and subcutaneous tumors, including melanoma, basal cell carcinoma, breast
carcinoma, Kaposi sarcoma, bone metastases, neoplasms of the oral cavity and of
the head, neck, external genitalia, liver and pancreas district. The therapeutic re-
sults of this new method are unquestionable. This therapy has been shown to be ef-
fective for most of these diseases, with an overall efficiency of over 80% and with
a complete remission rate of 47%. As you can imagine, the side effects are very
modest. Considering the characteristics of electrochemotherapy, it can be stated
that:
• It is a simple treatment that can also be applied in the clinic, for a
maximum duration of 1 hour,
• It is effective after a single session,
• It is with little significant side effects,
• It preserves healthy tissue and organ function,
• It uses reduced drug doses,
• It has a good cost / benefit ratio.

256
 Therapeutic Waves

Also the electric transfer of calcium (instead of a chemotherapy) offers an in-

teresting approach to cure cancer, since the cancer cells are particularly sensitive to
high amounts of calcium which leads them to death. This element/ion has the ad-
vantage that, once injected in the region, is more readily available. Furthermore, it
is less expensive than a chemotherapy drug.
In a study devoted to this technique103, spatial and temporal cellular responses
to pulsed electric fields (PEF) were observed. The researchers used these fields to
increase the permeability of cell membranes and force the spread of extracellular
calcium into cells. To reach the full concentration of calcium in the cell cytoplasm,
the optimal PEF levels detected in vitro tests are 0.45 kV/cm and 100 pulses at 1
kHz. The researchers could optimize the settings of the pulsed electric field in or-
der to attack the cancer while leaving healthy cells intact.

Irreversible electroporation (IRE)

Irreversible electroporation104 (IRE) is a new tumor ablation technique that uses the
energy of an electric field to create innumerable permanent nanopores in the cell
membrane, which can destroy cancer cells. Thanks to short (100 μs) but powerful
(from 1,500 to 3,000 volts) electrical impulses, the pores that are formed do not
close again, thus causing irreversible damage to the membrane. These pores are
large enough to allow adenosine triphosphate (ATP), ions and many other im-
portant cellular molecules to escape from the cell, thus initiating apoptosis or
bringing the cells to necrosis very quickly.
The IRE has been used since the end of the 1960s in the food industry for
sterilization. In 2005 the first experiments were carried out for the permanent de-
struction of cells. Today it can be considered a non-invasive, safe, fast and power-
ful method of ablation, without the use of drugs or toxic substances. Not being a
heat treatment, it can be used effectively even in regions that dissipate heat, such as
large blood vessels, where classic thermal ablation often fails. These characteristics
distinguish it from other currently available ablative tumor techniques, such as ra-

103. Alexis Guionet, S. Moosavi Nejad, Justin Teissié, Takashi Sakugawa, Sunao Katsuki, Hidenori Akiyama,
Hamid Hosseini: Spatio-temporal dynamics of calcium electrotransfer during cell membrane permeabilization.
Drug Delivery and Translational Research, October 2018.
104. Lee, E. W., Thai, S., & Kee, S. T. (2010). Irreversible electroporation: a novel image-guided cancer therapy.
Gut and liver, 4 Suppl 1(Suppl 1), S99–S104. doi:10.5009/gnl.2010.4.S1.S99

257
 Therapeutic Waves

diofrequency ablation (RFA), microwave ablation (MWA) or cryoablation.

In a typical irreversible electroporation procedure, for a solid tumor with a di-
ameter of about 3 cm, 90 pulses of 100 μs and a voltage up to 3 kV are used. A
single ablation session takes less than a minute, so even with three or four succes-
sive ablations, the total treatment time is less than 5 minutes.
Human clinical studies, presented at many international conferences in recent
years, have described IRE treatments for hepatocellular carcinoma, liver colorec-
tal metastases, renal cell carcinoma and primary bronchogenic tumor.
Another remarkable feature of the IRE ablation is its ability to preserve vital
structures and organs within the area being treated. In all liver tissues ablated with
IRE, all critical structures, such as hepatic arteries, hepatic veins, portal vein and
intrahepatic bile ducts, have all been preserved.

Nano-Pulse Stimulation (NPS™)

Stimulation with ultra-fast electrical impulses to destroy cancer cells is the
most modern alternative to conventional ablation strategies. It can be used to re-
move cancerous tissues by inducing cell death with a minimal inflammatory re-
sponse, which improves healing and supports the replacement of tissue cells treated
with healthy tissue cells.
For more than a decade, it has been the subject of studies by a team of cancer re-
searchers at the Old Dominion University in Norfolk, Virginia. Unlike convention-
al cancer therapies (i.e. surgery, chemotherapy or other therapies examined so far)
tumor ablation with NPS technology is an innovative use of pulsed energy that can
treat cancer quickly and minimally invasively. When applied to cancerous tissues,
energy impulses enter deep into cells and organelles (including mitochondria, the
endoplasmic reticulum and the nucleus), causing a reversible electroporation which
alters their function and leads to a regulated cell death without changing the extra-
cellular matrix.
In addition to destroy cancer, the most interesting aspects of this therapy are
that NPS treatments induce an antitumor immune response in the treated areas, a
long-term memory of T cells, the destruction of the tumor microenvironment and
the massive increase in cells immunosuppressive in the tumor microenvironment
and in the blood. In other words, all the results achieved have a similar effect
which are obtained by a vaccination.

258
 Therapeutic Waves

All the main outcomes of this technology are well expressed in a scientific ar-
105
ticle in which is reported an in vivo experimentation on laboratory mice with
breast cancer. NPS for in vivo tumor ablation was performed with a group of nee-
dle electrodes, with a central anode and four cathodes arranged within the tumor
mass. The central needle injects from 300 to 1000 high voltage pulses lasting
100ns and delivered with frequency 1-2 Hz and electricity field 50 kV/cm.
. With a system so configured and a number of impulses equal to 1000, with a sin-
gle treatment it was possible to eliminate 100% of the cancer in mice, without re-
currence for 7 weeks (when the studies and the observation period are finished).
Another study was performed with a lower number of pulses (600) which led
to an incomplete tumor regression. From an analysis carried out on control (un-
treated) mice with tumors of similar size, 4 weeks later metastases were found in
the liver, lungs and / or spleen. In contrast, six of the seven mice that had incom-
plete tumor regression after treatment showed no detectable metastases in any or-
gan. The authors of this research hypothesized that the prevention of spontaneous
metastases was due to the antitumor immunity induced by treatment with nano-
pulse stimulation. By a series of analysis of cells of the immune system, it was de-
duced that NPS treatments induce immune responses by reversing the suppression
of the tumor microenvironment, activating cytotoxic antitumor T cells and stimu-
lating effector and central memory T cells. Although it is still not entirely clear
how these immune responses are given/provided, the results suggest that, in addi-
tion to local tumor eradication, NPS is a potent inducer of immunogenic cell
death106 (ICD) that causes antitumor immunity to prevent distant metastases.

This article was followed by others who have treated topics such as pancreatic
cancer, those caused by papilloma virus and several other types. Human clinical
trials have already begun. The CellFX™ system is the first commercial product
that benefits of all the advantages that distinguish NPS technology, as a multi-
application platform designed to address a wide range of dermatological condi-
tions. The device can generate pulses of variable number, duration, amplitude and
frequency and is equipped with a suite of interchangeable applicators customized

105. Siqi Guo , Yu Jing, Niculina I. Burcus, Brittany P. Lassiter, Royena Tanaz, Richard Heller and Stephen J.
Beebe: Nano-pulse stimulation induces potent immune responses, eradicating local breast cancer while reducing
distant metastases. Frank Reidy Research Center for Bioelectrics, Old Dominion University, Norfolk, Virginia
23508.
106. It is a process of cell death that destroys the treated cells by exposing the tumor cell antigens to the immune
system.

259
 Therapeutic Waves

on the basis of the fabric to be treated.

The fact that a single operation can simultaneously perform both the ablation of a
cancer and the cure, places this therapy in a "special" position compared to those
that can operate only in one of two ways. This suggests that the Nano-Pulse Stimu-
lation has a very promising future in immuno-oncology.

The methods of care

The causes of a tumor or a cancer are certainly multiple and all of them are
noteworthy/remarkable and subject to in-depth studies.
Those who know psychosomatics, PNEI (psycho-neuro-endocrine-
immunology) and the five biological laws, know well that the events and emotions
that overwhelm us in the course of life represent the primary cause of every pa-
thology. Even those unfamiliar with these topics, I am sure that they have often re-
flected on common cases of illnesses that occurred after losing a job or when he
retired or after a family accident or separation.
There are other primary causes and so independent of any emotional or health
condition (for example, ionizing radiation from a nuclear reaction or any form of
intoxication or very serious poisoning).
These are followed by causes that can be considered secondary, so-called be-
cause they do not affect all subjects in the same way. They belong to this category
- All the toxic substances we breathe or take with food,
- Diseases or weakening of the Immune System,
- Viruses and bacteria,
- Drugs,
- Genetic predispositions,
- Old age.
The secondary causes are those that determine the seriousness of a pathology:
the more a person is young and healthy, the less serious will be the way in which
any pathology arising from one of the primary causes will manifest.

The methodologies for attempting to defeat cancer with electromagnetic waves

are different. Some of these can be:
• Restoring the membrane potential and full cell function;
• Strengthening the immune system with leukocyte stimulation;

260
 Therapeutic Waves

• Devitalizing the pathogenic agent that is the cause or somehow it is in-

volved with the development of the pathology;
• Identifying the resonance frequency of characteristic elements of a cancer
cell (e.g. cytoskeleton) to destroy it, especially during the replication
phase;
• Identifying the frequency able to dissolve the protein films that cover and
protect some pathogens, so as to be then destroyed by our immune sys-
tem;
• Programming of stem cells with electromagnetic fields, i.e. reprogram-
ming cancer stem cells in normal cells.

As for the research concerning this latter methodology, some scholars are
working on cancer stem cells, in fact considered to be at the origin of the metastatic
tumor process, making them re-become non-pathological stem cells, such that they
can repair rather than destroy and invade the tissues of the human body.

The electrical properties of cancer cells

Cells have the ability to exchange information both within them and with other
cells. The coordination of information between body cells is indispensable in the
regulation and integration of cellular functions and in cell growth. When a cancer
occurs, the cells are no longer regulated by the normal control mechanisms.
If an injury occurs in the body, normal cells proliferate and replace the de-
stroyed or damaged cells with new cells or scar tissue. Once the repair is complete,
the cells, in the area that has been damaged, stop growing and their membrane po-
tential (low) returns to normal. In contrast, in a cancerous tissue the electric poten-
tial of cell membranes is kept at a lower level than that one of healthy cells and
electrical connections are interrupted107.
Cancer cells have different electrical and chemical properties than normal
cells. The restoration of the membrane potentials of these cells and electrical con-
nections through nutritional strategies and other therapeutic strategies can contrib-
ute to the reactivation of a healthy metabolism.

107. One of the most important and complete texts dealing with these topics is The Electrical Properties of Cancer
Cells, by Steve Haltiwanger M.D., C.C.N.

261
 Therapeutic Waves

Characteristics of cancer cells

To experiment with a method that uses electromagnetic fields to restore cancer

cells, it is essential to know the bioelectrical characteristics of these tissues as
closely as possible. A healthy cell membrane potential (from about -60mV to -
100mV) is essential for controlling the mechanisms of permeability, DNA activity,
protein synthesis and aerobic energy production. The cell membrane is the area of
connection between the extracellular matrix and the cell, and so the place where,
thanks to specific receptors (which also function as antennas), molecules such as
hormones, cytokines, peptides and neurotransmitters start chemical exchanges and
electromagnetic signals from cell to cell.
During carcinogenesis the cells become more electronegative; the degenera-
tion of the membrane occurs in the initial phase, on the outer cell membrane and
then on the internal mitochondrial one. Degenerative changes create such changes,
that the membranes become more permeable to water-soluble substances, so that
K+, Mg2+, Ca2+ ions move outside the cells, while Na+ ions and water accumulate
inside. In these cells changes and variations of the structure and function of the
membrane, of the membrane potential, of the electrical connections inside the cells
and among the cells, of the concentration of minerals and of the production of en-
ergy take place.
The electrical properties of cancer cells, compared with those of normal cells,
present:
• Different electrochemical properties of the membrane (different lipid and
sterol content),
• Different distribution of electric charges,
• Lower membrane potential of some tens of millivolts compared to healthy
cells (up to -20mV),
• Low electrical impedance,
• Greater perception, i.e. greater capacity to resist the formation of an elec-
tric field,
• Higher electrical conductivity and permittivity (parameters that vary ac-
cording to the applied frequency).

According to Cure108, the cause of these processes is an excessive accumula-

108. Cure JC. Cancer an electrical phenomenon. Resonant 1991; Cure JC. On the electrical characteristics of
cancer. Paper presented at the Second International Congress of Electrochemical Treatment of Cancer. Jupiter,
Florida: October 1995.

262
 Therapeutic Waves

tion of negative charges on the surface of cancer cells.

The reduction in the number of potassium, magnesium, calcium and zinc ions
(while increasing sodium and water109) creates a disorder that lowers the membrane
potential; consequently, the membrane electric field will also be lower. In turn, this
reduction in the field causes alterations in the metabolic functions of the cell. The
altered membrane permeability interferes with the flow of oxygen and nutrients in
cells, compromising aerobic metabolism and causing cancer cells to work with an-
aerobic metabolism processes, for energy production. Indeed, the cancer cells have
a reduced production of energy (ATP): the degradation of the inner membrane of
the mitochondria and the loss of the anchorage systems of the mitochondrial en-
zymes cause a degeneration of these organelles as well as a reduction in the num-
ber110.
Given the above, Dr Steven Haltiwanger, (physician and clinical nutritionist),
in the scientific text "The Electrical Properties of Cancer Cells", reflects on the
possibility that some chemicals, viruses and bacteria may create cancer by chang-
ing the electrical charge of the surface cellular and as a consequence they cause all
the alterations listed above. This means both that the genetic changes in a cell can
also derive from the anomalous development of cellular electrical energy, and that
all the therapeutic methods that manipulate the electric charge of the cell mem-
brane can positively influence the restoration of normal membrane potentials and
in this way cure these serious pathologies.

As already stated, in the resting phase normal cells maintain a high membrane
potential, but when cells start cell division and DNA synthesis the membrane po-
tential drops to about -15mV (this process is called depolarization or reduction of
potential). Once the division is complete, the potential returns normal. Consequent-
ly, a depolarization of the plasma membrane can promote the triggering of cell pro-
liferation. Thus, it seems that one of the main causes of the increased cellular pro-
liferation of cancer cells depends precisely on the fact that they constantly maintain
their membrane potential at a low value. The way in which this potential influences
cell division (mitogenic signaling) was uncertain until a few years ago.
The growth of human cells or the process of cell division (mitosis) is regulated
by molecular switches that perform an excellent job of replacing the cells that die

109. In tumor cells the intracellular sodium retains more water causing a greater sphericity therefore a different
geometry from normal cells.
110. Seeger PG, Wolz S. Successful Biological Control of Cancer: By Combat Against the Causes. Gesamtherstel-
lung: Neuwieder Verlagsgesellschaft mbH (1990).

263
 Therapeutic Waves

during human life. If a dysfunction of cellular processes leads these switches to

light up irregularly, proliferation can occur that can lead to life-threatening tumors.
Research111 conducted by scientists at the University of Houston Health Sci-
ence Center revealed a new electrical mechanism capable of controlling this pro-
cess. Studies have led to the identification of a molecular switch called K-Ras (Ras
are membrane-bound signaling proteins involved in cell differentiation, prolifera-
tion and survival). What happens in cancer cells is that the K-Ras is blocked in the
"On" position, driving the cell division that leads to the production of a cancer: this
phenomenon is caused precisely by the depolarization of the plasma membrane and
can only be countered by the repolarization of the membrane.
Essentially, it is now clear that the strong proliferation of cancer cells is
caused by a molecule (K-Ras) which in turn is produced due to the low plasma po-
tential.
Mutated versions of K-Ras are found in about 20% of all human cancers, so
the results of this research may be fundamental for the development of treatments
in all types of cancer characterized by uncontrolled cell growth (including pancre-
as, colon and lung).

Therapeutic Applications

The conclusion of the research described above (mainly the research about the
last one) confirms that the attempt to restore the membrane potential can be a par-
ticularly effective strategy for the treatment of tumors. Leaving aside the chemical
and biological methods (such as the use of orthomolecular and other substances
that could support and repair the outer membrane of cells and the inner membranes
of the cell's organelles), several experiments have been performed in an attempt to
improve the electrical properties of cancer cells using Microcurrents, PEMF
(Pulsed Waves), Infrared and Phototherapy equipment.

The application of continuous currents has also led to appreciable results. Dr

Nordenstrom Björn112 and later Dr Rudolf Pekar113 experimented with electro-

111. Zhou Y, Wong CO, Cho KJ, et al. SIGNAL TRANSDUCTION. Membrane potential modulates plasma
membrane phospholipid dynamics and K-Ras signaling. Science. 2015;349(6250):873–876.
doi:10.1126/science.aaa5619.
112. Nordenström BEW. Biologically Closed Circuits: Clinical, Experience and Theoretical Evidence for an Ad-
ditional Circulation. Stockholm, Sweden: Nordic Medical Publications, 1983.

264
 Therapeutic Waves

chemical therapies by directly inserting platinum electrodes into the cancer to de-
stroy tissue portions. The result obtained consists in a strong alteration of the pH
around the cancer, which from acid114 becomes strongly basic (pH 12-14) due to
the attraction of positively charged sodium ions (Na+), causing the death of cancer
cells. Therefore the strong change in pH induced by the direct current (from 40 mA
to 180 mA with an applied voltage of 6-12 V) has proved to be one of the deter-
mining factors for the destruction of a cancer.
Professor Xin Yu Lin115, as specified in some scientific articles, has used this
Electrochemical Treatment (ECT) on thousands of patients in China. The clinical
successes achieved with various kinds of cancer have shown that ECT is simple,
safe, effective and minimally traumatic.
In conclusion, the techniques used by the various scientists who used this
method of care, have allowed to,
• Change the membrane potential of cancer cells, nutrient uptake, reduce
DNA production;
• Create micro-environmental chemical changes (of pH) and microelectric
field changes both in the extracellular and intracellular sites;
• Supplying electrons into the cancer: since these cells are deficient in elec-
trons, the flow of negative charges has effects on membrane receptors, on
the movement of ions through ion channels and on cellular metabolic
processes;
• Increase the immune activity thanks to the loss of the concealment coat-
ing of negatively charged glycoproteins: on cancer cells are present large
amounts of sialic acid that give these cells a strong negative charge on
their cell surface. Since the cells of the immune system, such as white
blood cells, NK cells and macrophages, have an identical negative charge,
they will be electrically rejected, as charges of the same sign repel each
other. The loss of this cloaking device allows to attack the cancer because
of the activation of the immune system with the production of cytokines,
interferon and the activation of cytotoxic T cells and macrophages.

113. Pekar R. Percutaneous Bio-Electrotherapy of Cancerous Tumours: A Documentation of Basic Principles and
Experiences with Bio-Electrotherapy. Munich, Germany: Verlag Wilhelm Maudrich, 1997.
114. The extracellular matrix around the cancer cells is acidic and therefore lacking in electrons.
115. Yu-Ling X. Indications of the application of electrochemical therapy. In Proceedings of the Fourth Interna-
tional Symposium on Biologically Closed Electric Circuits. Bloomington, MN: International Association for Bio-
logically Closed Electric Circuits in Biomedicine, pgs 52-58, October 26-29, 1997.

265
 Therapeutic Waves

Among the applications that use alternating current fields, useful for restoring
the electrical and functional characteristics of the cells, certainly the microcurrents
are the most suitable.
These applications use electric fields,
• Applied directly with electrodes,
• Induced by magnetic fields of adequate power, in order to penetrate
deep into the tissues and create electric currents in the conductive bio-
logical structures,
• Induced by various types of antennas connected to frequency genera-
tors,
• Induced by phototherapy treatments with Laser and LED.

The applied electric field, changing the current flows of biological electric cir-
cuits, can modify the field of the extracellular matrix and create a current flow
which, depending on the applied frequency, can also cross the cell membrane. In
this way it is possible to modify the electric potential of cell membranes, the pH
(reducing the acidity), the concentrations of intracellular minerals116 (especially
Ca2+, K+ e Na+), the production of cellular energy117 (ATP) and consequently, the
activity of ion pumps on the membrane. These processes increase the charge and
the capacity of the membrane (intended as capacitive reactance of an electric ca-
pacitor).

Low-frequency Microcurrents (see MENS or MET) can provide important

support for the restoration of cellular functions. These therapies that use a very low
current (of the order of micro ampere) with a longer pulse width than other similar
therapies, offer a series of advantageous effects, including: a strong increase in
ATP, improvement in transport of amino acids across the membrane and increased
cellular protein synthesis. The transport of minerals through the cell membrane is
also improved, since microcurrent devices help to correct the reduced capacity of
damaged cell phones and increase the electrical conductivity of the tissue.
Electrons are an integral part of many of the complicated chemical reactions

116. Liu DS, Astumian RD, Tsong TY. Activation of Na+ and K+ pumping modes of (Na-K)-ATPase by an oscil-
lating electric field. The Joumal of Biological Chemistry 1990;265(13):7260-7267.
117. Blank M. Na, K -ATPase function in alternating electric fields, FASEB J 1992;6:2434-2438.

266
 Therapeutic Waves

that occur systematically in the human body. It is calculated that with a current of
only 10 μA of MENS approximately 6.3 x 1012 electrons per second are released.
This flow of electrons affects all chemical reactions in the human body, starting
with free radicals that are responsible for damage to cellular structures such as
membranes (and their ability to maintain an electrical charge), mitochondria (and
ATP production), DNA nucleic acids (which can reproduce non-normal cells) and
cellular proteins. Furthermore, the use of these devices in cancer helps to re-
establish a flow of biocurrents in the tissues by reducing the resistance of the can-
cerous tissue.
Unfortunately, there are not many scientific articles118 that deal with the effects
of microcurrents on various types of cancer, but it certainly seems that such thera-
pies can normalize cell growth and inhibit cell division119 when the latter becomes
abnormally accelerated.

Finally, also a Pulsed Electromagnetic Fields (PEMF) device which applies a

magnetic field to the body, induces the production of weak electrical currents in the
tissues. An apparatus that produces extremely sharp and very high pulses, such as
Papimi120, could be effective in the progressive destruction of cancer cells because
of the fact that it increases the membrane potential of cells that inhibits mitosis and,
consequently, causes slowing growth to cell death by aging121. To confirm this hy-
pothesis, a document122 produced by Professor Dr P.T. Pappas, reported a series of
cancer cases successfully treated in Greece, thanks to combined therapies of
Papimi with Microcurrents.
Also the arrest of neoangiogenesis123 and the destruction of viruses or micro-
organisms involved in a cancer, caused by electromagnetic impulses, can contrib-
ute to the cure of this disease.

118. J. Q. Tong, R. T. Liu, L. Y. Zhao, W. C. Kong, J. T. Tang; Inhibiting Human Breast Cancer Cells (MCF-7)
with Alternating Micro-current at Intermediate Frequency (ACIF) in Vitro and in Vivo, 2012.
119. Vodovnik L, et al. Modified cell proliferation due to electrical currents. Med Bio Eng Compute 1992;
30:CE21-28.
120. Papimi, described in the 5th chapter, is a device that uses pulsed high-frequency fields to non-invasively ex-
cite biological cells and tissues.
121. Panos T. Pappas, Ph.D. and Charles Wallach, Ph.D., EFFECTS OF PULSED MAGNETIC FIELD OSCILLA-
TIONS IN CANCER THERAPY.
122. Professor Dr P.T. Pappas: Selected Papimi Cases. - Nov. 2009
123. Zhang X, Zhang H, Zheng C, LI C, Zhang X, Xiong W: Extremely Low Frequency (ELF) pulsed-gradient
magnetic fields inhibit malignant tumour growth at different biological levels. Cell Biol Int 2002,

267
 Therapeutic Waves

Until recently, all medical devices used to treat cancer using low levels of
electric and / or magnetic fields were considered quackery due to the lack of scien-
tific evidence…. but today things have changed.

The exciting results of this research provide a strong rationale for studying the
mechanism of action of frequencies that can lead to the discovery of new pathways
that control cancer growth.
The following are the most recent research results.

TTFields
Tumor Treating Fields or TTFields represent an innovative method to destroy
cancer cells.
In the previous chapters the biological effects of electric and magnetic fields
at very low frequencies (<1 kHz) have been described, such as electrotherapy and
magnetotherapy, or very high (> 1 MHz), such as thermotherapy, rifing (in the area
of devitalization of pathogens) and light wave therapies. Several researches carried
out using electric fields (with the application of electrodes) at medium-low fre-
quencies (from kHz to MHz), have revealed another series of very interesting bio-
logical effects.
In fact, it has been observed that these frequencies, although they are too high
to cause stimulations of various kinds (e.g. genes or ionics) or too low to have tis-
sue heating effects (due to dielectric losses), can cause:

- The rotation of the cells124: in fact, if suspended in a low-conduction medi-

um and exposed to an electric field alternated at a given frequency, it was observed
that the cells enter a state of resonance, rotating around a normal axis with respect
to the lines of field (the phenomenon occurs only when the intensity of the electric
field is greater than a threshold value between 300 V/cm and 500 V/cm). Further-
more, it was observed that the strength of the external field is inversely proportion-

124. Zimmermann U, Vienken J, Pilwat G: Rotation of cells in an alternating electric field: the occurrence of a
resonance frequency. Z Naturforsch C 1981, 36:173–177.

268
 Therapeutic Waves

al to the radius of the cell (for spherical cells) or to the length of the axis (for ellip-
soidal cells).
This resonance frequency, which varies from species to cell species, in the
case of human erythrocyte phantom cells 125 is about 80-100 kHz. This finding
leads to the conclusion that the rotation derives from the electrical properties of the
membrane or from the interface between the surface of the membrane and the solu-
tion.

- Alignment of microscopic particles126: if an alternating or pulsating electric

field is applied to a suspension of microscopic particles, these particles align along
the direction of the field, forming a sort of chain, mostly single-stranded. The phe-
nomenon is a function of field intensity, particle size (including biological) and
frequency.

By Kirson et al., it has been discovered that the alternating fields at intermedi-
ate frequency can exert other effects (besides those ones described above) that have
proved to be very harmful to tumor cells in vitro127, since they are able to block
them growth. More than 500 culture discs were exposed to TTFields, with variable
intensity electric fields (from 1 V/m to 2.5 V/m) and variable frequency (from 100
kHz to 300 kHz). In this way, it was possible to identify for any type of cancer
cells examined, the field strength that can stop the proliferation and the most suita-
ble frequency which varies according to the electrical impedance of the cell mem-
branes. To obtain information on the cellular processes by which TTFields influ-
ence cell proliferation, time-lapse128 photographs were taken during the experi-
ments on culture.
The effects found/discovered are:
• Extension of mitosis, i.e. of the reproduction process of eukaryotic cells
by which from a single cell 2 genetically identical daughter cells are cre-
ated. Inside the cells treated, mitosis appeared to start normally but then
the process continued in almost double times (up to 3 hours) compared to
the control conditions. Extension of mitosis, i.e. of the reproduction pro-

125. A phantom cell is a cell that has lost the nucleus and only the membrane remains.
126. Takashima S, Schwan HP: Alignment of microscopic particles in electric fields and its biological implica-
tions. Biophys J 1985, 47:513–518.
127. Kirson ED, Gurvich Z, Schneiderman R, Dekel E, Itzhaki A, Wasserman Y, Schatzberger R, Palti Y: Disrup-
tion of cancer cell replication by alternating electric fields. Cancer Res 2004, 64:3288–3295.
128. It is a technique that can memorize a given frame every fraction of time, to study its evolution.

269
 Therapeutic Waves

cess of eukaryotic cells by which from a single cell 2 genetically identical

daughter cells are created.
• The second phenomenon observed in the cultures treated, is that a quarter
of the cells subjected to mitosis were destroyed (via membrane rupture)
when the formation of the fissure groove approached towards the com-
plete separation of the two cells. This effect was observed only in mitotic
cells, while the quiescent cells did not undergo any type of mutation.
• The third phenomenon was the nuclear rotation. Indeed, it has been ob-
served that the nuclei could rotate inside the cell, reproducing an effect
similar to that one produced by the whole cell, previously described, dur-
ing exposure to alternating electric fields at intermediate frequency.

Regarding the second phenomenon described above, further investigations

have established that the destruction of cells during mitosis depends on their orien-
tation with respect to the direction of the electric field and so by the force exerted
on the polar elements.
Before analyzing the biological effects that an electric field can determine on
cells and proceed with the results of this experiment, it is appropriate to briefly re-
call some concepts concerning the cytoskeleton.

The cytoskeleton is a system of filamentous structures placed in the cytoplasm

that constitute the framework of the cells, supporting the membrane and making
possible small movements. It consists of microtubules, intermediate filaments and
microfilaments that intersect in the whole cell giving it a specific shape. It also
gives rise to the septum that bisects the dividing cell, during mitosis.
The filaments of the cytoskeleton and the tubules form a continuous system
that connects the surface of the cell to all the organelles through the nuclear mem-
brane up to the chromosomes.
The microtubules assume the structure of hollow tubes with a diameter of 25
nm and during the cell division they preside over the constitution of the mitotic
spindle (the set of microtubules and proteins associated with them, which extends
from one pole to another of a eukaryotic cell during mitosis and meiosis, and which
ensures the correct movement of the chromosomes). The microtubules are in con-
tinuous oscillation, they grow at one end and are demolished at the other. Moreo-
ver, they have positive and negative electrical charges along their length/area that
create an oscillating dipole capable of producing high-frequency electromagnetic
fields.

270
 Therapeutic Waves

The proteins that make up the cytoskeletal support can stabilize and connect
the components of the cell membrane with other cell organelles. Furthermore, these
proteins organize enzymes and water, to anchor the cell to extracellular structures
through connections by the cell membrane. According to Wolfe129, "cytoskeletal
structures can also fix receptor positions and create connections with the extracel-
lular matrix." Cytoskeletal proteins are dynamic structures that create an electronic
network, similar to an optical fiber network, which links extracellular matrix pro-
teins with cellular organelles130, transporting information streams.

In tumor cells, cytoskeletal proteins are altered; such a condition which con-
sists in the breakage of contact and connections with the extracellular matrix and
the neighboring cells, it is possible that it interrupts the flow of current entering the
cell.

Given the above, when an electric field hits the cancer cells in mitosis in the
same direction in which the microtubules are oriented, an almost total cell destruc-
tion is obtained; when the cells form an angle of 45 ° with respect to the field, only
half of the cells are destroyed, while if they form a 90 ° angle, mitosis develops
without obstacles. These phenomena can be explained considering that the cells
undergoing mitosis have highly polarized microtubules, oriented in space and that
they develop, during this phase, an hourglass-shaped cell morphology. Therefore,
when the cell during the division is oriented according to the lines of force of the
electric field, the maximum destructive effect is obtained on the mitotic process
because the microtubules that have very large electric dipole moments, are disori-
ented by the forces of the electric field. In practice, TTFields during mitosis inter-

129. Wolfe SL. Molecular and Cellular Biology. Belmont, California: Wadsworth Publishing Comp., 1993.
130. Oschman JL. Energy Medicine: The Scientific Basis. Edinburgh, England: Churchill Livingstone, 2000.

271
 Therapeutic Waves

rupt the normal assembly and disassembly process (polymerization-

depolymerization) of microtubules, essential for the alignment and separation of
chromosomes (the mitotic spindle governs the capture, alignment and segregation
of the necessary chromosomes to the two daughter cells).
Furthermore, the intensity of the field increases along the division groove at-
tracting the polar intracellular particles towards the sulcus. Therefore, it interferes
with the process of division or segmentation of the cytoplasm of the cells (cytoki-
nesis).
All this explains in detail the biological effects that are determined in a cancer
cell when a field intensity and a frequency suitable for the cells to be treated are
used.

In a subsequent scientific paper131, Kirson states that the optimal frequency of

a TTField is inversely proportional to the size of the cell. Important observations
are also made regarding the electrodes that can be used for the application of the
electric field. Indeed, given that in vivo it is necessary to use TTFields for long pe-
riods of time, non-insulated electrodes can cause a series of local damage to the
skin, due to:
- Electrolysis and generation of free radicals at the electrode-fabric interface,
- Permeabilization of the skin caused by transdermal currents,
- Accumulation of calcium inside the cells (which can cause cell death).
Most of the problems listed above (especially the increase in intracellular cal-
cium level) do not occur with the use of isolated electrodes as they naturally only
supply capacitive currents. It can be imagined that to obtain the same electric field
intensity, it was anyway necessary to study a series of measures that include the
materials used, the applied potential difference (or voltage), the capacity, the im-
pedance and the contact surface.
Finally, an important observation is made regarding the effectiveness of
TTFields: since the relative orientation of the mitotic axis during cytokinesis is
random, only a fraction of the dividing cells is affected by the electric field. Indeed,
as already mentioned, the cellular damage is maximum when the dividing axis is
aligned with the direction of the electric field and it is minimum when the splitting

131. Kirson ED, Dbalý V, Tovarys F, Vymazal J, Soustiel JF, Itzhaki A, Mordechovich D, Steinberg-Shapira S,
Gurvich Z, Schneiderman R, Wasserman Y, Salzberg M, Ryffel B, Goldsher D, Dekel E, Palti Y: Alternating elec-
tric fields arrest cell proliferation in animal tumor models and human brain tumors. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA
2007, 104:10152–10157.

272
 Therapeutic Waves

axis is orthogonal to the field direction. This condition can be improved by sequen-
tially applying the field in different directions, so that anti-proliferative efficacy is
significantly increased. For example, two perpendicular fields were found to be
20% more effective than applying a unidirectional field. Treatments combined with
chemotherapy have further increased the success of these therapies.
Finally, it is noted that the applied electric fields have minimal effects on
healthy tissue cells, both because they multiply at a much lower speed than tumor
cells and because they have different electrical and structural properties with re-
spect to tumor cells.

The devices of Novocure

Cancer cells divide and multiply rapidly in all types of cancer. These tumor
cells have different types of electrically charged elements that play a fundamental
role in the process of cell division. The Tumor Treating Fields or TTFields, as al-
ready explained above, exploit the alternating high frequency electric fields applied
through the skin to stop the proliferation of tumor cells and destroy them during
mitosis without systemic side effects. The tumor inhibitory effect with TTFields
has been attributed to two different mechanisms: interference with the formation of
mitotic spindle microtubules and cell destruction during mitosis. They are both
strongly dependent on the orientation of the mitotic axis relative to the applied
electric field.
In conclusion, if a significant destruction of the dividing cells (by apoptosis) is
obtained with this technique, the tumor will not only cannot grow but, inevitably, it
will gradually regress.
At an intensity of about 1 V / cm, the TTFields frequency can be fixed from
100 kHz to 300 kHz in order to effectively inhibit different types of tumor cells
(the smaller the cell, the greater the frequency required for this purpose). These
special fields modify the polarity of tumor cells; in particular, it was shown that
TTFields inhibit glioblastoma cells in vitro and in vivo at a frequency of 200 kHz
and an intensity of 0.7 V / cm. It is important to note that all the effects described
are obtained from electric fields of low intensity, such as these fields are not ac-
companied by any significant increase in temperature.

Thanks to a large number of tests performed on experimental animals and on

the human brain, the Israeli company Novocure, has developed a device called
"Optune®", which can be used as a treatment for adult patients with glioblastoma

273
 Therapeutic Waves

multiforme (GBM) histologically or radiologically confirmed (glioblastoma is a

type of primary and aggressive brain tumor). This therapy can be used both for
newly diagnosed glioblastoma and for relapsing.
Optune is a portable device powered by lithium ion batteries and it is com-
posed by an electric field generator and four transducer arrays that must be applied
to the scalp (previously shaved).
One of the most delicate phases of application of this technology is the place-
ment of the transducers132, since the success or failure of the therapy may depend
on the exact or better position. To understand the way in which electric fields are
distributed within a nonhomogeneous medium, such as the human head, modeling
structures have been developed based on anatomical head models, using simula-
tions of the finite element method (FEM). These simulations reproduce head mod-
els based on measurements taken from magnetic resonance considering the dielec-
tric properties for conductivity and permittivity of all types of tissue affected by the
flow of the electric field (skull, white matter, gray matter and cerebrospinal fluid).
Once these parameters have been set, simulations are performed according to
the different configurations with which the transducer arrays are applied on the
model surface. In this way, it is possible to understand how an externally applied
electric field, with preset frequency (200kHz) and constant current, will be distrib-
uted throughout the brain. Experimental simulations have shown that electric fields
are unevenly distributed within the brain.
To ensure that patients receive the maximum therapeutic level of TTFields at
the site of their cancer, the tumor load is mapped and an optimal layout of the
transducer arrays is customized using software (NovoTAL) developed by the man-
ufacturer. The purpose is to determine the optimal configuration of the electrodes
that will provide the maximum intensity of the electric field in the position in
which the tumor is located, since precision focusing is not possible (as instead it
happens with other therapies).
Surely, the shape, the consistency, the position and other characteristic param-
eters of the tumor can determine or compromise the effectiveness of the treatment.
However, considering that until now the effectiveness of this method is demon-
strated by the continuous and deep study of all the variables that enter at stake, it
will certainly lead to better and better results.

132. Chaudhry A, et al. NovoTTF™-100A system (tumor treating fields) transducer array layout planning for gli-
oblastoma: Results of a NovoTAL system user study. J Clin Oncol. 2015;33 (suppl; abstr e13029).

274
 Therapeutic Waves

The electronic parameters of the treatment (frequency, intensity, waveform,

etc.) are preset so that the patient does not need to make any adjustments. In addi-
tion, transducer matrices must be replaced at least twice a week (every 4 days max-
imum) and the scalp shaved again to maintain optimal contact. The average time
(recommended) of exposure to electric fields for the entire treatment period (mini-
mum one month) is 18 hours a day. Patients can carry the device in a shoulder bag
or backpack in order to receive continuous treatment without changing their daily
routine.
The results so far performed on patients with glioblastoma, show that with this
therapy a significant prolongation of the overall median survival is obtained.
Optune is available in many centers throughout Europe, the USA and Asia.
This new antimitotic cancer therapy was approved by the US FDA in 2011 for both
the treatment of newly diagnosed glioblastoma and the treatment of the relapsing
one.
The one just described is not the only medical device designed by Novocure to
treat different types of cancer. Thanks to experiments already carried out both in
vitro and in vivo, different treatment systems have been created:
• NovoTTF-100M system, for brain metastases due to non-small cell lung
cancer (NSCLC);
• NovoTTF-100L (P) system, the most common hepatocellular carcinoma,
which originates in the liver;
• NovoTTF-100L system, for non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), scaly
or non-scaly;
• NovoTTF-100L system, for metastatic malignant pleural mesothelioma
(MPM);
• NovoTTF-100L (O) system, for ovarian cancer;
• NovoTTF-100L (P) system, for adenopancreatic carcinoma.

Hundreds of patients are currently involved in clinical trials (in Europe and the
USA), aimed at verifying the efficacy and safety of TTFields produced by these
medical devices.
Based on current knowledge, TTFields do not have a negative effect on nor-
mal cells. The only side effect determined by the device, which occurred frequent-
ly, was a skin reaction to the transducers. A complete list of side effects is listed in
the user manual.

275
 Therapeutic Waves

TheraBionic
The invention of TheraBionic is described in the US Patent of 2015, US
8,977,365 B2 (Inventors: Boris Pasche, Mountain Brook, AL - US; Alexandre Bar-
bault, Colmar - FR), but surely everything starts from the studies presented in a
scientific article133 of 2009 , in which the authors hypothesize that the growth of
human tumors could be sensitive to different but specific modulation frequencies.
Pasche and Barbault could identify a series of bioresonance frequencies com-
mon in most people with the same type of cancer. They did that by evaluating the
patient's pulse pressure, the difference between systolic and diastolic pressure and
variations in the electrical resistance of the skin. The most accepted hypothesis is
that the systemic changes observed during the survey of bioresonance frequencies
are the reflection of a systemic effect generated by these frequencies. The electro-
magnetic waves modulated in amplitude at the specific frequencies of the tumor do
not act exclusively on tumor cells but they may have effects on a wide range of ac-
tion (e,g. immune modulation, leukocyte functions, etc.).
Measurements of bioresonance frequencies were conducted while individuals
were exposed to modulated frequencies, generated by a frequency synthesizer, dur-
ing a scan from 0.1 Hz to 114000 Hz using 100 Hz increments. The frequencies
that elicited the best biofeedback responses were selected as specific tumor fre-
quencies. In this way, effective frequency programs have been developed for
breast, lung, liver, pancreas, ovary, kidney, bladder, prostate and colon cancer,
with a total of 1524 frequencies identified during as many as 467 frequency detec-
tion sessions134.
An interesting fact that emerges from this publication is the finding that some
frequencies have proved to be common to most patients diagnosed with breast,
hepatocellular, prostate and pancreatic cancer. The frequencies are: 1873.477 Hz,
2221.323 Hz, 6350.333 Hz and 10456.383 Hz.
In vitro135 and then in vivo studies (Jimenez, Wang et al. 2019, Sharma, Wu et

133. Barbault A, Costa FP, Bottger B, et al. Amplitude-modulated electromagnetic fields for the treatment of can-
cer: discovery of tumor-specific frequencies and assessment of a novel therapeutic approach. J Exp Clin Cancer
Res. 2009;28(1):51. Published 2009 Apr 14. doi:10.1186/1756-9966-28-51.
134. Note: this experience can make those who work in the research world reflect on the importance of studying
and identifying bioresonance frequencies, in any type of pathology. The bio-resonance techniques can be of vari-
ous types (see Bio-impedancemetry, used for various purposes): the task of current research could therefore be to
identify the most effective method, depending on the pathology in place.
135. British Journal of Cancer (2012) 106, 307– 313. JW Zimmerman, MJ Pennison, I Brezovich, N Yi, CT Yang,
R Ramaker, D Absher, RM Myers,N Kuster, FP Costa, A Barbault and B Pasche: Cancer cell proliferation is in-
hibited by specific modulation frequencies.

276
 Therapeutic Waves

al. 2019) have shown that the application of these frequencies, were able to block
the growth of tumor cells in a specific way by type of tissue and tumor. Using an
agnostic genomic approach the investigators have recently demonstrated that tu-
mor-specific modulation activate the Cav3.2 T-type136 Voltage Gated Calcium
Channels (VGCC), which results in the inflow of Ca2+ into tumor cells, an event
that initiates antiproliferative and cancer stem cell downregulating effects
(Jimenez, Wang et al. 2019, Sharma, Wu et al. 2019). These findings demonstrate
that the Cav3.2 T-type VGCC is the bioantenna for tumor-specific frequencies in
both breast cancer (Sharma, Wu et al. 2019) and hepatocellular carcinoma
(Jimenez, Wang et al. 2019). The Jimenez et al. report also shows that delivery of
tumor-specific frequencies by means on a spoon-shaped antenna placed on the pa-
tient’s tongue results in the systemic delivery of low and safe levels of amplitude-
modulated radiofrequency electromagnetic fields at levels that are approximately
100 times lower than those delivered by handheld cellphones (Jimenez, Wang et al.
2019).

The apparatus consists of a spoon-shaped antenna connected to a frequency

generator capable of modulating the specific frequencies of a tumor form on a car-
rier of 27.12 MHz. The device is battery powered while the steel spoon is placed
on the anterior part of the patient's tongue. The sequence of modulation frequencies
and the duration of each sequence are programmed with a PC connected to the
panel of the device. The RF output is set to 100 mW and a load of 50 ohms. The
treatment is performed for 60 minutes 3 times a day until progression of the dis-
ease.

Delivery of intrabuccal radiofrequency (RF)

electromagnetic fields (EMF).
Patient receives low levels of EMF that are min-
imally absorbed and distributed systemically
with the body acting as an antenna.

136. T-type calcium channels are low voltage activated calcium channels that open during cell membrane depo-
larization .

277
 Therapeutic Waves

This new therapeutic approach is emerging as an attractive option especially

for patients with advanced cancer, given its excellent tolerability. Currently
TheraBionic, marketed in the European Union, promises to be effective for liver
cancer: it is a medical device certified throughout Europe, available for commercial
use in Europe starting from October 2018. The TheraBionic P1 device received
Breaktrough Designation from the US FDA in 2019.

Anthony Holand's research

Dr Anthony Holland137, a renowned composer, has had a dual interest in both
music and science since he was a student, but after reading a book about an appa-
ratus that can destroy microorganisms with electromagnetic waves, he decides to
venture out in a world where the use of frequencies went far beyond that one of
music. He acquires knowledge of microbiology, learns to use microscopes and to
cultivate and safely keep the bacteria in an incubator. Thus, he went in search of
the best apparatuses to try to reproduce destructive effects on pathogens, until he
found a therapeutic device invented by a New Mexico doctor, Dr James Bare, who
uses a plasma antenna, called phanotron, very similar to that used by Dr Rife.
The equipment, called Rife-Bare, includes:
- a digital square wave generator capable of producing frequencies from 500
Hz to 250 kHz,
- a radio frequency transmitter with a 27.12 MHz carrier, capable of modulat-
ing the frequencies of the digital generator in amplitude,
- a 300 W high voltage amplifier, suitable for driving the phanotron spherical
tube, filled with helium gas.
For many months, Holland looked for the exact frequencies capable of shatter-
ing harmless and easy-to-find microorganisms (Paramecio and Blefarisma). The
solution finally arrived by using two inputs simultaneously, one at high frequency
and one at low, in order to obtain a greater emission power. The high frequency is
exactly eleven times higher than the fundamental one, that is the eleventh harmon-
ic. At this frequency, the microorganisms shatter like a crystal glass that oscillates
at its own resonance frequency: Holland is therefore able to demonstrate the re-
liability of the results achieved by Royal Rife in the 1920s and to reproduce its

137. Anthony Holland: Associate Professor, Director of Music Technology, Skidmore College; President: Novo-
biotronics Inc. [a nonprofit charitable and educational company].

278
 Therapeutic Waves

effects.
In a scientific paper138, Holland explains the equipment and methods used to
devitalize the single-cell Blefarisma protozoan, which has proved to be sensitive to
an amplitude modulation input signal of 924 Hz. Irradiated by this frequency, the
Blefarisma shows a general expansion and distortion of the form, accompanied by
the dissolution of the internal structures (vacuoles, etc.) and by the general loss of
motility up to the arrest of all the movements of the eyelashes. Subsequent experi-
ments show that by combining two square waves, where the lower frequency was
between 924Hz and 933Hz and the upper one equal to 11 times the fundamental,
dramatic and disruptive morphological transformations are obtained. The observed
biological effects correlate with the energy density and the hundreds of frequencies
that occur in the sidebands (see the first chapter), generated by the two square
waves harmonically linked, used to control the amplitude modulation of the trans-
mitter's RF carrier.
Another interesting result of his research139 is that the frequencies suitable for
the devitalization of a bacterium change according to the gas used in the phanotron
tube (Argon or Elio) and its internal pressure. In fact, by varying these elements,
the resonance frequency of the tube itself changes and consequently the effective-
ness in the devitalization of a pathogen. Therefore, Holland came to the conclusion
that the physical characteristics of the phanotron plasma tube can be decisive for
the success of such a trial.

Having achieved this important goal, Holland has the opportunity to conduct
studies on cancer cells. The experiences gained from research on TTFields on
TheraBionic have shown that both a specific alternating frequency and a frequency
modulated in amplitude can destabilize the mitotic spindle during cell division up
to provoke the anti-proliferation of tumor cells and the slow regression of their
mass.

138. Anthony G. Holland: Morphological Transformation of the Protozoa Blepharisma by Frequency Specific
Amplitude Modulated RF Pulsed Plasmas.
139. Gérard Dubost, André Bellossi, James Bare, Anthony Holland: Theorical low frequency acoustic resonances
of various "Rife-Bare" plasma device antennas upon the destruction of blepharisma and paramecium micro-
organisms.

279
 Therapeutic Waves

Holland and a team of researchers140 investigated the possibility to induce the

same effect on cancer cells, using a plasma antenna, which acts according to a non-
polarized isotropic emission (i.e. with the same intensity in all directions). The use
of this device does not involve the application of antennas or electrodes on the
body: it is enough to place it at the distance of some decimeters from the plasma
tube in order to be irradiated by electromagnetic waves.
The technology used was called Plasma Emission Field Treatment (PEFT) and
subsequently Oscillating Pulsed Electric Fields (OPEFs).
The pulsating electric field sent over the electrodes of the tube stimulates the
helium atoms in a plasma state, which acts as a non-polarized isotropic antenna
emitting a small energy towards the target organs.
In vitro experiments on a wide range of human tumor cells, including leuke-
mia cells (with a modulation frequency of 197 kHz), pancreatic cancer cells (150
kHz and 155 to 162 kHz) and ovarian cancer cells ( 114 kHz and 150 kHz), have
provided substantial evidence that for some types of cancer cells it is possible to
slow down the rate of growth and destroy them during mitosis. All the results ob-
tained by Holland have been documented with video and digital photographs (just
like Royal Rife did with his microscope).
If we calculate mathematically the mechanical resonance frequencies of the
microtubules of human tumor cells, we find that these frequencies are between 100
kHz and 200 kHz. These results are perfectly consistent with both the above and
with the optimal frequencies used with TTFields. With this latter method, success-
ful results are observed only when the dividing cells are aligned to the electric
field. However, given that in practice the cell division axis is randomly oriented
with respect to the direction of the field, only a fraction of the dividing cells suffers
the effects of the treatment: this is the reason why the TTFields cannot reach opti-
mal results.
On the contrary, considering that the emission of electric field from a phano-
tron tube is perfectly isotropic, thanks to dipoles uniformly scattered between the
electrodes located inside the spherical tube, the results obtained are much more sat-
isfactory. Furthermore, tumors that do not have a specific location, such as leuke-
mia, are impossible to treat with TTFields. Instead, the use of a plasma antenna of-
fers a potential solution, since it is able to project electromagnetic signals of suffi-

140. Gerard Dubost, Anthony Holland, James Bare, Frederic Bellossi “Morphological transformations of human
cancer cells and microtubules caused by frequency specific pulsed electric fields broadcast by an enclosed gas
plasma antenna”

280
 Therapeutic Waves

cient power in order to have a negative impact on tumor cells from a distance of
over 60 cm.
Furthermore, skin problems are prevented by avoiding the contact of the elec-
trodes with the skin.
The optimal level of electric field can be achieved by keeping the phanotron
tube close to the subject's body or by varying the emission power. In repeated and
controlled experiments, the frequencies of the OPEFs killed on average 25% to
40% of the leukemic cells, even reaching 60% in some cases. Furthermore, the in-
tervention also slowed cancer cell growth rates up to 65%. The most effective ap-
plications were those that used a frequency scan from 196.5 kHz to 197.5 kHz in
50 Hz increments every 30 minutes. The most suitable treatment duration was 10 ½
hours / day, for four consecutive days for a total of 42 hours of treatment.
In conclusion, the OPEFs seem to offer a series of advantages compared to the
other methods seen so far; despite this, at the best of my knowledge, no clinical ex-
periment has been started yet in this direction (probably due to the lack of funds for
research). Holland, director of a non-profit research center, dreams of being able to
treat children with leukemia with his device. Will he succeed? Or will his discover-
ies suffer the same fate as those of Royal Rife?

Rotational Field Narrow Focused Quantum

Magnetic Resonance (RFQMR)
The invention of RFQMR is described in US Patent US 2007/0208249 A1 (In-
ventor: Rajah Vijay Kumar, Bangalore - IN), "Method for tissue regeneration or
degeneration in human and apparatus therefore".
This machine141 can cause tissue regeneration or degeneration using magnetic
resonance focused on a narrow rotational field. Essentially, a treatment performed
with RFQMR helps to regenerate cells and / or stop the uncontrolled growth of
cells. Clinical data has shown that this technology is particularly effective for can-
cer and arthritis.
The machine produces high power rotating electromagnetic radiation with
multiple frequencies modulated in field amplitude and intensity depending on the
types of cells to be treated and the specific application, and it is precisely focused
on the target area of the repair. The electromagnetic radiations generated in the ra-

141. The Cytotron®, the commercial name of this machine, is probably the first medical device of its kind, entire-
ly designed and developed in India and internationally accredited.

281
 Therapeutic Waves

dio frequency spectrum are very complex, controlled by a computer and guided by
magnetic resonance.
The therapy is not invasive and does not cause side effects. The device pro-
vides precise doses of electromagnetic energy (non-ionizing and non-thermal) to
the tissues in the affected area.

Regeneration means the body's ability to renew or reproduce cells and tissues
in order to help solve problems associated with old age or accidental injuries, espe-
cially concerning cartilage, bones, etc.
Instead, the degeneration refers to the slowing of cell growth in pathologically
hyper reproductive tissues, thus helping to slow the growth of cells, to stop the
growth of unwanted blood vessels, etc.. In practice it helps to cure diseases like
cancer and tumor.

The RFQMR is an effective and non-

invasive solution in the treatment of all os-
teo-articular and muscular pathologies, but
also of tinnitus, wounds, burns, immuno-
deficiency disorders, drug-resistant epilep-
sy, diabetic neuropathy, stimulation of the
angiogenic growth factor and factor delay
of angiogenic growth (to cause anti-
angiogenesis in cancer).
Regarding the treatment of cancer, the action of RFQMR is to alter the mem-
brane potential of cancer cells, so to stop mitosis and to induce apoptosis. At the
beginning the electrical properties of the cells involved are normalized. This pro-
cess stimulates the production of natural tumor suppressor genes (such as p53) and
the related nucleic proteins that induce apoptosis in tumor cells. Observations con-
ducted in vitro after treatment with QMR radiation, show an alteration of cell mor-
phology, an arrest of proliferation, fusion and necrosis in lymphoblastoid cell lines
and in some neoplastic lines.
The expected exposure is 1 hour a day for 28 days. Every 7 days the echo-
genicity of the tumor is evaluated using ultrasounds and the blood tests are repeat-
ed. MRI is performed on the 15th and 30th day to evaluate tumor necrosis. The tu-
mor is expected to be necrotized from the center, a kind of implosion. After the 28
days of treatment, patients return to their normal life, the patient is further evaluat-
ed 6 weeks after the last treatment. In the most serious cases, the treatment can be

282
 Therapeutic Waves

repeated for 2-3 cycles or even more.

Cytotron® therapy is an outpatient procedure and is absolutely safe, with no

known side effects and it can also be applied along with traditional treatments.
It is possible to treat all tumors such as those affecting the brain142, breast,
cervix, bladder, colon, rectum, lymphoma, liver, lung, ovary, pancreas, kidney,
stomach, uterus, prostate, etc. For both primary and metastatic tumors.
After the satisfactory successes achieved by a phase 1 clinical study, conduct-
ed at the Institute of Aerospace Medicine in India between 2004 and 2006 on over
100 patients with terminal carcinoma, this technology seems to be gaining popular-
ity also in other countries (also whether more rigorous clinical validation will be
required143):
• Cytotron® is already available in countries such as Malaysia, the
Netherlands, Saudi Arabia and Pakistan.
• In the near future the device may be available in Canada, Hungary
and the United States.

142. Nayar GS, Kumar RV, Nair A, Augustus M. RO-19: RFQMR THERAPY IN BRAIN TUMORS IN CHIL-
DREN AND YOUNG ADULTS. Neuro Oncol. 2016;18(Suppl 3):iii163. di:10.1093/neuonc/now082.19
143. Ranjit Kumar, Meena Augustus, Anjana Rani Nair, Reinhard Ebner, Gopalapillai Sreedharan Nayar, Rajah
Vijay Kumar: Quantum Magnetic Resonance Therapy: Targeting Biophysical Cancer Vulnerabilities to Effective-
ly Treat and Palliate; Research Article, J Clin Exp Oncol Vol: 5 Issue: 2 (2016).

283
 Therapeutic Waves

Other studies and research in the world

Although of greater importance, the studies examined so far are not carried
out lately. By searching among the scientific articles concerning this topic, it is
possible to find many experiments of extreme interest. It can be impressive and
amazing to know that in recent decades hundreds of researches have been conduct-
ed concerning applications of electromagnetic fields, to study their effects on or-
ganic tissues. Among all those available in the scientific literature, the following
articles are only those of greatest interest for the results obtained or for innovation.

≈> 2011 <≈

Functionality of natural killer cells from end-stage cancer patients exposed to
coherent electromagnetic fields
(A. Evangelou, I. Toliopoulos, C. Giotis, A. Metsios, I. Verginadis, Y. Simos, K.
Havelas, G. Hadziaivazis, and S. Karkabounas)

In this study it is shown that radiated electromagnetic waves in the range 600 ÷
729 kHz can induce positive effects on the reinforcement of the immune system in
the fight against cancer. In clinical trials, patients were exposed to coherent low-
intensity electromagnetic fields for 8 hours a day, 6 days a week, for 4 weeks. The
results of this human study showed that in all patients treated, exposure to the elec-
tromagnetic field in patients with end-stage cancer resulted in a significant increase
in the cytotoxicity of cancer cells.

≈> 2011 <≈

Selective destabilization of tumor cells with pulsed electric and magnetic se-
quences: a preliminary report
(S. Crocetti, F. Piantelli & C. Leonzi)

This is a scientific article in which the authors explain how the simultaneous
application of weak electric and magnetic fields can modify the growth of cancer
cells. In particular, specific sequences of localized magnetic and electric fields
(MESQ) are identified that reduce the survival of tumor cells in vitro.
Of fundamental importance to stimulate certain cellular functions is the identi-
fication of the parameters of the magnetic and electric fields (especially intensity,
frequency and waveform). After several years of study, the authors could identify

284
 Therapeutic Waves

the exact combination of a high intensity pulsed magnetic field with a localized
electric field in order to reduce the survival of tumor cells in vitro.
The electric field was produced with a high voltage generator and a frequency
between 100 Hz and 1 KHz modulated at 20 Hz, connected to two 10 cm distant
copper electrodes, capable of producing an electric field intensity of 3 kV / m.
The magnetic field, perpendicular to the direction of the electric field and of
intensity equal to 600 Gauss, was obtained from a pair of Helmholtz coils connect-
ed to a square wave generator pulsed at a frequency of 20 Hz. The coils were as-
sembled outside of a plexiglass box containing the sample in question.
The results showed that the combination of the magnetic field driven with the
electric field caused a significant decrease in the survival of tumor cells by induc-
tion of apoptosis (without affecting healthy cells). The images observed under the
microscope showed that the cells most susceptible to the induction of apoptosis by
the MESQ were those undergoing mitosis, that is the delicate phase of the cell cy-
cle subject to many regulatory mechanisms (as already observed with TTFields).
Considering the electrical parameters and, in particular, the frequencies used,
it can be deduced that the effectiveness was determined exclusively by the fact that
the electric field had a synergistic effect with the magnetic field. This study could
lead to interesting developments also in the field of the already tested TTFields.

≈> 2012 <≈

A magnetic switch for controlling the signaling of cell death
in vitro and in vivo systems

This team of South Korean researchers published the result of this research in
the journal Nature Materials in 2012. Professor Jinwoo Cheon of Yonsei et al. car-
ried out experiments on intestinal cancer cells using magnetic fields to induce
apoptosis.
For the experimentation the authors used magnetic nanoparticles of iron oxide
doped with zinc (Zn0.4Fe2.6O4) that can bind permanently to an antibody (called
DR4) of colon cancer cells involved in the apoptosis mechanism of these cells. The
application of an external magnetic field on cells cultivated in vitro induces the ag-
gregation of the nanoparticle-DR4 pairs, which activates the cellular signaling of
apoptosis by binding to specific cellular receptors. Therefore, the nanoparticles has
the function of a magnetic "switch" and when it is switched "On" by the applied
magnetic field, it leads about half of the cells treated to die (apoptosis), while none
of the cells untreated is dead. The method is very selective and allows the cells be

285
 Therapeutic Waves

controlled very accurately, using a magnetic field in a remote, non-invasive and at-
tenuated way.
This very promising technique could be extended to other fundamental mem-
brane receptors in other clinical situations, such as the receptors for endothelial
growth factor in the field of regenerative medicine or the Toll-like receptor for
strengthening the immune system.

≈> 2013 <≈

Low Intensity and Frequency Pulsed Electromagnetic Fields Selectively Im-
pair Breast Cancer Cell Viability
(Sara Crocetti, Christian Beyer, Grit Schade, Marcel Egli, Jürg Fröhlich, Alfredo
Franco-Obregón)

In this study the effect of pulsed electromagnetic fields at low intensity and
frequency (PEMF) to destroy breast cancer cells (in culture) was examined. For the
experimentation an asymmetric pulsed magnetic field with an interval of 6 ms was
used, at a frequency of 20 Hz and a flow of 2.0 mT, 3.0 mT and 5.0 mT (peak-to-
peak), for 1 hour a day, for three days.
The results showed that while exposure to a 20 Hz frequency caused a signifi-
cant increase in tumor cell death (also depending on the PEMF amplitude), applica-
tions at different frequencies (e.g. 50 Hz) did not produce any effect. Thus again,
PEMF-based therapeutic strategies could provide a technique for eliminating some
classes of cancer without causing effects on healthy tissues. Stronger fields, longer
exposures or frequencies other than these empirically determined values (20 Hz, 3
mT, 60 minutes of exposure per day) have been shown to be less effective on tu-
mor cells, clearly confirming the importance of optimizing electrical parameters of
the applied field, for the success of the therapy.
The authors hypothesize that the effects observed in this study are mainly
caused by changes in the management of intracellular Calcium (elevation) in re-
sponse to PEMF exposure. The determination of the electrical values used and the
exposure time would create a "correct" combination to promote the displacements
of Calcium ions, which would cause cell death more effectively. Non-malignant
cells were not influenced, or even fortified, by exposure to PEMFs. This demon-
strates a high level of action specificity and so the possibility that with PEMF-
based technologies it is basically possible to remove selectively tumor cells from
an organism without involving normal tissues.
In this article, ultimately, we find two concepts already examined above:

286
 Therapeutic Waves

1) The use of the impulsive frequency at 20 Hz, which leads us to think that the
deleterious effects are caused mainly by the displacement of calcium ions inside
the cancer cell (as already observed in the paragraph on Electrochemotherapy and
on several other occasions), and maybe also by gene simulation;
2) The application of pulsed fields in oncology, thanks to the effects that could
be induced in tumor tissues such as the use of electric field (electroporation),
magnetic field (PEMF) or electromagnetic field (as experienced by Holland).

≈> 2014 <≈

Effects of Low Intensity Light Therapy On Cancer Cells:
in vitro Evaluation
(Pantea Peidaee)

In this remarkable scientific document, another interesting application of light

waves is proposed in addition to that one already examined in photochemotherapy.
Tumors almost always derive from genetic alterations in the DNA of a somatic
cell. Genes control all the functions of the human body and communicate to the
cell how to create different proteins. Protein interactions can be seen as a transfer
of resonant energy between the interacting molecules. This energy can be trans-
ferred by oscillations of a physical field, for example by an electromagnetic field.
Proto-oncogene is one of those genes that have many different functions in a
cell; some functions provide signals that lead to cell division, while others regulate
programmed cell death (apoptosis). An oncogene, or a mutated proto-oncogene, is
a gene that, through proteins, drives the cell proliferation of a tumor and saves
cells from apoptosis 144. There are numerous attempts to control oncogenes and
their biological activity. Among these, the Resonant Recognition Model (RRM)
has proved to be an accurate technique for calculating the frequencies that have
resonance effects on the biological activity of proteins. According to the theories of
RRM, an electromagnetic field external to a particular activation frequency pro-
duces resonance effects on a biological activity of a protein. This activation fre-
quency can be calculated mathematically by this method.
According to the implementation of the RRM model for oncogene and proto-
oncogene proteins, external irradiations with a wavelength in the range of 3500nm-
6500nm can have effects on the functionality of oncogene proteins. The purpose of

144. The activation of oncogenes can be induced by a number of factors such as radiation, viruses, chemicals,
changes in genes, DNA mutation and breakage or modification of chromosomes.

287
 Therapeutic Waves

this study was to determine whether the luminous frequencies calculated with this
method, which fall within the far-infrared range, actually can cause a reaction such
that to reduce cell proliferation.
To conduct the experiments, a device was designed and manufactured to irra-
diate cancerous and normal cells in vitro with light waves of a wavelength between
3500nm and 6500nm. The experiments were carried out in different exposure and
post exposure incubation regimes. The far infrared wavelengths used in these ex-
periments were 3400nm, 3600nm, 3800nm, 3900nm, 4100nm and 4300nm. Cheap
LEDs have been used as emission sources since, from the biological point of view,
they do not differ from the expensive Lasers.
The results of this study showed that the light radiation at the far infrared
wavelengths (3 hours of exposure followed by 24 hours of post exposure incuba-
tion), induces considerable cytotoxic effects on MCF7 human cancer cells (breast
cancer), while no significant effect on normal cells is detected. This shows that the
wavelengths proposed by the RRM induce significant cytotoxic effects or apopto-
sis and necrosis of the tumor cells. In conclusion, external irradiation at far-infrared
wavelengths can induce resonance effects on the biological function of proteins
that play an important role in the uncontrolled growth of tumor cells. Therefore,
this technology can be considered as an innovative and promising method for the
treatment of cancer.

≈> 2015 <≈

Effect of Pulsed Electromagnetic Fields on Colon Cancer Cell Lines (HCT
116) Through Cytotoxicity Test
(Regina Thea V. Agulan, Edcy Marie F. Capule, and Romeric F. Pobre)

It is the study that more than any other appears as an evolution of Royal Rife's
discoveries. For this and other reasons, as it will be discovered later, this scientific
publication is certainly among the most interesting and promising in this chapter.
Everything comes from the patent of Charlene A. Boehm (already covered in
the Rifing chapter), in which the author presents a calculation method to determine
the resonance frequency of a genomic material, knowing the number of base pairs,
the spacing of the nucleotide base pairs in a double helix of DNA and the speed of
electromagnetic radiation via an in vivo tissue medium. Starting from this princi-
ple, the authors calculated the resonance frequencies of some genes of the anoma-
lous chromosomes of HCT116 cells, which derive from colorectal cancer cells (the

288
 Therapeutic Waves

Karyotype145 of HCT 116 cells shows indeed, mutations in chromosomes 10, 16

and 18 ). Once the exclusive frequencies of the target genes have been calculated
(the frequencies identified are 1090.29 Hz, 1388.00 Hz, 656.00 Hz and 1318.50
Hz) of the HCT colon cancer cell, we proceeded to irradiate them with these fre-
quencies, all of which fall within the spectrum of audio frequencies.
The equipment used includes:
- a laptop / desktop to generate and control audio wave frequencies;
- a device capable of modulating the audio signal with square, triangular or
sawtooth waveforms to produce a sufficient number of frequencies on the side
bands on a 3.3 MHz carrier frequency;
- a Radio Frequency amplifier to increase the amplitude of the modulated sig-
nal, so as to provide sufficient energy to excite the inert gas inside the plasma
tube;
- an RF tuner to provide an adaptation impedance between the RF amplifier
and the plasma tube, connected between the two modules;
- a plasma tube, for the emission of pulsed frequencies.

From the experiments performed it was found that an exposure time of 5

minutes was sufficient to cause the death of HCT 116 colon cancer cells. In con-
clusion, by applying the resonance frequencies of the anomalous genes, calculated
according to the above-mentioned criteria, it is possible to induce the death of can-
cerous cells.
Among the results, the most significant effect was observed using the 656 Hz
frequency (mentioned above), which coincides with that identified by Dr Rife. This
shows that this well-known frequency comes from the DNA gene of colon cancer.
Therefore, this research paves the way to a series of new experiments that can
be carried out in a similar manner on other cancer cells. The results could finally
scientifically explain the successes achieved by the Rife Machines and provide an
explanation that could eventually bring us closer to the successes achieved by Roy-
al Rife almost a century ago.

145. The karyotype is the complete set of chromosomes and possible anomalies, in a species or in a single organ-
ism.

289
 Therapeutic Waves

≈> 2019 <≈

The extremely low frequency electromagnetic stimulation selective for
cancer cells elicits growth arrest through a metabolic shift
(L. Bergandi , U. Lucia, G. Grisolia, R. Granata, I. Gesmundo, A. Ponzetto, E.
Paolucci, R. Borchiellini, E. Ghigo, F. Silvagno)

After some years of research on the effect of very low frequency and intensity
electromagnetic fields on the growth and metabolism of human cells, a new ther-
modynamic model was developed to calculate the frequency capable of inhibiting
proliferation for each type of cell. Applied to two lines of human cancer cells, the
resulting frequencies can reduce their replication without affecting healthy cells.
The frequencies of the electromagnetic field have been irradiated with a newly
conceived apparatus capable of generating thermomagnetic effects that have
slowed down the proliferation of tumor cell cultures.
The data obtained from the experimentation showed that it is possible to con-
trol the growth of tumor cells with a specific irradiation that has the effect of a mi-
tochondrial metabolic switch, regulating calcium flows which, as repeatedly ob-
served in other studies, are deleterious for cancer growth.
In vitro research carried out with this new technique capable of targeting only
tumor cells is certainly the first step towards promising in vivo and in human trials.

With pleasure, I wanted to conclude this review of scientific articles with this
important and innovative study, both because it is the most recent and because it
was conducted thanks to the collaboration between the University of Turin and the
Polytechnic of Turin, one of the most prestigious faculties of Italian engineering,
to which I owe a lot of my knowledge.

290
 Therapeutic Waves

Summary of the techniques used or usable

for the destruction and treatment of cancer
The studies examined so far have explained to us how electromagnetic fields
are possible:
- Destroy cancer cells with different modes of action,
- Modulate gene expression and the synthesis of fundamental proteins,
- Inhibit angiogenesis in tumor tissues, suppressing tumor vasculature and re-
ducing tumor growth,
- Modulate the physiology and electrochemistry of cancer cells, influence cell
membrane systems and mitosis,
- Induce some changes in the membrane's carrying capacity by influencing the
osmotic potential, the ionic valves, leading to the reduction of cellular stress
factors, the increase in the DNA transcription rate and the modulation of the
immune response.

Note: the asterisk (*) indicates all currently available therapies.

Therapies tested in the '900

1) Rebalancing and restoring normal cellular functions thanks to a Multiple

Wave Length Oscillator, a device capable of supplying a multitude of frequencies
that can restore unbalanced cells to their natural oscillations (George Lakhovsky).

2) Devitalization of pathogens responsible or active in the formation of a can-

cer, with electromagnetic waves radiated at specific frequencies (from a few hun-
dred kHz to some MHz) from a plasma antenna, capable of resonating microorgan-
isms (Royal Rife ).

3) Use of an apparatus equipped with a large plasma tube capable of emitting

longitudinal waves and waves polarized over time, so that to gradually bring the
cancer cells back to their previous physical condition, i.e. before the damage or
disease had arrived (Antoine Prioré).

291
 Therapeutic Waves

Known and commonly used therapies

4*) Radiotherapy: use of radiation, both photonic (X-rays or γ-rays) and cor-
puscular (high-energy electrons, alpha particles, protons, carbon ions, etc.) to de-
stroy or weaken cancer cells and stop their growth and division.

5*) Photodynamic therapy or photochemotherapy: application of a photosensi-

tizing substance followed by irradiation of LED or laser light at certain frequen-
cies, in order to trigger an oxidative reaction in pathological cells causing their de-
struction and favoring replacement with new cells.

6*) Oncological hyperthermia: temperature increase up to 43°C in the area af-

fected by cancer, with electromagnetic waves, to cause cancer cell apoptosis.

Ablation therapies

7*) Thermoablation: rapid destruction of a tumor, with intense heat (up to

100°C) caused by devices that use ultrasounds, radio waves and lasers.

Therapies with pulsed electric fields

8*) Electrochemotherapy (ECT): combination of chemotherapy with an impul-

sive electric field, in order to allow the transport of the drug inside the cancer cell
membranes to induce apoptosis.

9*) Irreversible electroporation (IRE): tumor ablation technique that uses the
energy of a pulsed electric field to create innumerable permanent pores in the cell
membrane in order to destroy cancer cells or bring them to necrosis.

10) Nano-Pulse Stimulation (NPS ™): stimulation with very fast electrical im-
pulses, at high voltage and low frequency, to destroy tumor cells (ablation) and at
the same time induce an antitumor immune response in the treated areas, with an
effect similar to a vaccine.

292
 Therapeutic Waves

Microcurrent therapies

11*) Application of continuous currents in the cancerous tissue with platinum

electrodes embedded in the cancerous tissue, to destroy the cells with a strong al-
teration of the pH and a series of bio-electric effects.

12) Application, with various methodologies, of alternating or pulsed micro-

currents to modify the electric potential and the permeability of cell membranes,
the pH, the concentration of intracellular minerals and the production of cellular
energy (ATP) for the restoration of cell functionality .

Advanced therapies

13*) Tumor Treating Fields (TTFields): application of electric fields at fre-

quencies between 100 kHz and 300 kHz and low intensity, to stop tumor cell pro-
liferation and destroy them during mitosis.

14 *) TheraBionic: application of characteristic frequencies of a specific tumor

(detected by a bioresonance system), with an antenna to be placed in the mouth and
connected to a radio-frequency transmitter to block the growth of tumor cells.

15) Oscillating Pulsed Electric Fields (OPEF): application of electromagnetic

waves emitted by a plasma tube, at frequencies between 100 kHz and 300 kHz and
low intensity, to stop tumor cell proliferation and destroy them during mitosis.

16*) Rotational Field Narrow Focused Quantum Magnetic Resonance

(RFQMR): application of highly complex, high power rotating electromagnetic ra-
diation generated in the spectrum of radio frequencies, controlled by a computer
and guided by magnetic resonance which induce apoptosis in cancer cells.

Experimental therapies

17) Radiated electromagnetic waves in the range 600 kHz – 729 kHz for
strengthening the immune system and determining a significant increase in the cy-
totoxicity of cancer cells;

293
 Therapeutic Waves

18) Simultaneous application of a high voltage electric field with a frequency

between 100 Hz and 1 kHz, modulated at 20 Hz and a magnetic field pulsed at 20
Hz, to induce apoptosis the tumor cells during mitosis.

19) Application of an asymmetric pulsed magnetic field (PEMF) at a frequen-

cy of 20 Hz, to destroy cancer cells thanks to the increase in intracellular calcium
ion concentrations.

20) Application of an external magnetic field to induce the union of magnetic

nanoparticles of iron oxide doped with zinc to specific antibodies, in order to acti-
vate the apoptosis of cancer cells.

21) Light frequencies with a wavelength between 3500nm-6500nm (far infra-

red) to stop oncogenesis and induce resonance effects on the biological function of
proteins that play a fundamental role in the uncontrolled growth of tumor cells.

22) Calculation of the resonance frequencies of the genes of the anomalous

chromosomes of cancer cells and subsequent electromagnetic irradiation with a
plasma tube, to obtain the death of cancer cells.

23) Calculation of frequencies able to inhibit the proliferation of tumor cells

and verification of the effects with a thermomagnetic apparatus that has been
shown to interrupt mitochondrial metabolism, regulating calcium flows.

Hundreds of scientific articles, dozens of studies performed in vitro, in vivo

and clinical. In conclusion, even if there are only a few clinical trials performed
with electromagnetic fields, all studies have shown that such treatments are much
safer and more promising than those currently available.
The hope is to see a future in which the use of these technologies is now com-
mon use, both as primary therapies and in combination with other avant-garde
antineoplastic therapies.

294
 Therapeutic Waves

Final reflections
Before reading this book, probably many of you did not imagine that electri-
cal currents and electromagnetic fields had such distant origins and so many modes
of application. However, do not think that everything is included in this book, on
the contrary, the arguments discussed in these pages (more or less in depth) are on-
ly the most popular therapies. Machines and equipments for medical, experimental
or personal use, are dozens. Let us not talk about apparatuses based on quantum
physics theories! For many doctors, just saying these words, is cause for them to
sink into a total skeptic depression.
Reading this book, I am sure that many have thought that some of the topics
covered here are scientifically lacking. Yet, according to science, for an experiment
to be considered "credible" it must be "repeatable" that means that other research-
ers in other parts of the world must be able to replicate the same experiment and
achieve the same results. Thus, experimenting, in many cases, does not cost so
much! However, there are those who probably do not wish to popularize the spread
of these types of treatments.

"No experiment is reproducible if one does it with sufficient incompetence"

(E. Del Giudice)

In many countries, magnetotherapy is still considered an "experimental" tech-

nology. About Rifing, the situation is even worst because very few nations recog-
nize their effectiveness.
There are currently millions of people or therapists around the world who
successfully use all the therapies described in this book, but very often, they do it
in secret, because they risk credibility, seriousness or professionalism.
I am a skeptic about everything I could not/cannot prove by myself because I
come from a "classical" scientific training. Nevertheless, I have an open mind, so if
someone offering me something that I can hardly believe, I personally want to ex-
perience the effectiveness before classifying it in any way. Only after having found
what "works," then I can dedicate myself to perform all the research to have/obtain
a scientific explanation. That is why people make me smile, when they tell me "I
do not believe in homeopathy" or "I do not believe in Rifing". What is there to be-
lieve? We are not talking about UFOs, ghosts or miracles, but about science and so
about phenomena that can be tested and, above all, they are repeatable!
What is the percentage of people who benefit from a given drug? 60% or

295
 Therapeutic Waves

70%? What about the percentage for these therapies? The same as it was men-
tioned before and maybe even more.
Therefore, there is nothing in which to believe or not, what I could suggest to
those who have doubts about any of these therapies is to try them, as I did. Then,
you can see by yourself the real effectiveness and the success rates of such thera-
pies, the speed with which a problem can be solved and all the cases solved by
these therapies whilst the traditional ones have failed. Over the years that I dedicat-
ed to the research and experimentation of these technologies, I have certainly seen
that the success rate is directly proportional to the technical knowledge of the
equipment used and the studies in medicine and naturopathy that you have.
Then, if the technology is valid and it leads to good results, you will almost
certainly be able to establish credibility and success.

296
Therapeutic Waves

297
Therapeutic Waves

298
 Therapeutic Waves

ABOUT THE AUTHOR

Marcello Allegretti, Biomedical Engineer and Naturopath, is

an independent scientific researcher, owner of a bioengineering and
energy balance laboratory.
Stimulated by a strong personal motivation, he devoted many
years to the study of traditional medicine, alternative and comple-
mentary, but above all to technologies for the use of electromagnet-
ic waves in the field of energy medicine, that is intended as a means
for rebalancing for psycho-physical well-being.
He has conducted studies and research on micro-currents, fre-
quency imprinting, scalar waves.
During his research, he has designed and implemented several
electromagnetic devices applicable to frequency generators, able to
provide results much higher than those ones obtainable from similar
devices.
Author of the book "The Frequencies of Rifing" published in the
US in March 2016, and successfully sold all over the world.
Author of the book "The Therapeutic Properties of Electromag-
netic Waves" published in the US in September 2018.
He is one of the leading experts in Italy of technologies that use
electromagnetic fields for treatments or simply to improve health
and well-being.
He is a consultant and referent for Italy of an international team
of engineers, designers and technicians for the study, research and
development of bioengineering technologies for the use of electro-
magnetic frequencies for human well-being.

299
 Therapeutic Waves

© 2020 Ing. Marcello Allegretti

All rights reserved. No part of this book shall be reproduced, stored in a retrieval sys-
tem, or transmitted, by any means, mechanical photocopying, electronic, digital scans, or
otherwise without written permission of the author.

Cover design Marco Allegretti

300